diff options
94 files changed, 8688 insertions, 2708 deletions
diff --git a/CONTRIBUTING.markdown b/CONTRIBUTING.markdown index 79d6838a..18a5a5d7 100644 --- a/CONTRIBUTING.markdown +++ b/CONTRIBUTING.markdown @@ -103,11 +103,3 @@ You can buid the site locally to test your changes. Follow the steps below. these commands at `learnxinyminutes-site/`). * Build - `bundle exec middleman build` * Dev server - `bundle exec middleman --force-polling --verbose` - -## Building the site locally, for Nix users - -You can buid the site locally to test your changes too: - -* Clone or zip download the [learnxinyminutes-site](https://github.com/adambard/learnxinyminutes-site) repo. -* Get the source in place following the instructions above -* Install all site dependencies and start a dev server by running `nix-shell` at the `learnxinyminutes-site/` root directory. diff --git a/ansible.html.markdown b/ansible.html.markdown index 41a8c9b5..30dfba13 100644 --- a/ansible.html.markdown +++ b/ansible.html.markdown @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ But ansible is way more! It provides execution plans, an API, library, and callb #### Pros -* It is an agent-less tools In most scenarios, it use ssh as a transport layer. +* It is an agent-less tool. In most scenarios, it uses ssh as a transport layer. In some way you can use it as 'bash on steroids'. -* It is very easy to start. If you are familiar with ssh concept - you already +* It is very easy to start. If you are familiar with the concept of ssh - you already know Ansible (ALMOST). * It executes 'as is' - other tools (salt, puppet, chef - might execute in different scenario than you would expect) @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ instances in the cloud, execute shell command). The simplest module is called Example of modules: * Module: `ping` - the simplest module that is useful to verify host connectivity -* Module: `shell` - a module that executes shell command on a specified host(s). +* Module: `shell` - a module that executes a shell command on a specified host(s). ```bash @@ -204,13 +204,13 @@ the module subsystem (useful to install python2.7) Execution of a single Ansible **module** is called a **task**. The simplest module is called `ping` as you could see above. -Another example of the module that allow you to execute command remotly on +Another example of the module that allows you to execute a command remotely on multiple resources is called `shell`. See above how you were using them already. ### Playbook **Execution plan** written in a form of script file(s) is called **playbook**. -Playbook consist of multiple elements - +Playbooks consist of multiple elements - * a list (or group) of hosts that 'the play' is executed against * `task(s)` or `role(s)` that are going to be executed * multiple optional settings (like default variables, and way more) @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Note: Example playbook is explained in the next chapter: 'Roles' ### Inventory -Inventory is a set of objects or hosts, against which we are executing our +An inventory is a set of objects or hosts, against which we are executing our playbooks or single tasks via shell commands. For these few minutes, let's assume that we are using the default ansible inventory (which in Debian based system is placed in `/etc/ansible/hosts`). @@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ Role can be included in your playbook (executed via your playbook). ``` #### For remaining examples we would use additional repository -This example install ansible in `virtualenv` so it is independend from a system. -You need to initialize it into your shell-context with `source environment.sh` +This example installs ansible in `virtualenv` so it is independent from the system. +You need to initialize it into your shell-context with the `source environment.sh` command. -We are going to use this repository with examples: [https://github.com/sirkubax/ansible-for-learnXinYminutes]() +We are going to use this repository with examples: [https://github.com/sirkubax/ansible-for-learnXinYminutes](https://github.com/sirkubax/ansible-for-learnXinYminutes) ```bash $ # The following example contains a shell-prompt to indicate the venv and relative path @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ $ # Now we would run the above playbook with roles You can use the jinja in the CLI too ```bash -ansible -m shell -a 'echo {{ my_variable }}` -e 'my_variable=something, playbook_parameter=twentytwo" localhost +ansible -m shell -a 'echo {{ my_variable }}' -e 'my_variable=something, playbook_parameter=twentytwo' localhost ``` In fact - jinja is used to template parts of the playbooks too @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ provides a way to encrypt confidential files so you can store them in the repository, yet the files are decrypted on-the-fly during ansible execution. The best way to use it is to store the secret in some secure location, and -configure ansible to use during runtime. +configure ansible to use them during runtime. ```bash # Try (this would fail) @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ You might like to know, that you can build your inventory dynamically. deliver that to ansible - anything is possible. You do not need to reinvent the wheel - there are plenty of ready to use -inventory scripts for most popular Cloud providers and a lot of in-house +inventory scripts for the most popular Cloud providers and a lot of in-house popular usecases. [AWS example](http://docs.ansible.com/ansible/latest/intro_dynamic_inventory.html#example-aws-ec2-external-inventory-script) @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ callback_whitelist = profile_tasks ### facts-cache and ansible-cmdb -You can pull some information about your environment from another hosts. +You can pull some information about your environment from another host. If the information does not change - you may consider using a facts_cache to speed things up. diff --git a/c.html.markdown b/c.html.markdown index 7975a1c2..e5ffc379 100644 --- a/c.html.markdown +++ b/c.html.markdown @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ contributors: - ["himanshu", "https://github.com/himanshu81494"] - ["Joshua Li", "https://github.com/JoshuaRLi"] - ["Dragos B. Chirila", "https://github.com/dchirila"] + - ["Heitor P. de Bittencourt", "https://github.com/heitorPB/"] --- Ah, C. Still **the** language of modern high-performance computing. @@ -820,7 +821,7 @@ Best to find yourself a copy of [K&R, aka "The C Programming Language"](https:// It is *the* book about C, written by Dennis Ritchie, the creator of C, and Brian Kernighan. Be careful, though - it's ancient and it contains some inaccuracies (well, ideas that are not considered good anymore) or now-changed practices. -Another good resource is [Learn C The Hard Way](http://c.learncodethehardway.org/book/). +Another good resource is [Learn C The Hard Way](http://learncodethehardway.org/c/). If you have a question, read the [compl.lang.c Frequently Asked Questions](http://c-faq.com). diff --git a/clojure.html.markdown b/clojure.html.markdown index c94625d6..16771e25 100644 --- a/clojure.html.markdown +++ b/clojure.html.markdown @@ -416,3 +416,6 @@ Clojuredocs.org has documentation with examples for most core functions: Clojure-doc.org (yes, really) has a number of getting started articles: [http://clojure-doc.org/](http://clojure-doc.org/) + +Clojure for the Brave and True has a great introduction to Clojure and a free online version: +[https://www.braveclojure.com/clojure-for-the-brave-and-true/](https://www.braveclojure.com/clojure-for-the-brave-and-true/) diff --git a/common-lisp.html.markdown b/common-lisp.html.markdown index b12e50ca..1f2bb366 100644 --- a/common-lisp.html.markdown +++ b/common-lisp.html.markdown @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ t ; another atom, denoting true ;;; is a good starting point. Third party libraries can be easily installed with ;;; Quicklisp -;;; CL is usually developed with a text editor and a Real Eval Print +;;; CL is usually developed with a text editor and a Read Eval Print ;;; Loop (REPL) running at the same time. The REPL allows for interactive ;;; exploration of the program while it is running "live". diff --git a/coq.html.markdown b/coq.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c1ad690 --- /dev/null +++ b/coq.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +--- +language: Coq +filename: learncoq.v +contributors: + - ["Philip Zucker", "http://www.philipzucker.com/"] +--- + +The Coq system is a proof assistant. It is designed to build and verify mathematical proofs. The Coq system contains the functional programming language Gallina and is capable of proving properties about programs written in this language. + +Coq is a dependently typed language. This means that the types of the language may depend on the values of variables. In this respect, it is similar to other related languages such as Agda, Idris, F*, Lean, and others. Via the Curry-Howard correspondence, programs, properties and proofs are formalized in the same language. + +Coq is developed in OCaml and shares some syntactic and conceptual similarity with it. Coq is a language containing many fascinating but difficult topics. This tutorial will focus on the programming aspects of Coq, rather than the proving. It may be helpful, but not necessary to learn some OCaml first, especially if you are unfamiliar with functional programming. This tutorial is based upon its OCaml equivalent + +The standard usage model of Coq is to write it with interactive tool assistance, which operates like a high powered REPL. Two common such editors are the CoqIDE and Proof General Emacs mode. + +Inside Proof General `Ctrl+C Ctrl+<Enter>` will evaluate up to your cursor. + + +```coq +(*** Comments ***) + +(* Comments are enclosed in (* and *). It's fine to nest comments. *) + +(* There are no single-line comments. *) + +(*** Variables and functions ***) + +(* The Coq proof assistant can be controlled and queried by a command + language called the vernacular. Vernacular keywords are capitalized and + the commands end with a period. Variable and function declarations are + formed with the Definition vernacular. *) + +Definition x := 10. + +(* Coq can sometimes infer the types of arguments, but it is common practice + to annotate with types. *) + +Definition inc_nat (x : nat) : nat := x + 1. + +(* There exists a large number of vernacular commands for querying + information. These can be very useful. *) + +Compute (1 + 1). (* 2 : nat *) (* Compute a result. *) + +Check tt. (* tt : unit *) (* Check the type of an expressions *) + +About plus. (* Prints information about an object *) + +(* Print information including the definition *) +Print true. (* Inductive bool : Set := true : Bool | false : Bool *) + +Search nat. (* Returns a large list of nat related values *) +Search "_ + _". (* You can also search on patterns *) +Search (?a -> ?a -> bool). (* Patterns can have named parameters *) +Search (?a * ?a). + +(* Locate tells you where notation is coming from. Very helpful when you + encounter new notation. *) + +Locate "+". + +(* Calling a function with insufficient number of arguments does not cause + an error, it produces a new function. *) +Definition make_inc x y := x + y. (* make_inc is int -> int -> int *) +Definition inc_2 := make_inc 2. (* inc_2 is int -> int *) +Compute inc_2 3. (* Evaluates to 5 *) + + +(* Definitions can be chained with "let ... in" construct. This is roughly + the same to assigning values to multiple variables before using them in + expressions in imperative languages. *) + +Definition add_xy : nat := let x := 10 in + let y := 20 in + x + y. + +(* Pattern matching is somewhat similar to switch statement in imperative + languages, but offers a lot more expressive power. *) + +Definition is_zero (x : nat) := + match x with + | 0 => true + | _ => false (* The "_" pattern means "anything else". *) + end. + +(* You can define recursive function definition using the Fixpoint + vernacular.*) + +Fixpoint factorial n := match n with + | 0 => 1 + | (S n') => n * factorial n' + end. + +(* Function application usually doesn't need parentheses around arguments *) +Compute factorial 5. (* 120 : nat *) + +(* ...unless the argument is an expression. *) +Compute factorial (5-1). (* 24 : nat *) + +(* You can define mutually recursive functions using "with" *) +Fixpoint is_even (n : nat) : bool := match n with + | 0 => true + | (S n) => is_odd n +end with + is_odd n := match n with + | 0 => false + | (S n) => is_even n + end. + +(* As Coq is a total programming language, it will only accept programs when + it can understand they terminate. It can be most easily seen when the + recursive call is on a pattern matched out subpiece of the input, as then + the input is always decreasing in size. Getting Coq to understand that + functions terminate is not always easy. See the references at the end of + the article for more on this topic. *) + +(* Anonymous functions use the following syntax: *) + +Definition my_square : nat -> nat := fun x => x * x. + +Definition my_id (A : Type) (x : A) : A := x. +Definition my_id2 : forall A : Type, A -> A := fun A x => x. +Compute my_id nat 3. (* 3 : nat *) + +(* You can ask Coq to infer terms with an underscore *) +Compute my_id _ 3. + +(* An implicit argument of a function is an argument which can be inferred + from contextual knowledge. Parameters enclosed in {} are implicit by + default *) + +Definition my_id3 {A : Type} (x : A) : A := x. +Compute my_id3 3. (* 3 : nat *) + +(* Sometimes it may be necessary to turn this off. You can make all + arguments explicit again with @ *) + +Compute @my_id3 nat 3. + +(* Or give arguments by name *) +Compute my_id3 (A:=nat) 3. + +(* Coq has the ability to extract code to OCaml, Haskell, and Scheme *) +Require Extraction. +Extraction Language OCaml. +Extraction "factorial.ml" factorial. +(* The above produces a file factorial.ml and factorial.mli that holds: + +type nat = +| O +| S of nat + +(** val add : nat -> nat -> nat **) + +let rec add n m = + match n with + | O -> m + | S p -> S (add p m) + +(** val mul : nat -> nat -> nat **) + +let rec mul n m = + match n with + | O -> O + | S p -> add m (mul p m) + +(** val factorial : nat -> nat **) + +let rec factorial n = match n with +| O -> S O +| S n' -> mul n (factorial n') +*) + + +(*** Notation ***) + +(* Coq has a very powerful Notation system that can be used to write + expressions in more natural forms. *) + +Compute Nat.add 3 4. (* 7 : nat *) +Compute 3 + 4. (* 7 : nat *) + +(* Notation is a syntactic transformation applied to the text of the program + before being evaluated. Notation is organized into notation scopes. Using + different notation scopes allows for a weak notion of overloading. *) + +(* Imports the Zarith module holding definitions related to the integers Z *) + +Require Import ZArith. + +(* Notation scopes can be opened *) +Open Scope Z_scope. + +(* Now numerals and addition are defined on the integers. *) +Compute 1 + 7. (* 8 : Z *) + +(* Integer equality checking *) +Compute 1 =? 2. (* false : bool *) + +(* Locate is useful for finding the origin and definition of notations *) +Locate "_ =? _". (* Z.eqb x y : Z_scope *) +Close Scope Z_scope. + +(* We're back to nat being the default interpretation of "+" *) +Compute 1 + 7. (* 8 : nat *) + +(* Scopes can also be opened inline with the shorthand % *) +Compute (3 * -7)%Z. (* -21%Z : Z *) + +(* Coq declares by default the following interpretation scopes: core_scope, + type_scope, function_scope, nat_scope, bool_scope, list_scope, int_scope, + uint_scope. You may also want the numerical scopes Z_scope (integers) and + Q_scope (fractions) held in the ZArith and QArith module respectively. *) + +(* You can print the contents of scopes *) +Print Scope nat_scope. +(* +Scope nat_scope +Delimiting key is nat +Bound to classes nat Nat.t +"x 'mod' y" := Nat.modulo x y +"x ^ y" := Nat.pow x y +"x ?= y" := Nat.compare x y +"x >= y" := ge x y +"x > y" := gt x y +"x =? y" := Nat.eqb x y +"x <? y" := Nat.ltb x y +"x <=? y" := Nat.leb x y +"x <= y <= z" := and (le x y) (le y z) +"x <= y < z" := and (le x y) (lt y z) +"n <= m" := le n m +"x < y <= z" := and (lt x y) (le y z) +"x < y < z" := and (lt x y) (lt y z) +"x < y" := lt x y +"x / y" := Nat.div x y +"x - y" := Init.Nat.sub x y +"x + y" := Init.Nat.add x y +"x * y" := Init.Nat.mul x y +*) + +(* Coq has exact fractions available as the type Q in the QArith module. + Floating point numbers and real numbers are also available but are a more + advanced topic, as proving properties about them is rather tricky. *) + +Require Import QArith. + +Open Scope Q_scope. +Compute 1. (* 1 : Q *) + +(* Only 1 and 0 are interpreted as fractions by Q_scope *) +Compute 2. (* 2 : nat *) +Compute (2 # 3). (* The fraction 2/3 *) +Compute (1 # 3) ?= (2 # 6). (* Eq : comparison *) +Close Scope Q_scope. + +Compute ( (2 # 3) / (1 # 5) )%Q. (* 10 # 3 : Q *) + + +(*** Common data structures ***) + +(* Many common data types are included in the standard library *) + +(* The unit type has exactly one value, tt *) +Check tt. (* tt : unit *) + +(* The option type is useful for expressing computations that might fail *) +Compute None. (* None : option ?A *) +Check Some 3. (* Some 3 : option nat *) + +(* The type sum A B allows for values of either type A or type B *) +Print sum. +Check inl 3. (* inl 3 : nat + ?B *) +Check inr true. (* inr true : ?A + bool *) +Check sum bool nat. (* (bool + nat)%type : Set *) +Check (bool + nat)%type. (* Notation for sum *) + +(* Tuples are (optionally) enclosed in parentheses, items are separated + by commas. *) +Check (1, true). (* (1, true) : nat * bool *) +Compute prod nat bool. (* (nat * bool)%type : Set *) + +Definition my_fst {A B : Type} (x : A * B) : A := match x with + | (a,b) => a + end. + +(* A destructuring let is available if a pattern match is irrefutable *) +Definition my_fst2 {A B : Type} (x : A * B) : A := let (a,b) := x in + a. + +(*** Lists ***) + +(* Lists are built by using cons and nil or by using notation available in + list_scope. *) +Compute cons 1 (cons 2 (cons 3 nil)). (* (1 :: 2 :: 3 :: nil)%list : list nat *) +Compute (1 :: 2 :: 3 :: nil)%list. + +(* There is also list notation available in the ListNotations modules *) +Require Import List. +Import ListNotations. +Compute [1 ; 2 ; 3]. (* [1; 2; 3] : list nat *) + + +(* There is a large number of list manipulation functions available, + including: + +• length +• head : first element (with default) +• tail : all but first element +• app : appending +• rev : reverse +• nth : accessing n-th element (with default) +• map : applying a function +• flat_map : applying a function returning lists +• fold_left : iterator (from head to tail) +• fold_right : iterator (from tail to head) + + *) + +Definition my_list : list nat := [47; 18; 34]. + +Compute List.length my_list. (* 3 : nat *) + +(* All functions in coq must be total, so indexing requires a default value *) +Compute List.nth 1 my_list 0. (* 18 : nat *) +Compute List.map (fun x => x * 2) my_list. (* [94; 36; 68] : list nat *) +Compute List.filter (fun x => Nat.eqb (Nat.modulo x 2) 0) my_list. + (* [18; 34] : list nat *) +Compute (my_list ++ my_list)%list. (* [47; 18; 34; 47; 18; 34] : list nat *) + +(*** Strings ***) + +Require Import Strings.String. + +(* Use double quotes for string literals. *) +Compute "hi"%string. + +Open Scope string_scope. + +(* Strings can be concatenated with the "++" operator. *) +Compute String.append "Hello " "World". (* "Hello World" : string *) +Compute "Hello " ++ "World". (* "Hello World" : string *) + +(* Strings can be compared for equality *) +Compute String.eqb "Coq is fun!" "Coq is fun!". (* true : bool *) +Compute "no" =? "way". (* false : bool *) + +Close Scope string_scope. + +(*** Other Modules ***) + +(* Other Modules in the standard library that may be of interest: + +• Logic : Classical logic and dependent equality +• Arith : Basic Peano arithmetic +• PArith : Basic positive integer arithmetic +• NArith : Basic binary natural number arithmetic +• ZArith : Basic relative integer arithmetic + +• Numbers : Various approaches to natural, integer and cyclic numbers + (currently axiomatically and on top of 2^31 binary words) +• Bool : Booleans (basic functions and results) + +• Lists : Monomorphic and polymorphic lists (basic functions and results), + Streams (infinite sequences defined with co-inductive types) +• Sets : Sets (classical, constructive, finite, infinite, power set, etc.) +• FSets : Specification and implementations of finite sets and finite maps + (by lists and by AVL trees) +• Reals : Axiomatization of real numbers (classical, basic functions, + integer part, fractional part, limit, derivative, Cauchy series, + power series and results,...) +• Relations : Relations (definitions and basic results) +• Sorting : Sorted list (basic definitions and heapsort correctness) +• Strings : 8-bits characters and strings +• Wellfounded : Well-founded relations (basic results) + *) + +(*** User-defined data types ***) + +(* Because Coq is dependently typed, defining type aliases is no different + than defining an alias for a value. *) + +Definition my_three : nat := 3. +Definition my_nat : Type := nat. + +(* More interesting types can be defined using the Inductive vernacular. + Simple enumeration can be defined like so *) + +Inductive ml := OCaml | StandardML | Coq. +Definition lang := Coq. (* Has type "ml". *) + +(* For more complicated types, you will need to specify the types of the + constructors. *) + +(* Type constructors don't need to be empty. *) +Inductive my_number := plus_infinity + | nat_value : nat -> my_number. +Compute nat_value 3. (* nat_value 3 : my_number *) + + +(* Record syntax is sugar for tuple-like types. It defines named accessor + functions for the components. Record types are defined with the notation + {...} *) + +Record Point2d (A : Set) := mkPoint2d { x2 : A ; y2 : A }. +(* Record values are constructed with the notation {|...|} *) +Definition mypoint : Point2d nat := {| x2 := 2 ; y2 := 3 |}. +Compute x2 nat mypoint. (* 2 : nat *) +Compute mypoint.(x2 nat). (* 2 : nat *) + +(* Types can be parameterized, like in this type for "list of lists of + anything". 'a can be substituted with any type. *) + +Definition list_of_lists a := list (list a). +Definition list_list_nat := list_of_lists nat. + +(* Types can also be recursive. Like in this type analogous to + built-in list of naturals. *) + +Inductive my_nat_list := + EmptyList | NatList : nat -> my_nat_list -> my_nat_list. + +Compute NatList 1 EmptyList. (* NatList 1 EmptyList : my_nat_list *) + +(** Matching type constructors **) + +Inductive animal := Dog : string -> animal | Cat : string -> animal. + +Definition say x := + match x with + | Dog x => (x ++ " says woof")%string + | Cat x => (x ++ " says meow")%string + end. + +Compute say (Cat "Fluffy"). (* "Fluffy says meow". *) + +(** Traversing data structures with pattern matching **) + +(* Recursive types can be traversed with pattern matching easily. + Let's see how we can traverse a data structure of the built-in list type. + Even though the built-in cons ("::") looks like an infix operator, + it's actually a type constructor and can be matched like any other. *) +Fixpoint sum_list l := + match l with + | [] => 0 + | head :: tail => head + (sum_list tail) + end. + +Compute sum_list [1; 2; 3]. (* Evaluates to 6 *) + + +(*** A Taste of Proving ***) + +(* Explaining the proof language is out of scope for this tutorial, but here + is a taste to whet your appetite. Check the resources below for more. *) + +(* A fascinating feature of dependently type based theorem provers is that + the same primitive constructs underly the proof language as the + programming features. For example, we can write and prove the + proposition A and B implies A in raw Gallina *) + +Definition my_theorem : forall A B, A /\ B -> A := + fun A B ab => match ab with + | (conj a b) => a + end. + +(* Or we can prove it using tactics. Tactics are a macro language to help + build proof terms in a more natural style and automate away some + drudgery. *) + +Theorem my_theorem2 : forall A B, A /\ B -> A. +Proof. + intros A B ab. destruct ab as [ a b ]. apply a. +Qed. + +(* We can prove easily prove simple polynomial equalities using the + automated tactic ring. *) + +Require Import Ring. +Require Import Arith. +Theorem simple_poly : forall (x : nat), (x + 1) * (x + 2) = x * x + 3 * x + 2. + Proof. intros. ring. Qed. + +(* Here we prove the closed form for the sum of all numbers 1 to n using + induction *) + +Fixpoint sumn (n : nat) : nat := + match n with + | 0 => 0 + | (S n') => n + (sumn n') + end. + +Theorem sum_formula : forall n, 2 * (sumn n) = (n + 1) * n. +Proof. intros n. induction n. + - reflexivity. (* 0 = 0 base case *) + - simpl. ring [IHn]. (* induction step *) +Qed. +``` + +With this we have only scratched the surface of Coq. It is a massive +ecosystem with many interesting and peculiar topics leading all the way up +to modern research. + +## Further reading + +* [The Coq reference manual](https://coq.inria.fr/refman/) +* [Software Foundations](https://softwarefoundations.cis.upenn.edu/) +* [Certified Programming with Dependent Types](http://adam.chlipala.net/cpdt/) +* [Mathematical Components](https://math-comp.github.io/mcb/) +* [Coq'Art: The Calculus of Inductive Constructions](http://www.cse.chalmers.se/research/group/logic/TypesSS05/resources/coq/CoqArt/) +* [FRAP](http://adam.chlipala.net/frap/) diff --git a/csharp.html.markdown b/csharp.html.markdown index df6544d3..b965c2d4 100644 --- a/csharp.html.markdown +++ b/csharp.html.markdown @@ -14,20 +14,22 @@ filename: LearnCSharp.cs C# is an elegant and type-safe object-oriented language that enables developers to build a variety of secure and robust applications that run on the .NET Framework. -[Read more here.](http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/vstudio/z1zx9t92.aspx) +[Read more here.](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/csharp/getting-started/introduction-to-the-csharp-language-and-the-net-framework) ```c# // Single-line comments start with // + /* Multi-line comments look like this */ + /// <summary> /// This is an XML documentation comment which can be used to generate external /// documentation or provide context help within an IDE /// </summary> /// <param name="firstParam">This is some parameter documentation for firstParam</param> /// <returns>Information on the returned value of a function</returns> -//public void MethodOrClassOrOtherWithParsableHelp(string firstParam) {} +public void MethodOrClassOrOtherWithParsableHelp(string firstParam) {} // Specify the namespaces this source code will be using // The namespaces below are all part of the standard .NET Framework Class Library @@ -254,7 +256,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; int fooWhile = 0; while (fooWhile < 100) { - //Iterated 100 times, fooWhile 0->99 + // Iterated 100 times, fooWhile 0->99 fooWhile++; } @@ -273,10 +275,10 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; } while (fooDoWhile < 100); - //for loop structure => for(<start_statement>; <conditional>; <step>) + // for loop structure => for(<start_statement>; <conditional>; <step>) for (int fooFor = 0; fooFor < 10; fooFor++) { - //Iterated 10 times, fooFor 0->9 + // Iterated 10 times, fooFor 0->9 } // For Each Loop @@ -287,7 +289,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; // (The ToCharArray() could be removed, because a string also implements IEnumerable) foreach (char character in "Hello World".ToCharArray()) { - //Iterated over all the characters in the string + // Iterated over all the characters in the string } // Switch Case @@ -329,7 +331,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; // Convert String To Integer // this will throw a FormatException on failure - int.Parse("123");//returns an integer version of "123" + int.Parse("123"); // returns an integer version of "123" // try parse will default to type default on failure // in this case: 0 @@ -373,7 +375,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; Console.Read(); } // End main method - // CONSOLE ENTRY A console application must have a main method as an entry point + // CONSOLE ENTRY - A console application must have a main method as an entry point public static void Main(string[] args) { OtherInterestingFeatures(); @@ -404,7 +406,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; ref int maxCount, // Pass by reference out int count) { - //the argument passed in as 'count' will hold the value of 15 outside of this function + // the argument passed in as 'count' will hold the value of 15 outside of this function count = 15; // out param must be assigned before control leaves the method } @@ -552,7 +554,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; } // PARALLEL FRAMEWORK - // http://blogs.msdn.com/b/csharpfaq/archive/2010/06/01/parallel-programming-in-net-framework-4-getting-started.aspx + // https://devblogs.microsoft.com/csharpfaq/parallel-programming-in-net-framework-4-getting-started/ var words = new List<string> {"dog", "cat", "horse", "pony"}; @@ -564,11 +566,11 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; } ); - //Running this will produce different outputs - //since each thread finishes at different times. - //Some example outputs are: - //cat dog horse pony - //dog horse pony cat + // Running this will produce different outputs + // since each thread finishes at different times. + // Some example outputs are: + // cat dog horse pony + // dog horse pony cat // DYNAMIC OBJECTS (great for working with other languages) dynamic student = new ExpandoObject(); @@ -651,10 +653,10 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; return ++count; } - // A delegate is a reference to a method + // A delegate is a reference to a method. // To reference the Increment method, - // first declare a delegate with the same signature - // ie. takes no arguments and returns an int + // first declare a delegate with the same signature, + // i.e. takes no arguments and returns an int public delegate int IncrementDelegate(); // An event can also be used to trigger delegates @@ -725,10 +727,10 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; int _speed; // Everything is private by default: Only accessible from within this class. // can also use keyword private public string Name { get; set; } - + // Properties also have a special syntax for when you want a readonly property // that simply returns the result of an expression - public string LongName => Name + " " + _speed + " speed"; + public string LongName => Name + " " + _speed + " speed"; // Enum is a value type that consists of a set of named constants // It is really just mapping a name to a value (an int, unless specified otherwise). @@ -865,7 +867,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; } } - //Method to display the attribute values of this Object. + // Method to display the attribute values of this Object. public virtual string Info() { return "Gear: " + Gear + @@ -960,7 +962,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; /// <summary> /// Used to connect to DB for LinqToSql example. /// EntityFramework Code First is awesome (similar to Ruby's ActiveRecord, but bidirectional) - /// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/data/jj193542.aspx + /// https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/ef6/modeling/code-first/workflows/new-database /// </summary> public class BikeRepository : DbContext { @@ -1069,7 +1071,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; { private static bool LogException(Exception ex) { - /* log exception somewhere */ + // log exception somewhere return false; } @@ -1089,7 +1091,7 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; // Spell failed return false; } - // Other exceptions, or MagicServiceException where Code is not 42 + // Other exceptions, or MagicServiceException where Code is not 42 catch(Exception ex) when (LogException(ex)) { // Execution never reaches this block @@ -1117,12 +1119,12 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; [Obsolete("Use NewMethod instead", false)] public static void ObsoleteMethod() { - /* obsolete code */ + // obsolete code } public static void NewMethod() { - /* new code */ + // new code } public static void Main() @@ -1154,9 +1156,9 @@ namespace Learning.More.CSharp } } -//New C# 7 Feature -//Install Microsoft.Net.Compilers Latest from Nuget -//Install System.ValueTuple Latest from Nuget +// New C# 7 Feature +// Install Microsoft.Net.Compilers Latest from Nuget +// Install System.ValueTuple Latest from Nuget using System; namespace Csharp7 { @@ -1213,7 +1215,7 @@ namespace Csharp7 Console.WriteLine(tt.GetLastName()); } } - + // PATTERN MATCHING class PatternMatchingTest { @@ -1310,13 +1312,13 @@ namespace Csharp7 ## Further Reading + * [C# language reference](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/csharp/language-reference/) + * [Learn .NET](https://dotnet.microsoft.com/learn) + * [C# Coding Conventions](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/csharp/programming-guide/inside-a-program/coding-conventions) * [DotNetPerls](http://www.dotnetperls.com) * [C# in Depth](http://manning.com/skeet2) - * [Programming C#](http://shop.oreilly.com/product/0636920024064.do) - * [LINQ](http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596519254.do) - * [MSDN Library](http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/618ayhy6.aspx) - * [ASP.NET MVC Tutorials](http://www.asp.net/mvc/tutorials) - * [ASP.NET Web Matrix Tutorials](http://www.asp.net/web-pages/tutorials) - * [ASP.NET Web Forms Tutorials](http://www.asp.net/web-forms/tutorials) + * [Programming C# 5.0](http://shop.oreilly.com/product/0636920024064.do) + * [LINQ Pocket Reference](http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596519254.do) * [Windows Forms Programming in C#](http://www.amazon.com/Windows-Forms-Programming-Chris-Sells/dp/0321116208) - * [C# Coding Conventions](http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/vstudio/ff926074.aspx) + * [freeCodeCamp - C# Tutorial for Beginners](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GhQdlIFylQ8) +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/css.html.markdown b/css.html.markdown index 64dc097c..b8adc886 100644 --- a/css.html.markdown +++ b/css.html.markdown @@ -164,14 +164,14 @@ selector { max-width: 5in; /* inches */ /* Colors */ - color: #F6E; /* short hex format */ - color: #FF66EE; /* long hex format */ - color: tomato; /* a named color */ - color: rgb(255, 255, 255); /* as rgb values */ - color: rgb(10%, 20%, 50%); /* as rgb percentages */ - color: rgba(255, 0, 0, 0.3); /* as rgba values (CSS 3) Note: 0 <= a <= 1 */ - color: transparent; /* equivalent to setting the alpha to 0 */ - color: hsl(0, 100%, 50%); /* as hsl percentages (CSS 3) */ + color: #F6E; /* short hex format */ + color: #FF66EE; /* long hex format */ + color: tomato; /* a named color */ + color: rgb(255, 255, 255); /* as rgb values */ + color: rgb(10%, 20%, 50%); /* as rgb percentages */ + color: rgba(255, 0, 0, 0.3); /* as rgba values (CSS 3) Note: 0 <= a <= 1 */ + color: transparent; /* equivalent to setting the alpha to 0 */ + color: hsl(0, 100%, 50%); /* as hsl percentages (CSS 3) */ color: hsla(0, 100%, 50%, 0.3); /* as hsl percentages with alpha */ /* Borders */ @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ selector { border-style:solid; border-color:red; /* similar to how background-color is set */ border: 5px solid red; /* this is a short hand approach for the same */ - border-radius:20px; /* this is a CSS3 property */ + border-radius:20px; /* this is a CSS3 property */ /* Images as backgrounds of elements */ background-image: url(/img-path/img.jpg); /* quotes inside url() optional */ @@ -317,6 +317,7 @@ a new feature. * [Dabblet](http://dabblet.com/) (CSS playground) * [Mozilla Developer Network's CSS documentation](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS) (Tutorials and reference) * [Codrops' CSS Reference](http://tympanus.net/codrops/css_reference/) (Reference) +* [DevTips' CSS Basics](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLqGj3iMvMa4IOmy04kDxh_hqODMqoeeCy) (Tutorials) ## Further Reading diff --git a/d.html.markdown b/d.html.markdown index d2a57cae..93c08da2 100644 --- a/d.html.markdown +++ b/d.html.markdown @@ -212,6 +212,7 @@ found in the wonderful `std.algorithm` module! ```d import std.algorithm : map, filter, reduce; import std.range : iota; // builds an end-exclusive range +import std.stdio; void main() { // We want to print the sum of a list of squares of even ints diff --git a/dart.html.markdown b/dart.html.markdown index 07f755f7..7db9bd33 100644 --- a/dart.html.markdown +++ b/dart.html.markdown @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ example1() { nested2() => print("Example1 nested 1 nested 2"); nested2(); } + nested1(); } @@ -37,6 +38,7 @@ example2() { nested1(fn) { fn(); } + nested1(() => print("Example2 nested 1")); } @@ -47,9 +49,12 @@ example3() { planA(fn(informSomething)) { fn("Example3 plan A"); } - planB(fn) { // Or don't declare number of parameters. + + planB(fn) { + // Or don't declare number of parameters. fn("Example3 plan B"); } + planA((s) => print(s)); planB((s) => print(s)); } @@ -60,17 +65,20 @@ example4() { nested1(fn(informSomething)) { fn(example4Something); } + nested1((s) => print(s)); } // Class declaration with a sayIt method, which also has closure access // to the outer variable as though it were a function as seen before. var example5method = "Example5 sayIt"; + class Example5Class { sayIt() { print(example5method); } } + example5() { // Create an anonymous instance of the Example5Class and call the sayIt // method on it. @@ -86,6 +94,7 @@ class Example6Class { print(instanceVariable); } } + example6() { new Example6Class().sayIt(); } @@ -96,10 +105,12 @@ class Example7Class { static sayItFromClass() { print(classVariable); } + sayItFromInstance() { print(classVariable); } } + example7() { Example7Class.sayItFromClass(); new Example7Class().sayItFromInstance(); @@ -111,7 +122,7 @@ example7() { // by default. But arrays and maps are not. They can be made constant by // declaring them "const". var example8Array = const ["Example8 const array"], - example8Map = const {"someKey": "Example8 const map"}; + example8Map = const {"someKey": "Example8 const map"}; example8() { print(example8Array[0]); print(example8Map["someKey"]); @@ -172,6 +183,7 @@ example13() { print("Example13 regexp doesn't match '${s}'"); } } + match(s1); match(s2); } @@ -190,7 +202,7 @@ example14() { } // dynamic typed null can be convert to bool - var b;// b is dynamic type + var b; // b is dynamic type b = "abc"; try { if (b) { @@ -211,7 +223,7 @@ example14() { // statically typed null can not be convert to bool var c = "abc"; c = null; - // complie failed + // compile failed // if (c) { // print("true, c is $c"); // } else { @@ -240,9 +252,11 @@ example15() { // StringBuffer. Or you could join a string array. example16() { var sb = new StringBuffer(), a = ["a", "b", "c", "d"], e; - for (e in a) { sb.write(e); } + for (e in a) { + sb.write(e); + } print("Example16 dynamic string created with " - "StringBuffer '${sb.toString()}'"); + "StringBuffer '${sb.toString()}'"); print("Example16 join string array '${a.join()}'"); } @@ -302,11 +316,13 @@ class Example21 { set names(List<String> list) { _names = list; } + int get length => _names.length; void add(String name) { _names.add(name); } } + void example21() { Example21 o = new Example21(); o.add("c"); @@ -320,7 +336,9 @@ class Example22A { var _name = "Some Name!"; get name => _name; } + class Example22B extends Example22A {} + example22() { var o = new Example22B(); print("Example22 class inheritance '${o.name}'"); @@ -334,19 +352,21 @@ example22() { // single inheritance doesn't get in the way of reusable code. // Mixins follow the "with" statement during the class declaration. class Example23A {} + class Example23Utils { addTwo(n1, n2) { return n1 + n2; } } + class Example23B extends Example23A with Example23Utils { addThree(n1, n2, n3) { return addTwo(n1, n2) + n3; } } + example23() { - var o = new Example23B(), r1 = o.addThree(1, 2, 3), - r2 = o.addTwo(1, 2); + var o = new Example23B(), r1 = o.addThree(1, 2, 3), r2 = o.addTwo(1, 2); print("Example23 addThree(1, 2, 3) results in '${r1}'"); print("Example23 addTwo(1, 2) results in '${r2}'"); } @@ -362,12 +382,13 @@ class Example24A { } get value => _value; } + class Example24B extends Example24A { Example24B({value: "someOtherValue"}) : super(value: value); } + example24() { - var o1 = new Example24B(), - o2 = new Example24B(value: "evenMore"); + var o1 = new Example24B(), o2 = new Example24B(value: "evenMore"); print("Example24 calling super during constructor '${o1.value}'"); print("Example24 calling super during constructor '${o2.value}'"); } @@ -379,10 +400,11 @@ class Example25 { var value, anotherValue; Example25({this.value, this.anotherValue}); } + example25() { var o = new Example25(value: "a", anotherValue: "b"); print("Example25 shortcut for constructor '${o.value}' and " - "'${o.anotherValue}'"); + "'${o.anotherValue}'"); } // Named parameters are available when declared between {}. @@ -394,17 +416,19 @@ example26() { _name = name; _surname = surname; } + setConfig2(name, [surname, email]) { _name = name; _surname = surname; _email = email; } + setConfig1(surname: "Doe", name: "John"); print("Example26 name '${_name}', surname '${_surname}', " - "email '${_email}'"); + "email '${_email}'"); setConfig2("Mary", "Jane"); print("Example26 name '${_name}', surname '${_surname}', " - "email '${_email}'"); + "email '${_email}'"); } // Variables declared with final can only be set once. @@ -416,6 +440,7 @@ class Example27 { // that follows the : Example27({this.color1, color2}) : color2 = color2; } + example27() { final color = "orange", o = new Example27(color1: "lilac", color2: "white"); print("Example27 color is '${color}'"); @@ -434,6 +459,7 @@ class Example28 extends IterableBase { } get iterator => names.iterator; } + example28() { var o = new Example28(); o.forEach((name) => print("Example28 '${name}'")); @@ -459,10 +485,12 @@ example29() { callItForMe(fn()) { return fn(); } + rand() { v = new DM.Random().nextInt(50); return v; } + while (true) { print("Example29 callItForMe(rand) '${callItForMe(rand)}'"); if (v != 30) { @@ -477,8 +505,12 @@ example29() { // Parse int, convert double to int, or just keep int when dividing numbers // by using the ~/ operation. Let's play a guess game too. example30() { - var gn, tooHigh = false, - n, n2 = (2.0).toInt(), top = int.parse("123") ~/ n2, bottom = 0; + var gn, + tooHigh = false, + n, + n2 = (2.0).toInt(), + top = int.parse("123") ~/ n2, + bottom = 0; top = top ~/ 6; gn = new DM.Random().nextInt(top + 1); // +1 because nextInt top is exclusive print("Example30 Guess a number between 0 and ${top}"); @@ -488,10 +520,11 @@ example30() { } else { tooHigh = n > gn; print("Example30 Number ${n} is too " - "${tooHigh ? 'high' : 'low'}. Try again"); + "${tooHigh ? 'high' : 'low'}. Try again"); } return n == gn; } + n = (top - bottom) ~/ 2; while (!guessNumber(n)) { if (tooHigh) { @@ -503,6 +536,44 @@ example30() { } } +// Optional Positional Parameter: +// parameter will be disclosed with square bracket [ ] & square bracketed parameter are optional. +example31() { + findVolume31(int length, int breath, [int height]) { + print('length = $length, breath = $breath, height = $height'); + } + + findVolume31(10,20,30); //valid + findVolume31(10,20); //also valid +} + +// Optional Named Parameter: +// parameter will be disclosed with curly bracket { } +// curly bracketed parameter are optional. +// have to use parameter name to assign a value which separated with colan : +// in curly bracketed parameter order does not matter +// these type parameter help us to avoid confusion while passing value for a function which has many parameter. +example32() { + findVolume32(int length, int breath, {int height}) { + print('length = $length, breath = $breath, height = $height'); + } + + findVolume32(10,20,height:30);//valid & we can see the parameter name is mentioned here. + findVolume32(10,20);//also valid +} + +// Optional Default Parameter: +// same like optional named parameter in addition we can assign default value for this parameter. +// which means no value is passed this default value will be taken. +example33() { + findVolume33(int length, int breath, {int height=10}) { + print('length = $length, breath = $breath, height = $height'); + } + + findVolume33(10,20,height:30);//valid + findVolume33(10,20);//valid +} + // Programs have only one entry point in the main function. // Nothing is expected to be executed on the outer scope before a program // starts running with what's in its main function. @@ -510,12 +581,15 @@ example30() { // the program needs to startup with. main() { print("Learn Dart in 15 minutes!"); - [example1, example2, example3, example4, example5, example6, example7, - example8, example9, example10, example11, example12, example13, example14, - example15, example16, example17, example18, example19, example20, - example21, example22, example23, example24, example25, example26, - example27, example28, example29, example30 - ].forEach((ef) => ef()); + [ + example1, example2, example3, example4, example5, + example6, example7, example8, example9, example10, + example11, example12, example13, example14, example15, + example16, example17, example18, example19, example20, + example21, example22, example23, example24, example25, + example26, example27, example28, example29, + example30 // Adding this comment stops the dart formatter from putting all items on a new line + ].forEach((ef) => ef()); } ``` @@ -526,6 +600,3 @@ Dart has a comprehensive web-site. It covers API reference, tutorials, articles useful Try Dart online. [https://www.dartlang.org](https://www.dartlang.org) [https://try.dartlang.org](https://try.dartlang.org) - - - diff --git a/de-de/bash-de.html.markdown b/de-de/bash-de.html.markdown index 7a0db157..3a76708a 100644 --- a/de-de/bash-de.html.markdown +++ b/de-de/bash-de.html.markdown @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ echo "#helloworld" | cat > output.out echo "#helloworld" | tee output.out >/dev/null # Löschen der Hilfsdateien von oberhalb, mit Anzeige der Dateinamen -# (mit '-i' für "interactive" erfolgt für jede Date eine Rückfrage) +# (mit '-i' für "interactive" erfolgt für jede Datei eine Rückfrage) rm -v output.out error.err output-and-error.log # Die Ausgabe von Befehlen kann mit Hilfe von $( ) in anderen Befehlen verwendet weden: @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ done function foo () { echo "Argumente funktionieren wie bei skripts: $@" - echo Und: $1 $2..." + echo "Und: $1 $2..." echo "Dies ist eine Funktion" return 0 } diff --git a/de-de/c++-de.html.markdown b/de-de/c++-de.html.markdown index cef7514b..87e75ad6 100644 --- a/de-de/c++-de.html.markdown +++ b/de-de/c++-de.html.markdown @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ contributors: - ["Ankush Goyal", "http://github.com/ankushg07"] - ["Jatin Dhankhar", "https://github.com/jatindhankhar"] - ["Maximilian Sonnenburg", "https://github.com/LamdaLamdaLamda"] + - ["caminsha", "https://github.com/caminsha"] lang: de-de --- @@ -22,9 +23,9 @@ entworfen wurde um, - Objektorientierung zu unterstützen - generische Programmierung zu unterstützen -Durch seinen Syntax kann sie durchaus schwieriger und komplexer als neuere Sprachen sein. +Durch seine Syntax kann sie durchaus schwieriger und komplexer als neuere Sprachen sein. -Sie ist weit verbreitet, weil sie in Maschinen-Code kompiliert, welches direkt vom Prozessor ausgeführt +Sie ist weit verbreitet, weil sie in Maschinen-Code kompiliert, welcher direkt vom Prozessor ausgeführt werden kann und somit eine strikte Kontrolle über die Hardware bietet und gleichzeitig High-Level-Features wie generics, exceptions und Klassen enthält. @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ weitverbreitesten Programmiersprachen. // Vergleich zu C ////////////////// -// C ist fast eine Untermenge von C++ und teilt sich grundsätzlich den +// C ist fast eine Untermenge von C++ und teilt sich grundsätzlich die // Syntax für Variablen Deklarationen, primitiven Typen und Funktionen. // Wie in C ist der Programmeinsprungpunkt eine Funktion, welche "main" genannt wird und @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ void invalidDeclaration(int a = 1, int b) // Fehler! ///////////// -// Namespaces (Namesräume) +// Namespaces (Namensräume) ///////////// // Namespaces stellen einen getrennten Gültigkeitsbereich für Variablen, @@ -169,7 +170,7 @@ void foo() int main() { - // Fügt all Symbole aus dem namespace Second in den aktuellen Gültigkeitsbereich (scope). + // Fügt alle Symbole aus dem namespace Second in den aktuellen Gültigkeitsbereich (scope). // "foo()" wird nun nicht länger funktionieren, da es nun doppeldeutig ist, ob foo aus // dem namespace foo oder darüberliegenden aufgerufen wird. using namespace Second; @@ -283,7 +284,7 @@ string retVal = tempObjectFun(); // für Details). Wie in diesem Code: foo(bar(tempObjectFun())) -// Nehmen wir an foo und bar existieren. Das Objekt wird von "tempObjectFun" zurückgegeben, +// Nehmen wir an, foo und bar existieren. Das Objekt wird von "tempObjectFun" zurückgegeben, // wird an bar übergeben und ist zerstört bevor foo aufgerufen wird. // Zurück zu Referenzen. Die Annahme, dass die "am Ende des Ausdrucks" Regel gültig ist, @@ -335,7 +336,7 @@ ECarTypes GetPreferredCarType() return ECarTypes::Hatchback; } -// Mit C++11 existiert eine einfache Möglichkeit einem Typ dem Enum zu zuweisen. Dies +// Mit C++11 existiert eine einfache Möglichkeit einem Typ dem Enum zuzuweisen. Dies // kann durchaus sinnvoll bei der Serialisierung von Daten sein, oder bei der Konvertierung // zwischen Typen bzw. Konstanten. enum ECarTypes : uint8_t @@ -574,7 +575,7 @@ int main () // Templates in C++ werden in erster Linie dafür verwendet generisch zu programmieren. // Sie unterstützen explizite und partielle Spezialisierung und darüber hinaus können // sie für funktionale Klassen verwendet werden. -// Tatsächlich bilden templates die Turing-Vollständigkeit +// Tatsächlich bilden Templates die Turing-Vollständigkeit // (universelle Programmierbarkeit) ab. @@ -588,12 +589,12 @@ public: void insert(const T&) { ... } }; -// Während der Kompilierung generiert der Compiler Kopien für jedes template, wobei +// Während der Kompilierung generiert der Compiler Kopien für jedes Template, wobei // hierbei die Parameter substituiert werden. Somit muss bei jedem Aufruf die gesamte // Definition der Klasse zur Verfügung stehen. Aus diesem Grund wird ein Template // komplett im header definiert. -// Erzeugung einer Template-Klasse auf dem stack: +// Erzeugung einer Template-Klasse auf dem Stack: Box<int> intBox; // eine der zu erwartenden Verwendungen: @@ -612,7 +613,7 @@ boxOfBox.insert(intBox); // sind fast identisch hinsichtlich der Funktionalität. Weitere // Informationen auf: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Typename -// Eine template-Funktion: +// Eine Template-Funktion: template<class T> void barkThreeTimes(const T& input) { @@ -622,7 +623,7 @@ void barkThreeTimes(const T& input) } // Hierbei ist zu beachten, dass an dieser Stelle nichts über den Typen des Parameters -// definiert wurde. Der Kompiler wird bei jedem Aufruf bzw. jeder Erzeugung den Typen +// definiert wurde. Der Compiler wird bei jedem Aufruf bzw. jeder Erzeugung den Typen // prüfen. Somit funktioniert die zuvor definierte Funktion für jeden Typ 'T', die die // const Methode 'bark' implementiert hat. @@ -637,10 +638,10 @@ void printMessage() cout << "Learn C++ in " << Y << " minutes!" << endl; } -// Des Weiteren können templates aus Effizienzgründen genauer spezifiziert werden. -// Selbstverständlich sind reale-Problemen, welche genauer spezifiziert werden nicht +// Des Weiteren können Templates aus Effizienzgründen genauer spezifiziert werden. +// Selbstverständlich sind reale Probleme, welche genauer spezifiziert werden, nicht // derart trivial. Auch wenn alle Parameter explizit definiert wurden, muss die -// Funktion oder Klasse als template deklariert werden. +// Funktion oder Klasse als Template deklariert werden. template<> void printMessage<10>() { @@ -818,9 +819,9 @@ void doSomethingWithAFile(const std::string& filename) // Container ///////////////////// -// Die Container der Standard template Bibliothek beinhaltet einige vordefinierter templates. +// Die Container der Standard template Bibliothek beinhaltet einige vordefinierte Templates. // Diese verwalten die Speicherbereiche für die eigenen Elemente und stellen Member-Funktionen -// für den Zugriff und die Maniplulation bereit. +// für den Zugriff und die Manipulation bereit. // Beispielhafte Container: @@ -876,7 +877,7 @@ for(it=ST.begin();it<ST.end();it++) // 10 // 30 -// Zum leeren des gesamten Container wird die Methode +// Zum leeren des gesamten Containers wird die Methode // Container._name.clear() verwendet. ST.clear(); cout << ST.size(); // Ausgabe der Set-Größe @@ -948,11 +949,11 @@ fooMap.find(Foo(1)); // Wahr // Lambda Ausdrücke (C++11 und höher) /////////////////////////////////////// -// Lambdas sind eine gängige Methodik um anonyme Funktionen an dem +// Lambdas sind eine gängige Methodik, um anonyme Funktionen an dem // Ort der Verwendung zu definieren. Darüber hinaus auch bei der // Verwendung von Funktionen als Argument einer Funktion. -// Nehmen wir an es soll ein Vektor von "pairs" (Paaren) mithilfe +// Nehmen wir an, es soll ein Vektor von "pairs" (Paaren) mithilfe // des zweiten Werts des "pairs" sortiert werden. vector<pair<int, int> > tester; @@ -966,7 +967,7 @@ sort(tester.begin(), tester.end(), [](const pair<int, int>& lhs, const pair<int, return lhs.second < rhs.second; }); -// Beachte den Syntax von Lambda-Ausdrücken. +// Beachte die Syntax von Lambda-Ausdrücken. // Die [] im Lambda Ausdruck werden für die Variablen verwendet. // Diese so genannte "capture list" definiert, was außerhalb des Lambdas, // innerhalb der Funktion verfügbar sein soll und in welcher Form. @@ -1025,7 +1026,7 @@ for(auto elem: arr) // Einige Aspekte von C++ sind für Neueinsteiger häufig überraschend (aber auch für // C++ Veteranen). // Der nachfolgende Abschnitt ist leider nicht vollständig: -// C++ ist eine der Sprachen, bei der es ein leichtes ist sich selbst ins Bein zu schießen. +// C++ ist eine der Sprachen, bei der es ein Leichtes ist, sich selbst ins Bein zu schießen. // Private-Methoden können überschrieben werden class Foo @@ -1074,10 +1075,10 @@ f1 = f2; #include<tuple> -// Konzeptionell sind Tuple´s alten Datenstrukturen sehr ähnlich, allerdings haben diese keine +// Konzeptionell sind Tupel alten Datenstrukturen sehr ähnlich, allerdings haben diese keine // bezeichneten Daten-Member, sondern werden durch die Reihenfolge angesprochen. -// Erstellen des Tuples und das Einfügen eines Werts. +// Erstellen des Tupels und das Einfügen eines Werts. auto first = make_tuple(10, 'A'); const int maxN = 1e9; const int maxL = 15; @@ -1102,7 +1103,7 @@ tuple<int, char, double> third(11, 'A', 3.14141); cout << tuple_size<decltype(third)>::value << "\n"; // prints: 3 -// tuple_cat fügt die Elemente eines Tuples aneinander (in der selben Reihenfolge). +// tuple_cat fügt die Elemente eines Tupels aneinander (in der selben Reihenfolge). auto concatenated_tuple = tuple_cat(first, second, third); // concatenated_tuple wird zu = (10, 'A', 1e9, 15, 11, 'A', 3.14141) diff --git a/de-de/html-de.html.markdown b/de-de/html-de.html.markdown index 0bf58f9c..8b5597e7 100644 --- a/de-de/html-de.html.markdown +++ b/de-de/html-de.html.markdown @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ Dieser Artikel ist bedacht darauf, nur HTML Syntax und nützliche Tipps zu geben <!-- Danach startet sie mit einem Öffnungtag <html>. --> <html> -<!-- Dieser wird am Ende der Datei mit</html> geschlossen. --> +<!-- Dieser wird am Ende der Datei mit </html> geschlossen. --> </html> -<!-- Nichts sollte nach diesen finalen Tag erscheinen. --> +<!-- Nichts sollte nach diesem finalen Tag erscheinen. --> <!-- Dazwischen (Zwischen dem Öffnungs- und Schließungstag <html></html>) finden wir: --> @@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ Dieser Artikel ist bedacht darauf, nur HTML Syntax und nützliche Tipps zu geben </head> <!-- Nach dem <head> Bereich findet sich der <body> Tag --> -<!-- Bis zu diesen Punkt wird nichts im Browerfenster angezeigt. --> -<!-- Wir müssen den Body mit dem Inhalt füllen der angezeigt werden soll. --> +<!-- Bis zu diesem Punkt wird nichts im Browerfenster angezeigt. --> +<!-- Wir müssen den Body mit dem Inhalt füllen, der angezeigt werden soll. --> <body> <h1>Hallo, Welt!</h1> <!-- Der h1 Tag erstellt einen Titel. --> <!-- Es gibt auch Untertitel für <h1> von den wichtigsten <h2> zu den Unwichtigsten (h6). --> - <a href = "http://codepen.io/anon/pen/xwjLbZ">Komm, schaue was das zeigt</a> <!-- Eine URL wird zum Hyperlink, wenn es das Attribut href="" --> + <a href = "http://codepen.io/anon/pen/xwjLbZ">Komm, schaue was das zeigt</a> <!-- Eine URL wird zum Hyperlink, wenn es das Attribut href="" hat --> <p>Das ist ein Absatz.</p> <!-- Der Tag <p> lässt uns Text auf die HTML Seite hinzufügen. --> <p>Das ist ein anderer Absatz.</p> <ul> <!-- Der <ul> Tag erstellt eine Aufzählungsliste. --> @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ Dieser Artikel ist bedacht darauf, nur HTML Syntax und nützliche Tipps zu geben <!-- Es ist ebenso möglich eine Tabelle zu erstellen. --> <table> <!-- Wir öffnen ein <table> Element. --> - <tr> <!-- <tr> erlaubt es uns Reihe zu erstellen. --> - <th>Erster Tabellenkopf</th> <!-- <th> erlaubt es uns der Tabelle einen Titel zu geben. --> + <tr> <!-- <tr> erlaubt es uns, Reihen zu erstellen. --> + <th>Erster Tabellenkopf</th> <!-- <th> erlaubt es uns, der Tabelle einen Titel zu geben. --> <th>Zweiter Tabllenkopf</th> </tr> <tr> - <td>Erste Zeile, erste Spalte</td> <!-- <td> erlaubt es eine Tabellenzelle zu erstellen. --> + <td>Erste Zeile, erste Spalte</td> <!-- <td> erlaubt es, eine Tabellenzelle zu erstellen. --> <td>Erste Zeile, zweite Spalte</td> </tr> <tr> diff --git a/de-de/java-de.html.markdown b/de-de/java-de.html.markdown index e8ac5bda..e52087ec 100644 --- a/de-de/java-de.html.markdown +++ b/de-de/java-de.html.markdown @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Für tiefergreifende Fragen ist Google der beste Startpunkt. * [Generics](http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/java/generics/index.html) -* [Java Code Conventions](http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/codeconv-138413.html) +* [Java Code Conventions](https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/codeconventions-150003.pdf) **Online Tutorials** diff --git a/de-de/latex-de.html.markdown b/de-de/latex-de.html.markdown index ee9c6e3e..8a952b15 100644 --- a/de-de/latex-de.html.markdown +++ b/de-de/latex-de.html.markdown @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ filename: latex-de.tex % Dieses Kommando kann man später benutzen. \newcommand{\comment}[1]{} -% Es können durchaus noch weitere Optione für das Dokument gesetzt werden! +% Es können durchaus noch weitere Optionen für das Dokument gesetzt werden! \author{Chaitanya Krishna Ande, Colton Kohnke \& Sricharan Chiruvolu} \date{\today} \title{Learn \LaTeX\ in Y Minutes!} % Nun kann's losgehen mit unserem Dokument. -% Alles vor dieser Zeile wird die Preamble genannt. +% Alles vor dieser Zeile wird die Präambel genannt. \begin{document} \comment{ @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ filename: latex-de.tex % Inhalt erscheinen. % Dieser Befehl ist in den Dokumentenklassen article und report verfügbar. \begin{abstract} - \LaTeX -Documentation geschrieben in \LaTeX ! Wie ungewöhnlich und garantiert nicht meine Idee! + \LaTeX -Dokumentation geschrieben in \LaTeX ! Wie ungewöhnlich und garantiert nicht meine Idee! \end{abstract} % Section Befehle sind intuitiv. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ anderen Wissenschaften. Und deswegen müssen wir in der Lage sein, spezielle Symbole zu unserem Paper hinzuzufügen! \\ Mathe kennt sehr viele Symbole, viel mehr als auf einer Tastatur zu finden sind; -Symbole für Mengen und relationen, Pfeile, Operatoren und Griechische Buchstaben, +Symbole für Mengen und Relationen, Pfeile, Operatoren und Griechische Buchstaben, um nur ein paar zu nennen.\\ Mengen und Relationen spielen eine sehr wichtige Rolle in vielen mathematischen diff --git a/de-de/make-de.html.markdown b/de-de/make-de.html.markdown index cf90dc29..1bae332c 100644 --- a/de-de/make-de.html.markdown +++ b/de-de/make-de.html.markdown @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ lang: de-de ---
Eine Makefile definiert einen Graphen von Regeln um ein Ziel (oder Ziele)
-zu erzeugen. Es dient dazu die geringste Menge an Arbeit zu verrichten um
-ein Ziel in einklang mit dem Quellcode zu bringen. Make wurde berühmterweise
+zu erzeugen. Es dient dazu, die geringste Menge an Arbeit zu verrichten um
+ein Ziel in Einklang mit dem Quellcode zu bringen. Make wurde berühmterweise
von Stuart Feldman 1976 übers Wochenende geschrieben. Make ist noch immer
-sehr verbreitet (vorallem im Unix umfeld) obwohl es bereits sehr viel
+sehr verbreitet (vorallem im Unix Umfeld) obwohl es bereits sehr viel
Konkurrenz und Kritik zu Make gibt.
-Es gibt eine vielzahl an Varianten von Make, dieser Artikel beschäftig sich
-mit der Version GNU Make. Diese Version ist standard auf Linux.
+Es gibt eine Vielzahl an Varianten von Make, dieser Artikel beschäftigt sich
+mit der Version GNU Make. Diese Version ist Standard auf Linux.
```make
@@ -44,14 +44,15 @@ file0.txt: # die erste Regel ist die Standard-Regel.
-# Diese Regel wird nur abgearbeitet wenn file0.txt aktueller als file1.txt ist.
+# Diese Regel wird nur abgearbeitet, wenn file0.txt aktueller als file1.txt ist.
file1.txt: file0.txt
cat file0.txt > file1.txt
# Verwende die selben Quoting-Regeln wie die Shell
@cat file0.txt >> file1.txt
# @ unterdrückt die Ausgabe des Befehls an stdout.
-@echo 'hello'
- # - bedeutet das Make die Abarbeitung fortsetzt auch wenn Fehler passieren.
+ # - bedeutet, dass Make die Abarbeitung fortsetzt auch wenn Fehler
+ # passieren.
# Versuche `make file1.txt` auf der Kommandozeile.
# Eine Regel kann mehrere Ziele und mehrere Voraussetzungen haben.
@@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ file2.txt file3.txt: file0.txt file1.txt touch file2.txt
touch file3.txt
-# Make wird sich beschweren wenn es mehrere Rezepte für die gleiche Regel gibt.
+# Make wird sich beschweren, wenn es mehrere Rezepte für die gleiche Regel gibt.
# Leere Rezepte zählen nicht und können dazu verwendet werden weitere
# Voraussetzungen hinzuzufügen.
@@ -67,8 +68,8 @@ file2.txt file3.txt: file0.txt file1.txt # Phony-Ziele
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Ein Phony-Ziel ist ein Ziel das keine Datei ist.
-# Es wird nie aktuell sein, daher wird Make immer versuchen es abzuarbeiten
+# Ein Phony-Ziel ist ein Ziel, das keine Datei ist.
+# Es wird nie aktuell sein, daher wird Make immer versuchen, es abzuarbeiten
all: maker process
# Es ist erlaubt Dinge ausserhalb der Reihenfolge zu deklarieren.
@@ -89,14 +90,14 @@ ex0.txt ex1.txt: maker # Automatische Variablen & Wildcards
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-process: file*.txt # Eine Wildcard um Dateinamen zu Vergleichen
+process: file*.txt # Eine Wildcard um Dateinamen zu vergleichen
@echo $^ # $^ ist eine Variable die eine Liste aller
# Voraussetzungen enthält.
@echo $@ # Namen des Ziels ausgeben.
#(Bei mehreren Ziel-Regeln enthält $@ den Verursacher der Abarbeitung
#der Regel.)
@echo $< # Die erste Voraussetzung aus der Liste
- @echo $? # Nur die Voraussetzungen die nicht aktuell sind.
+ @echo $? # Nur die Voraussetzungen, die nicht aktuell sind.
@echo $+ # Alle Voraussetzungen inklusive Duplikate (nicht wie Üblich)
#@echo $| # Alle 'order only' Voraussetzungen
@@ -114,20 +115,20 @@ process: ex1.txt file0.txt %.png: %.svg
inkscape --export-png $^
-# Muster-Vergleichs-Regeln werden nur abgearbeitet wenn make entscheidet das Ziel zu
-# erzeugen
+# Muster-Vergleichs-Regeln werden nur abgearbeitet, wenn make entscheidet das
+# Ziel zu erzeugen
# Verzeichnis-Pfade werden normalerweise bei Muster-Vergleichs-Regeln ignoriert.
# Aber make wird versuchen die am besten passende Regel zu verwenden.
small/%.png: %.svg
inkscape --export-png --export-dpi 30 $^
-# Make wird die letzte Version einer Muster-Vergleichs-Regel verwenden die es
+# Make wird die letzte Version einer Muster-Vergleichs-Regel verwenden, die es
# findet.
%.png: %.svg
@echo this rule is chosen
-# Allerdings wird make die erste Muster-Vergleicher-Regel verwenden die das
+# Allerdings wird make die erste Muster-Vergleicher-Regel verwenden, die das
# Ziel erzeugen kann.
%.png: %.ps
@echo this rule is not chosen if *.svg and *.ps are both present
@@ -171,7 +172,7 @@ name4 ?= Jean # nicht gibt.
override name5 = David
-# Verhindert das Kommando-Zeilen Argumente diese Variable ändern können.
+# Verhindert, dass Kommando-Zeilen Argumente diese Variable ändern können.
name4 +=grey
# Werte an eine Variable anhängen (inkludiert Leerzeichen).
@@ -179,9 +180,9 @@ name4 +=grey # Muster-Spezifische Variablen Werte (GNU Erweiterung).
echo: name2 = Sara # Wahr innerhalb der passenden Regel und auch innerhalb
# rekursiver Voraussetzungen (ausser wenn es den Graphen zerstören
- # kann wenn es zu kompilizert wird!)
+ # kann, wenn es zu kompilizert wird!)
-# Ein paar Variablen die von Make automatisch definiert werden.
+# Ein paar Variablen, die von Make automatisch definiert werden.
echo_inbuilt:
echo $(CC)
echo ${CXX}
@@ -196,7 +197,7 @@ echo_inbuilt: # Variablen 2
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Der erste Typ von Variablen wird bei jeder verwendung ausgewertet.
+# Der erste Typ von Variablen wird bei jeder Verwendung ausgewertet.
# Das kann aufwendig sein, daher exisitert ein zweiter Typ von Variablen.
# Diese werden nur einmal ausgewertet. (Das ist eine GNU make Erweiterung)
@@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ var4 ::= good night # Funktionen
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Make verfügt über eine vielzahl von Funktionen.
+# Make verfügt über eine Vielzahl von Funktionen.
sourcefiles = $(wildcard *.c */*.c)
objectfiles = $(patsubst %.c,%.o,$(sourcefiles))
diff --git a/de-de/nix-de.html.markdown b/de-de/nix-de.html.markdown index 79b60d20..ea02e81d 100644 --- a/de-de/nix-de.html.markdown +++ b/de-de/nix-de.html.markdown @@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ translators: lang: de-de --- -Nix ist eine simple funktionale Programmiersprache, die für den +Nix ist eine simple funktionale Programmiersprache, die für den [Nix package manager](https://nixos.org/nix/) und [NixOS](https://nixos.org/) entwickelt wurde. -Du kannst Nix Ausdrücke evaluieren mithilfe von +Du kannst Nix Ausdrücke evaluieren mithilfe von [nix-instantiate](https://nixos.org/nix/manual/#sec-nix-instantiate) oder [`nix-repl`](https://github.com/edolstra/nix-repl). @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ with builtins; [ # Inline Kommentare sehen so aus. - /* Multizeilen Kommentare + /* Multizeilen Kommentare sehen so aus. */ @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ with builtins; [ "String Literale sind in Anführungszeichen." " - String Literale können mehrere + String Literale können mehrere Zeilen umspannen. " @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ with builtins; [ tutorials/learn.nix #=> /the-base-path/tutorials/learn.nix - # Ein Pfad muss mindestens einen Schrägstrich enthalten. Ein Pfad für eine + # Ein Pfad muss mindestens einen Schrägstrich enthalten. Ein Pfad für eine # Datei im selben Verzeichnis benötigt ein ./ Präfix. ./learn.nix #=> /the-base-path/learn.nix @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ with builtins; [ #=> { d = 2; e = 3; } # Die Nachkommen eines Attributs können in diesem Feld nicht zugeordnet werden, wenn - # das Attribut selbst nicht zugewiesen wurde. + # das Attribut selbst nicht zugewiesen wurde. { a = { b = 1; }; a.c = 2; @@ -261,9 +261,9 @@ with builtins; [ #=> 7 # Die erste Linie diese Tutorials startet mit "with builtins;", - # weil builtins ein Set mit allen eingebauten + # weil builtins ein Set mit allen eingebauten # Funktionen (length, head, tail, filter, etc.) umfasst. - # Das erspart uns beispielsweise "builtins.length" zu schreiben, + # Das erspart uns beispielsweise "builtins.length" zu schreiben, # anstatt nur "length". @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ with builtins; [ (tryEval (abort "foo")) #=> error: evaluation aborted with the following error message: ‘foo’ - # `assert` evaluiert zu dem gegebenen Wert, wenn die Bedingung wahr ist, sonst + # `assert` evaluiert zu dem gegebenen Wert, wenn die Bedingung wahr ist, sonst # löst es eine abfangbare Exception aus. (assert 1 < 2; 42) #=> 42 @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ with builtins; [ #========================================= # Da die Wiederholbarkeit von Builds für den Nix Packetmanager entscheidend ist, - # werden in der Nix Sprache reine funktionale Elemente betont. Es gibt aber ein paar + # werden in der Nix Sprache reine funktionale Elemente betont. Es gibt aber ein paar # unreine Elemente. # Du kannst auf Umgebungsvariablen verweisen. (getEnv "HOME") @@ -355,4 +355,4 @@ with builtins; [ (https://medium.com/@MrJamesFisher/nix-by-example-a0063a1a4c55) * [Susan Potter - Nix Cookbook - Nix By Example] - (http://funops.co/nix-cookbook/nix-by-example/) + (https://ops.functionalalgebra.com/nix-by-example/) diff --git a/dynamic-programming.html.markdown b/dynamic-programming.html.markdown index c73b1845..5d260206 100644 --- a/dynamic-programming.html.markdown +++ b/dynamic-programming.html.markdown @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ category: Algorithms & Data Structures name: Dynamic Programming contributors: - ["Akashdeep Goel", "http://github.com/akashdeepgoel"] + - ["Miltiadis Stouras", "https://github.com/mstou"] --- # Dynamic Programming @@ -48,6 +49,15 @@ for i=0 to n-1 ## Online Resources -* [codechef](https://www.codechef.com/wiki/tutorial-dynamic-programming) +* MIT 6.006: [Lessons 19,20,21,22](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLUl4u3cNGP61Oq3tWYp6V_F-5jb5L2iHb) +* TopCoder: [Dynamic Programming from Novice to Advanced](https://www.topcoder.com/community/data-science/data-science-tutorials/dynamic-programming-from-novice-to-advanced/) +* [CodeChef](https://www.codechef.com/wiki/tutorial-dynamic-programming) * [InterviewBit](https://www.interviewbit.com/courses/programming/topics/dynamic-programming/) - +* GeeksForGeeks: + * [Overlapping Subproblems](https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/dynamic-programming-set-1/) + * [Tabulation vs Memoization](https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/tabulation-vs-memoizatation/) + * [Optimal Substructure Property](https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/dynamic-programming-set-2-optimal-substructure-property/) + * [How to solve a DP problem](https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/solve-dynamic-programming-problem/) +* [How to write DP solutions](https://www.quora.com/Are-there-any-good-resources-or-tutorials-for-dynamic-programming-DP-besides-the-TopCoder-tutorial/answer/Michal-Danilák) + +And a [quiz](https://www.commonlounge.com/discussion/cdbbfe83bcd64281964b788969247253) to test your knowledge. diff --git a/el-gr/python3-gr.html.markdown b/el-gr/python3-gr.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08c3d4aa --- /dev/null +++ b/el-gr/python3-gr.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,1030 @@ +--- +language: python3 +contributors: + - ["Louie Dinh", "http://pythonpracticeprojects.com"] + - ["Steven Basart", "http://github.com/xksteven"] + - ["Andre Polykanine", "https://github.com/Oire"] + - ["Zachary Ferguson", "http://github.com/zfergus2"] + - ["evuez", "http://github.com/evuez"] + - ["Rommel Martinez", "https://ebzzry.io"] + - ["Roberto Fernandez Diaz", "https://github.com/robertofd1995"] +filename: learnpython3.py +--- + +Η Python δημιουργήθηκε από τον Guido van Rossum στις αρχές των 90s. Πλέον είναι μία από τις πιο +δημοφιλείς γλώσσες. Ερωτευεται κανείς την python για τη συντακτική της απλότητα. +Βασικά είναι εκτελέσιμος ψευδοκώδικας. + +Το Feedback είναι πάντα δεκτό! Μπορείτε να με βρείτε στο [@haritonaras](http://twitter.com/haritonaras) +ή τον αρχικό συγγραφέα στο [@louiedinh](http://twitter.com/louiedinh) ή στο +louiedinh [at] [google's email service] + +Σημείωση: Το παρόν άρθρο ασχολείται μόνο με την Python 3. Δείτε [εδώ](http://learnxinyminutes.com/docs/python/) αν θέλετε να μάθετε την παλιά Python 2.7 + +```python + +# Τα σχόλια μίας γραμμής ξεκινούν με # + +""" Τα σχόλια πολλαπλών γραμμών μπορούν + να γραφούν με τρία ", και συχνά χρησιμοποιούνται + ως documentation. +""" + +#################################################### +## 1. Primitive (πρωταρχικοί) Τύποι Δεδομένων και Τελεστές +#################################################### + +# Αφού έχει αριθμούς +3 # => 3 + +# Λογικά θα έχει και Μαθηματικά... +1 + 1 # => 2 +8 - 1 # => 7 +10 * 2 # => 20 +35 / 5 # => 7.0 + +# Η διαίρεση ακεραίων κάνει στρογγυλοποίηση προς τα κάτω για θετικούς και αρνητικούς αριθμούς +5 // 3 # => 1 +-5 // 3 # => -2 +5.0 // 3.0 # => 1.0 # works on floats too +-5.0 // 3.0 # => -2.0 + +# Το αποτέλεσμα της διαίρεσης είναι πάντα float +10.0 / 3 # => 3.3333333333333335 + +# Modulo τελεστής +7 % 3 # => 1 + +# Ύψωση σε δύναμη (x**y, x στην y-οστή δύναμη) +2**3 # => 8 + +# Ελέγχουμε την προτεραιότητα πράξεων με παρενθέσεις +(1 + 3) * 2 # => 8 + +# Οι Boolean τιμές είναι primitives (Σημ.: τα κεφαλαία) +True +False + +# άρνηση με το not +not True # => False +not False # => True + +# Boolean τελεστές +# Σημ. ότι τα "and" και "or" είναι case-sensitive +True and False # => False +False or True # => True + +# Τα True και False είναι 1 και 0 αλλά με διαφορετικά keywords +True + True # => 2 +True * 8 # => 8 +False - 5 # => -5 + +# Μπορούμε να δούμε τις αριθμητικές τιμές των True και False μέσω των τελεστών σύγκρισης +0 == False # => True +1 == True # => True +2 == True # => False +-5 != False # => True + +# Χρησιμοποιώντας τελεστές boolean σε ακεραίους, οι ακέραιοι γίνονται cast σε +# boolean ώστε να γίνει η αποτίμηση της έκφρασης. +# Το αποτέλεσμα όμως είναι non-cast, δηλαδή ίδιου τύπου με τα αρχικά ορίσματα +# Μην μπερδεύετε τις bool(ints) και bitwise and/or (&,|) +bool(0) # => False +bool(4) # => True +bool(-6) # => True +0 and 2 # => 0 +-5 or 0 # => -5 + +# Ισότητα == +1 == 1 # => True +2 == 1 # => False + +# Διάφορο != +1 != 1 # => False +2 != 1 # => True + +# Περισσότερες συγκρίσεις +1 < 10 # => True +1 > 10 # => False +2 <= 2 # => True +2 >= 2 # => True + +# Κοιτάζουμε αν μία τιμή ανήκει σε ένα εύρος +1 < 2 and 2 < 3 # => True +2 < 3 and 3 < 2 # => False +# Το Chaining (αλυσίδωση? :P) κάνει το παραπάνω πιο όμορφα +1 < 2 < 3 # => True +2 < 3 < 2 # => False + +# (is vs. ==) το is ελέγχει αν δύο μεταβλητές αναφέρονται στο ίδιο αντικείμενο, +# αλλά το == ελέγχει αν τα αντικείμενα στα οποία αναφέρονται οι μεταβλητές έχουν τις ίδιες τιμές +a = [1, 2, 3, 4] # το a δείχνει σε μία νέα λίστα, [1,2,3,4] +b = a # το b δείχνει στο αντικείμενο που δείχνει το a +b is a # => True, a και b αναφέρονται στο ίδιο αντικείμενο +b == a # => True, τα αντικείμενα των a κι b είναι ίσα +b = [1, 2, 3, 4] # Το b δείχνει σε μία νέα λίστα, [1, 2, 3, 4] +b is a # => False, a και b δεν αναφέρονται στο ίδιο αντικείμενο +b == a # => True, τα αντικείμενα των a και b είναι ίσα + +# Τα Strings (συμβολοσειρές) δημιουργούνται με " ή ' +"This is a string." +'This is also a string.' + +# Μπορούμε και να προσθέτουμε Strings, αλλά προσπαθήστε να μην το κάνετε +"Hello " + "world!" # => "Hello world!" +# Τα String literals (αλλά όχι οι μεταβλητές) μπορούν να συντμιθούν και χωρίς το '+' +"Hello " "world!" # => "Hello world!" + +# Μπορούμε να φερθούμε σε string σαν να είναι λίστα από χαρακτήρες +"This is a string"[0] # => 'T' + +# Μπορούμε να βρούμε το μήκος ενός string +len("This is a string") # => 16 + +# Το .format μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να μορφοποιήσουμε strings, όπως εδώ: +"{} can be {}".format("Strings", "interpolated") # => "Strings can be interpolated" + +# Μπορείς να επαναλάβεις τα ορίσματα του formatting για να γλιτώσεις λίγο χρονο +"{0} be nimble, {0} be quick, {0} jump over the {1}".format("Jack", "candle stick") +# => "Jack be nimble, Jack be quick, Jack jump over the candle stick" + +# Μπορείς να χρησιμοποιήσεις keywords αν βαριέσαι το μέτρημα. +"{name} wants to eat {food}".format(name="Bob", food="lasagna") # => "Bob wants to eat lasagna" + +# Αν ο κώδικας Python 3 που γράφεις πρόκειται να τρέξει και με python 2.5 ή παλιότερη +# μπορείς επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσεις το παλιό τρόπο για formatting: +"%s can be %s the %s way" % ("Strings", "interpolated", "old") # => "Strings can be interpolated the old way" + +# Μπορείς επίσης να μορφοποιήσεις χρησιμοποιώντας τα f-strings / formatted string literals (σε Python 3.6+) +name = "Reiko" +f"She said her name is {name}." # => "She said her name is Reiko" +# Μπορείς βασικά να βάλεις οποιαδήποτε έκφραση Python στα άγκιστρα και θα εμφανιστεί στο string. +f"{name} is {len(name)} characters long." + + +# το None είναι ένα αντικείμενο (object) +None # => None + +# Μη χρησιμοποιείτε το σύμβολο ισότητας "==" για να συγκρίνετε αντικείμενα με το None +# Χρησιμοποιείτε το "is". Αυτό ελέγχει για ισότητα της ταυτότητας του αντικειμένου. +"etc" is None # => False +None is None # => True + +# Τα None, 0, και τα κενά strings/lists/dicts/tuples αποτιμούνται στην τιμή False +# All other values are True +bool(0) # => False +bool("") # => False +bool([]) # => False +bool({}) # => False +bool(()) # => False + +#################################################### +## 2. Μεταβλητές (variables) και Συλλογές (collections) +#################################################### + +# Η Python έχει μία συνάρτηση print() +print("I'm Python. Nice to meet you!") # => I'm Python. Nice to meet you! + +# By default, η συνάρτηση print() τυπώνει και ένα χαρακτήρα αλλαγής γραμμμής στο τέλος +# Χρησιμοποιείτε το προαιρετικό όρισμο end για να τυπώνει οτιδήποτε άλλο +print("Hello, World", end="!") # => Hello, World! + +# Απλός τρόπος για να πάρουμε δεδομένα εισόδου από το console +input_string_var = input("Enter some data: ") # επιστρέφει τα δεδομένα ως string +# Σημ.: Στις προηγούμενες εκδόσεις της Python, η μέθοδος input() ονομαζόταν raw_input() + +# Δεν υπάρχουν δηλώσεις, μόνο αναθέσεις τιμών. +# Η σύμβαση είναι να χρησιμοποιούμε μικρά γράμματα με κάτω παύλες +some_var = 5 +some_var # => 5 + +# Η πρόσβαση σε μεταβλητή που δεν έχει λάβει τιμή είναι εξαίρεση +# Δες τον Έλεγχο Ροής για να μάθεις περισσότερα για το χειρισμό εξαιρέσεων +some_unknown_var # Προκαλέι ένα NameError + +# Η παρακάτω έκφραση μπορεί να χρησιμποιηθεί ισοδύναμα με τον τελεστή '?' της C +"yahoo!" if 3 > 2 else 2 # => "yahoo!" + +# Οι λίστες κρατούν ακολουθίς +li = [] +# Μπορείς να αρχίσεις με μία προ-γεμισμένη λίστα +other_li = [4, 5, 6] + +# Και να βάλεις πράγματα στο τέλος με την μέθοδο append +li.append(1) # η li τώρα είναι [1] +li.append(2) # η li τώρα είναι [1, 2] +li.append(4) # η li τώρα είναι [1, 2, 4] +li.append(3) # η li τώρα είναι [1, 2, 4, 3] +# Αφαιρούμε από το τέλος με την μέθοδο pop +li.pop() # => 3 και η li γίνεται [1, 2, 4] +# Ας βάλουμε το 3 πίσω στη θέση του +li.append(3) # η li γίνεται πάλι [1, 2, 4, 3]. + +# Προσπελαύνουμε τις λίστες όπως τους πίνακες σε άλλες γλώσσες +li[0] # => 1 +# Το τελευταίο στοιχείο... +li[-1] # => 3 + +# Όταν βγαίνουμε εκτός ορίων της λίστας προκαλείται IndexError +li[4] # προκαλεί IndexError + +# Μπορείς να δεις ranges μιας λίστας με το slice syntax ':' +# Ο δείκτης εκίνησης περιλαμβάνεται στο διάστημα, ο δείκτης τερματισμού όχι +# (είναι ανοικτό/κλειστό διάστημα για τους φίλους των μαθηματικών) +li[1:3] # => [2, 4] +# Αγνόησε την αρχή και επίστρεψε τη λίστα +li[2:] # => [4, 3] +# Αγνόησε το τέλος και επίστρεψε τη λίστα +li[:3] # => [1, 2, 4] +# Διάλεξε κάθε δεύτερο στοιχείο +li[::2] # =>[1, 4] +# Επίστρεψε ένα reversed αντίγραφο της λίστας +li[::-1] # => [3, 4, 2, 1] +# Χρησιμοποιείστε οποιαδήποτε συνδυασμό αυτών για να φτιάξετε πιο προχωρημένα slices +# li[start:end:step] + +# Φτιάξε ένα αντίγραφο της λίστας χρησιμοποιώντας slices +li2 = li[:] # => li2 = [1, 2, 4, 3] αλλά το (li2 is li) επιστρέφει False + +# Αφαίρεσε οποιοδήποτε στοιχείο από λίστα με την εντολή "del" +del li[2] # η li γίνεται [1, 2, 3] + +# Αφαιρούμε το πρώτο στιγμυότυπο μιας τιμής +li.remove(2) # η li γίνεται [1, 3] +li.remove(2) # Προκαλεί ένα ValueError καθώς το 2 δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα. + +# Εισαγωγή ενός στοιχείου σε συγκεκριμένη θέση +li.insert(1, 2) # η li γίνεται πάλι [1, 2, 3] + +# Βρες το index (δείκτη) του πρώτου στοιχείου με τιμή ίση με το όρισμα +li.index(2) # => 1 +li.index(4) # Προκαλεί ValueError καθώς το 4 δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα + +# Μπορείς να προσθέτεις λίστες +# Σημ.: οι τιμές των li, other_li δεν αλλάζουν. +li + other_li # => [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] + +# Σύντμιση λιστών με τη μέθοδο "extend()" +li.extend(other_li) # Τώρα η li είναι [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] + +# Ελεγχος της ύπαρξης στοιχείου σε λίστα με το "in" +1 in li # => True + +# Εξατάζουμε το μήκος με "len()" +len(li) # => 6 + + +# Τα Tuples είναι σαν τις λίστες αλλά είναι αμετάβλητα (immutable). +tup = (1, 2, 3) +tup[0] # => 1 +tup[0] = 3 # Προκαλεί TypeError + +# Σημειώστε ότι ένα tuple μήκους 1 πρέπει να έχει ένα κόμμα μετά το τελευταίο στοιχείο +# αλλά τα tuples άλλων μηκών, ακόμα και μηδενικού μήκους, δεν χρειάζονται κόμμα. +type((1)) # => <class 'int'> +type((1,)) # => <class 'tuple'> +type(()) # => <class 'tuple'> + +# Μπορείς να εφαρμόσεις τις περισσότερες μεθόδους των λιστών και στα tuples +len(tup) # => 3 +tup + (4, 5, 6) # => (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) +tup[:2] # => (1, 2) +2 in tup # => True + +# Μπορείς να κάνεις unpack/"ξεπακετάρεις" tuples σε μεταβλητές +a, b, c = (1, 2, 3) # a == 1, b == 2 και c == 3 +# Μπορείς επίσης να επεκτείνεις το unpacking +a, *b, c = (1, 2, 3, 4) # a == 1, b == [2, 3] και c == 4 +# Τα Tuples δημιουργούνται by deafult αν δεν βάλεις παρενθέσεις +d, e, f = 4, 5, 6 # το tuple 4, 5, 6 "ξεπακετάρεται" στις μεταβλητές d, e και f +# αντίστοιχα έτσι ώστε να γίνεται d = 4, e = 5 and f = 6 +# Δείτε πόσο εύκολα μπορούμε να εναλλάσουμε δύο τιμές +e, d = d, e # το d παίρνει την τιμή 5 και το e παίρνει την τιμή 4 + + +# Τα λεξικά (Dictionaries) αποθηκεύουν απεικονίσεις από κλειδιά σε τιμές +empty_dict = {} +# Εδώ έχουμε ένα προ-γεμισμένο dictionary +filled_dict = {"one": 1, "two": 2, "three": 3} + +# Σημ. ότι τα κλειδιά για τα dictionaries πρέπει να είναι αμετάβλητοι τύποι +# (immutable) αυτό γίνετια για να διασφαλίσουμε ότι τα κλειδιά μπορούν να +# μετατρέπονται σε σταθερές τιμές κατακερματισμού (hash values) για γρήγορη εύρεση. +# Μερικοί αμετάβλητοι τύποι είναι τα ints, floats, strings, tuples. +invalid_dict = {[1,2,3]: "123"} # => Προκαλεί TypeError: unhashable type: 'list' +valid_dict = {(1,2,3):[1,2,3]} # Οι τιμές όμως μπορούν να έχουν οποιοδήποτε τύπο. + +# Βρίσκουμε τιμές με [] +filled_dict["one"] # => 1 + +# Μπορείς να πάρεις όλα τα κλειδιά με τη μέθοδο "keys()". +# Πρέπει να "τυλίξουμε" την κλήση με list() για να το μετατρέψουμε σε λίστα +# Θα μιλήσουμε για αυτά αργότερα. Σημ. - σε εκδόσεις Python < 3.7, η σειρά που +# εμφανίζονται τα κλειδιά δεν είναι εγγυημένη. Τα αποτελέσματά σας ίσως να μην +# είναι ακριβώς ίδια με τα παρακάτω. Στην έκδοση 3.7 πάντως, τα αντικείμενα του +# λεξικού διατηρούν τη σειρά με την οποία εισήχθησαν στο dictionary +list(filled_dict.keys()) # => ["three", "two", "one"] σε Python <3.7 +list(filled_dict.keys()) # => ["one", "two", "three"] σε Python 3.7+ + +# Παίρνουμε όλες τις τιμές ενός iterable με τη μέθοδο "values()". Και πάλι +# χρειάζεται να το περιτυλίξουμε σε list() +# Σημ. - όπως παραπάνω σχετικά με τη σειρά των keys +list(filled_dict.values()) # => [3, 2, 1] in Python <3.7 +list(filled_dict.values()) # => [1, 2, 3] in Python 3.7+ + +# Έλεγχος της ύπαρξης κλειδιών σε ένα dictionary με το "in" +"one" in filled_dict # => True +1 in filled_dict # => False + +# Αν ψάξεις την τιμή ανύπαρκτου κλειδιού προκαλείται KeyError +filled_dict["four"] # KeyError + +# Χρησιμοποιούμε τη μέθοδο "get()" για να αποφύγουμε το KeyError +filled_dict.get("one") # => 1 +filled_dict.get("four") # => None +# στο δεύτερο argument της get() μπορούμε να βάλουμε μία τιμή που πρέπει να +# επιστρέψει αν δεν υπάρχει το key που ψάχνουμε +filled_dict.get("one", 4) # => 1 +filled_dict.get("four", 4) # => 4 + +# το "setdefault()" εισάγει στο dictionary μόνο αν δεν υπάρχει το κλειδί +filled_dict.setdefault("five", 5) # filled_dict["five"] γίνεται 5 +filled_dict.setdefault("five", 6) # filled_dict["five"] μένει 5 (υπαρκτό κλειδί) + +# Προσθήκη σε dictionary +filled_dict.update({"four":4}) # => {"one": 1, "two": 2, "three": 3, "four": 4} +filled_dict["four"] = 4 # β' τρόπος + +# Αφαίρεση κλειδιών από dictionary με del +del filled_dict["one"] # Αφαιρεί το κλειδί "one" από το filled_dict + +# Από την Python 3.5 μπορείς να χρησιμοποιήσεις και πρόσθετες επιλογές για unpacking +{'a': 1, **{'b': 2}} # => {'a': 1, 'b': 2} +{'a': 1, **{'a': 2}} # => {'a': 2} + + + +# τα Sets -όπως όλοι περιμένουμε- αποθηκεύουν σύνολα +empty_set = set() +# Αρχικοποιούμε ένα set με μερικές τιμές. Ναι, μοιάζει λίγο με dictionary, Sorry. +some_set = {1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 4} # some_set is now {1, 2, 3, 4} + +# Παρομοίως με τα κλειδιά του dictionary, τα στοιχεία ενός συνόλου πρέπει να είναι +# αμετάβλητα (immutable) +invalid_set = {[1], 1} # => Προκαλεί TypeError: unhashable type: 'list' +valid_set = {(1,), 1} + +# Προσθέτουμε άλλο ένα στοιχείο στο σύνολο +filled_set = some_set +filled_set.add(5) # το filled_set είναι τώρα {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} +# Τα σύνολα δεν έχουν διπλοτυπα αντικείμενα +filled_set.add(5) # το σύνολο παραμένει ίδιο {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} + +# το & κάνει την τομή δύο συνόλων. +other_set = {3, 4, 5, 6} +filled_set & other_set # => {3, 4, 5} + +# και το | την ένωση +filled_set | other_set # => {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} + +# Η διαφορά συνόλων με το - +{1, 2, 3, 4} - {2, 3, 5} # => {1, 4} + +# Το ^ επιστρέφει τη συμμετρική διαφορά +{1, 2, 3, 4} ^ {2, 3, 5} # => {1, 4, 5} + +# Ελεγχος για το αν το δεξιά σύνολο είναι υπερσύνολο του δεξιού +{1, 2} >= {1, 2, 3} # => False + +# Ελεγχος για το αν το δεξιά σύνολο είναι υποσύνολο του δεξιού +{1, 2} <= {1, 2, 3} # => True + +# με το in κάνουμε έλεγχο ύπαρξης στοιχείο σε σετ +2 in filled_set # => True +10 in filled_set # => False + + + +#################################################### +## 3. Έλεγχος Ροής και Iterables +#################################################### + +# Φτιάχνουμε μία μεταβλητή +some_var = 5 + +# Εδώ έχουμε ένα if statement. Η στοίχιση είναι σημαντική στην Python! +# Η σύμβαση είναι να χρησιμοποιούμε 4 κενά, όχι tabs. +# Το παρακάτω τυπώνει "some_var is smaller than 10" +if some_var > 10: + print("some_var is totally bigger than 10.") +elif some_var < 10: # το (else if) -> elif μέρος είναι προαιρετικό. + print("some_var is smaller than 10.") +else: # και το else είναι προαιρετικό. + print("some_var is indeed 10.") + + +""" +τα for loops τρέχουν πάνω σε lists +το παρακάτω τυπώνει: + dog is a mammal + cat is a mammal + mouse is a mammal +""" +for animal in ["dog", "cat", "mouse"]: + # You can use format() to interpolate formatted strings + print("{} is a mammal".format(animal)) + +""" +το "range(number)" επιστρέφει ένα iterable με αριθμούς +από το μηδέν μέχρι τον δωσμένο αριθμό number (κλειστό/ανοικτό διάστημα) +Το παρακάτω τυπώνει: + 0 + 1 + 2 + 3 +""" +for i in range(4): + print(i) + +""" +το "range(lower, upper)" επιστρέφει ένα iterable με αριθμούς +από το lower εώς το upper (κλειστό/ανοικτό διάστημα) +το παρακάτω τυπώνει: + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 +""" +for i in range(4, 8): + print(i) + +""" +το "range(lower, upper, step)" επιστρέφει ένα iterable με αριθμούς +από το lower μέχρι το upper, με βήμα step +αν δεν δώσουμε τιμή βήματος, το default βήμα είναι 1. +το παρακάτω τυπώνει: + 4 + 6 +""" +for i in range(4, 8, 2): + print(i) +""" + +τα While loops τρέχουν μέχρι μία συνθήκη να γίνει ψευδής. +το παρακάτω τυπώνει: + 0 + 1 + 2 + 3 +""" +x = 0 +while x < 4: + print(x) + x += 1 # Shorthand for x = x + 1 + +# Χειριζόμαστε εξαιρέσεις με ένα try/except block +try: + # Χρησιμοποιούμε το "raise" για να πετάξουμε ένα error + raise IndexError("This is an index error") +except IndexError as e: + pass # το Pass δεν κάνει τίποτα. Συνήθως κάνουμε ανάκτηση. +except (TypeError, NameError): + pass # Μπορούμε να χειριζόμαστε πολλές εξαιρέσεις μαζί, αν χρειαστεί +else: # Προαιρετικό στο try/except block. Πρέπει να ακολουθεί όλα τα except blocks + print("All good!") # τρέχει μόνο αν ο κώδικας στο try δεν προκαλεί εξαιρέσεις +finally: # Εκτελείται ό,τι και να γίνει + print("We can clean up resources here") + +# Αντί για try/finally για να καθαρίσουμε τους πόρους, μπορούμε να χρησιμοποιούμε το +# with expression as target: + pass to cleanup resources you can use a with statement +with open("myfile.txt") as f: + for line in f: + print(line) + +# Η Python προσφέρει μία θεμελιώδη αφαίρεση (abstraction) που λέγεται Iterable. +# iterable είναι ένα αντικείμενο που μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως ακολουθία. +# Το αντικείμενο που επιστρέφει η συνάρτηση range, είναι ένα iterable. + +filled_dict = {"one": 1, "two": 2, "three": 3} +our_iterable = filled_dict.keys() +print(our_iterable) # => dict_keys(['one', 'two', 'three']). +# Αυτό είναι ένα αντικείμενο που υλοποιεί την iterable διεπαφή μας. + +# μπορούμε να τρέχουμε loops πάνω του. +for i in our_iterable: + print(i) # Prints one, two, three + +# Ωστόσο δεν μπορούμε να προσπελάσουμε τα στοιχεία του με index. +our_iterable[1] # προκαλεί a TypeError + +# Ένα iterable είναι ένα αντικείμενο που ξέρει πώς να δημιουργήσει έναν iterator. +our_iterator = iter(our_iterable) + +# Ο iterator μας είναι ένα αντικείμενο που μπορεί να θυμάται την κατάσταση όπως το διατρέχουμε. +# Παίρνουμε το επόμενο αντικείμενο με το "next()" +next(our_iterator) # => "one" + +# Διατηρεί την κατάσταση καθώς επαναλαμβάνουμε. +next(our_iterator) # => "two" +next(our_iterator) # => "three" + +# Όταν ο iterator έχει επιστρέψει όλα τα δεδομένα του, προκαλεί ένα μια εξαίρεση StopIteration. +next(our_iterator) # προκαλεί StopIteration + +# Μπορείς να πάρεις όλα τα αντικείμενα ενός iteratior καλώντας list() πάνω του. +list(filled_dict.keys()) # => Επιστρέφει ["one", "two", "three"] + + +#################################################### +## 4. Συναρτήσεις +#################################################### + +# Χρησιμποιούμε το "def" για να ορίσουμε νέες συναρτήσεις +def add(x, y): + print("x is {} and y is {}".format(x, y)) + return x + y # επιστρέφει τιμές με την εντολή return + +# Καλούμε συναρτήσεις με παραμέτρους +add(5, 6) # => τυπώνει "x is 5 and y is 6" και επιστρέφει 11 + +# Ένας άλλος τρόπος να καλέσεις συνάρτησει είναι με keyword arguments (ορίσματα λέξεις-κλειδιά) +add(y=6, x=5) # τα Keyword arguments μπορούν να δωθούν με οποιαδήποτε σειρά. + +# Μπορείς να ορίσεις συναρτήσεις που δέχονται μεταβλητό πλήθος ορισμάτων +def varargs(*args): + return args + +varargs(1, 2, 3) # => (1, 2, 3) + +# Μπορούμε να ορίσουμε και συναρτήσεις που δέχονται μεταβλητό πλήθος keyword arguments +def keyword_args(**kwargs): + return kwargs + +# Για να δούμε τι γίνεται αν την καλέσουμε +keyword_args(big="foot", loch="ness") # => {"big": "foot", "loch": "ness"} + + +# Μπορείς να κάνεις και τα δύο ταυτόχρονα αν θες +def all_the_args(*args, **kwargs): + print(args) + print(kwargs) +""" +all_the_args(1, 2, a=3, b=4) τυπώνει: + (1, 2) + {"a": 3, "b": 4} +""" + +# Όταν καλείς συναρτήσεις μπορείς να κάνεις και το αντίστροφο από args/kwargs! +# Χρησιμοποίησε το * για να επεκτείνεις tuples και χρησιμοποίησε το ** για να επεκτείλεις kwargs +args = (1, 2, 3, 4) +kwargs = {"a": 3, "b": 4} +all_the_args(*args) # ισοδύναμο με all_the_args(1, 2, 3, 4) +all_the_args(**kwargs) # ισοδύναμο με all_the_args(a=3, b=4) +all_the_args(*args, **kwargs) # ισοδύναμο με all_the_args(1, 2, 3, 4, a=3, b=4) + +# Επιστρέφουμε πλειάδα τιμών (με tuple assignments) +def swap(x, y): + return y, x # Επιστρέφει πολλές τιμές ως tuple χωρίς την παρένθεση + # (Σημ.: οι παρενθέσεις έχουν παραλειφθεί αλλά μπορούν να γραφούν) + +x = 1 +y = 2 +x, y = swap(x, y) # => x = 2, y = 1 +# (x, y) = swap(x,y) # Ξανά, οι παρενθέσεις έχουν παραληφθεί αλλά μπορούν να γραφούν + +# Εμβέλεια συναρτήσεων +x = 5 + +def set_x(num): + # Η τοπική μεταβλητή x δεν είναι η ίδια με την global μεταβλητή x + x = num # => 43 + print(x) # => 43 + +def set_global_x(num): + global x + print(x) # => 5 + x = num # η global μεταβλητή x τώρα είναι 6 + print(x) # => 6 + +set_x(43) +set_global_x(6) + + +# Η Python έχει πρώτης τάξης συναρτήσεις +def create_adder(x): + def adder(y): + return x + y + return adder + +add_10 = create_adder(10) +add_10(3) # => 13 + +# Αλλά έχει και anonymous συναρτήσεις. +(lambda x: x > 2)(3) # => True +(lambda x, y: x ** 2 + y ** 2)(2, 1) # => 5 + +# Υπάρχουν ενσωματωμένες συναρτήσεις μεγαλύτερης τάξης +list(map(add_10, [1, 2, 3])) # => [11, 12, 13] +list(map(max, [1, 2, 3], [4, 2, 1])) # => [4, 2, 3] + +list(filter(lambda x: x > 5, [3, 4, 5, 6, 7])) # => [6, 7] + +# Μπορούμε να χρησιμοποιήσουμε list comprehensions για ωραία maps και filters +# το List comprehension αποθηκεύει την έξοδο ως μία λίστα που μπορεί και η ίδια +# να είναι μια εμφωλευμένη λίστα +[add_10(i) for i in [1, 2, 3]] # => [11, 12, 13] +[x for x in [3, 4, 5, 6, 7] if x > 5] # => [6, 7] + +# Μπορείς επίσης να κατασκευάσεις set και dict comprehensions. +{x for x in 'abcddeef' if x not in 'abc'} # => {'d', 'e', 'f'} +{x: x**2 for x in range(5)} # => {0: 0, 1: 1, 2: 4, 3: 9, 4: 16} + + +#################################################### +## 5. Modules +#################################################### + +# Μπορείς να κάνεις import modules +import math +print(math.sqrt(16)) # => 4.0 + +# Μπορείς να πάρεις συγκεκριμένες συναρτήσεις από ένα module +from math import ceil, floor +print(ceil(3.7)) # => 4.0 +print(floor(3.7)) # => 3.0 + +# Μπορείς να κάνεις import όλες τις συναρτήσεις από ένα module. +# Προσοχή: δεν προτείνεται +from math import * + +# Μπορείς να δημιουργείς συντομογραφίες για τα ονόματα των modules +import math as m +math.sqrt(16) == m.sqrt(16) # => True + +# Τα Python modules είναι απλά αρχεία Python. Μπορείς να δημιουργήσεις τα δικά σου +# και να τα κάνεις import το όνομα του module είναι ίδιο με το όνομα του αρχείου + +# μπορείς να βρεις ποιες συναρτήσεις και γνωρίσματα ορίζονται στο module +import math +dir(math) + +# Αν έχεις ένα Python script με όνομα math.py στον ίδιο φάκελο με το τρέχον script +# το αρχείο math.py θα φορτωθεί και όχι το built-in Python module +# Αυτό συμβαίνει επειδή τα τοπικά αρχεία έχουν προτεραιότητα έναντι των built-in +# βιβλιοθηκών της Python + + +#################################################### +## 6. Κλάσεις - Classes +#################################################### + +# χρησιμοποιούμε το "class" statement για να δημιουργήσουμε μια κλάση +class Human: + + # Ένα γνώρισμα της κλάσης. Είναι κοινό για όλα τα στιγμιότυπα αυτής. + species = "H. sapiens" + + # Βασικός initializer, καλείται όταν δημιουργείται στιγμιότυπο της κλάσης. + # Σημ. οι διπλές κάτω παύλες πριν και μετά υποδηλώνουν αντικείμενα + # ή γνωρίσματα που χρησιμοποιούνται από την Python αλλά ζουν σε ελεγχόμενα από + # το χρήση namespaces. + # Μέθοδοι (ή αντικείμενα ή γνωρίσματα) σαν τα __init__, __str__, __repr__ κλπ + # είναι ειδικές μέθοδοι (λέγονται και dunder (double underscore) μέθοδοι) + # Δεν πρέπει να δηλώνεις δικές σου τέτοιες συναρτήσεις + def __init__(self, name): + # Εκχώρησε στο attribute name του object το όρισμα + self.name = name + + # Αρχικοποίησε την ιδιότητα + self._age = 0 + + # Μία μέθοδος στιγμιότυπου (instance method). Όλες οι μέθοδοι παίρνουν το + # "self" ως πρώτο όρισμα + def say(self, msg): + print("{name}: {message}".format(name=self.name, message=msg)) + + # Ακόμα μία instance method + def sing(self): + return 'yo... yo... microphone check... one two... one two...' + + # Μία μέθοδος κλάσεις είναι κοινή ανάμεσα σε όλα τα instances. + # Καλούνται με calling class ώς πρώτο όρισμα + @classmethod + def get_species(cls): + return cls.species + + # Μία στατική μέθοδος καλείται χωρίς αναφορά σε κλάση ή στιγμιότυπο + @staticmethod + def grunt(): + return "*grunt*" + + # Ένα property είναι ακριβώς σαν ένα getter. + # Μετατρέπει τη μέθοδο age σε ένα γνώρισμα (attribute) μόνο-για-ανάγνωση + # με το ίδιο όνομα. + # Δεν χρειάζεται να γράφουμε τετριμένους getters και setters στην Python όμως. + @property + def age(self): + return self._age + + # Αυτό επιτρέπει στο property να γίνει set + @age.setter + def age(self, age): + self._age = age + + # Αυτό επιτρέπει σε ένα property να διαγραφεί + @age.deleter + def age(self): + del self._age + + +# Όταν ο διερμηνέας της Python διαβάζει αρχείο πηγαίου κώδικα τον εκτελεί όλο. +# Αυτός ο έλεγχος του __name__ σιγουρεύει ότι αυτό το block κώδικα τρέχει μόνο +# αυτό το module είναι το κύριο πρόγραμμα (και όχι imported) +if __name__ == '__main__': + # Δημιουργούμε στιγμιότυπο κλάσης + i = Human(name="Ian") + i.say("hi") # "Ian: hi" + j = Human("Joel") + j.say("hello") # "Joel: hello" + # τα i και j είναι στιγμιότυπα του τύπου Human + + # Καλούμε τη μέθοδο της κλάσης + i.say(i.get_species()) # "Ian: H. sapiens" + # Αλλάζουμε το κοινό attribute των αντικειμένων της κλάσης + Human.species = "H. neanderthalensis" + i.say(i.get_species()) # => "Ian: H. neanderthalensis" + j.say(j.get_species()) # => "Joel: H. neanderthalensis" + + # Καλούμε τη static μέθοδο + print(Human.grunt()) # => "*grunt*" + + # Δεν μπορούμε να καλέσουμε τη στατική μέθοδο με ένα στιγμιότυπο + # επειδή το i.grunt() θα βάλει αυτόματα το self (δηλαδή το αντικείμενο i) ως όρισμα + print(i.grunt()) # => TypeError: grunt() takes 0 positional arguments but 1 was given + + # Ενημερώνουμε το property για αυτό το στγμιότυπο + i.age = 42 + # Παίρνουμε το property + i.say(i.age) # => "Ian: 42" + j.say(j.age) # => "Joel: 0" + # Διαγράφουμε το property + del i.age + # i.age # => αυτό θα προκαλούσε AttributeError + + +#################################################### +## 6.1 Κληρονομικότητα - Inheritance +#################################################### + +# Η κληρονομικότητα επιτρέπει σε νέες κλάσεις-παιδιά να οριστούν και να υιοθετήσουν +# μεθόδους και μεταβλητές από την κλάση-γονέα. + +# Χρησιμοποιώντας την κλάση Human που ορίστηκε πριν ως τη βασική κλάση (ή κλάση-γονέα) +# μπορούμε να ορίσουμε τις κλάσεις-παιδιά Superhero, που κληρονομεί μεταβλητές όπως +# "species", "name", και "age", καθώς και μεθόδους όπως "sing" και "grunt" +# από την κλάση Human, αλλά επίσης έχει τις δικές του ξεχωριστές ιδιότητες + +# Για να εκμεταλλευτείς το modularization κατά αρχείο, μπορείς να βάλεις την παραπάνω κλάση +# σε δικό της αρχείο, ας πούμε human.py + +# Για να κάνουμε import συναρτήσεις από άλλα αρχεία χρησιμοποιούμε το παρακάτω format +# from "filename-without-extension" import "function-or-class" + +from human import Human + + +# Προσδιόρισε την/τις parent class(es) ως παραμέτρους της κλάσης που ορίζεται +class Superhero(Human): + + # Αν η κλάση-παιδί πρέπει να κληρονομήσει όλους τους οεισμούς της κλάσης-γονέα + # χωρίς καμία αλλαγή, μπορείς απλά να γράψεις pass (και τίποτα άλλο) + # αλλά σε αυτή την περίπτωση είναι σχολιασμένο για να επιτρέψει τη δημιουργία + # ξεχωριστής κλάσης-παιδιού: + # pass + + # Η κλάση παιδί μπορεί να υπερφορτώσει (override) τα attributes της κλάσης από την οποία κληρονομεί + species = 'Superhuman' + + # Τα παιδιά αυτόματα, κληρονομούν τον constructo της κλάσης-γονέα + # συμπεριλαμβανομένων των ορισμάτων, αλλά μπορείς και να ορίσεις πρόσθετα ορίσματα + # ή ορισμούς και να κάνεις override τις μεθόδους, όπως τον constructor. + # Αυτός ο constructor κληρονομεί το όρισμα "name" από την κλάση Human και + # προσθέτει τα ορίσματα "superpower" και "movie": + def __init__(self, name, movie=False, + superpowers=["super strength", "bulletproofing"]): + + # πρόσθήκη επιπλέον attributes της κλάσης: + self.fictional = True + self.movie = movie + # έχετε το νου σας τις μεταβλητές (mutable) default τιμές, καθώς είναι κοινές + self.superpowers = superpowers + + # Η συνάρτηση "super" επιτρέπει την πρόσβαση στις μεθόδους της κλάσης-γονέα + # που είναι υπερφορτωμένες από το παιδί. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση τη μέθοδο __init__ + # Το παρακάτω καλεί τον constructor της κλάσης-γονέα: + super().__init__(name) + + # υπερφόρτωση της μεθόδου sing + def sing(self): + return 'Dun, dun, DUN!' + + # προσθήκη νέας μεθόδου που εφαρμόζεται σε στιγμιότυπα + def boast(self): + for power in self.superpowers: + print("I wield the power of {pow}!".format(pow=power)) + + +if __name__ == '__main__': + sup = Superhero(name="Tick") + + # Έλεγχος για το αν το στιγμιότυπο sup ανήκει στην κλάση Human + if isinstance(sup, Human): + print('I am human') + if type(sup) is Superhero: + print('I am a superhero') +# TODO: + # Παίρνουμε το Method Resolution search Order που χρησιμοποιούν οι getattr() και super() + # Αυτό το attribute είναι δυναμικό και μπορεί να ανανεωθεί + print(Superhero.__mro__) # => (<class '__main__.Superhero'>, + # => <class 'human.Human'>, <class 'object'>) + + # Καλούμε μέθοδο της κλάσης-γονέα, αλλά χρησιμοποιεί το δικό της attribute + print(sup.get_species()) # => Superhuman + + # Καλεί την υπερφορτωμένη μέθοδο + print(sup.sing()) # => Dun, dun, DUN! + + # Καλεί μέθοδο από την κλάση Human + sup.say('Spoon') # => Tick: Spoon + + # Καλεί μέθοδο που υπάρχει μόνο στην κλάση Superhero + sup.boast() # => I wield the power of super strength! + # => I wield the power of bulletproofing! + + # Κληρονομημένο class attribute + sup.age = 31 + print(sup.age) # => 31 + + # Attribute που υπάρχει μόνο στην μέσα στην κλάση Superhero + print('Am I Oscar eligible? ' + str(sup.movie)) + +#################################################### +## 6.2 Πολλαπλή Κληρονομικότητα - Multiple Inheritance +#################################################### + +# Ένας ακόμη ορισμός κλάσης +# bat.py +class Bat: + + species = 'Baty' + + def __init__(self, can_fly=True): + self.fly = can_fly + + # Αυτή η κλάση έχει επίσης μία μέθοδο say + def say(self, msg): + msg = '... ... ...' + return msg + + # Και τη δική της μέθοδο sonar + def sonar(self): + return '))) ... (((' + +if __name__ == '__main__': + b = Bat() + print(b.say('hello')) + print(b.fly) + + +# Και ορίζουμε μία ακόμα κλάση που κληρονομεί από τις κλάσεις Superhero και Bat +# superhero.py +from superhero import Superhero +from bat import Bat + +# Ας πούμε αυτή την κλάση Batman +class Batman(Superhero, Bat): + + def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs): + # Τυπικά γα να κληρονομήουμε attributes πρέπει να καλέσουμε τη super: + # super(Batman, self).__init__(*args, **kwargs) + # Ωστόσο έχουμε να κάνουμε με πολλαπλή κληρονομικότητα εδώ, και το super() + # δουλεύει μόνο με την αμέσως ανώτερη κλάση στην ιεραρχία. + # Οπότε, καλούμε ρητά την __init__ για όλους τους πρόγονους + # Η χρήση των *args και **kwargs επιτρέπει έναν καθαρό τρόπο για να περνάμε ορίσματα + # με κάθε κλάση-γονέα να "βγάζει μία φλούδα από το κρεμμύδι". + Superhero.__init__(self, 'anonymous', movie=True, + superpowers=['Wealthy'], *args, **kwargs) + Bat.__init__(self, *args, can_fly=False, **kwargs) + # υπερφορτώνουμε την τιμή του γνωρίσματος name + self.name = 'Sad Affleck' + + def sing(self): + return 'nan nan nan nan nan batman!' + + +if __name__ == '__main__': + sup = Batman() + + # + # Λάβε το Method Resolution search Order που χρησιμοποιείται από το getattr() και το super(). + # Αυτό το attribute είναι δυναμικό και μπορεί να ενημερωθεί + print(Batman.__mro__) # => (<class '__main__.Batman'>, + # => <class 'superhero.Superhero'>, + # => <class 'human.Human'>, + # => <class 'bat.Bat'>, <class 'object'>) + + # Καλεί την μέθοδο της κλάσης-πατέρα αλλά χρησιμοποιεί το attribute της δικής του κλάσης + print(sup.get_species()) # => Superhuman + + # Καλεί την υπερφορτωμένη μέθοδο + print(sup.sing()) # => nan nan nan nan nan batman! + + # Καλεί μέθοδο από την κλάση Human, επειδή μετράει η σειρά της κληρονομιάς + sup.say('I agree') # => Sad Affleck: I agree + + # Καλεί μέθοδο που ανήκει μόνο στον δεύτερο πρόγονο + print(sup.sonar()) # => ))) ... ((( + + # Attribute της κληρονομημένης κλάσης + sup.age = 100 + print(sup.age) # => 100 + + # Κληρονομούμενο attribute από τον δεύτερο πρόγονο του οποίου η default τιμή + # έχει υπερφορτωθεί. + print('Can I fly? ' + str(sup.fly)) # => Can I fly? False + + + +#################################################### +## 7. Προχωρημένα +#################################################### + +# Με τους Generators μπορείς να γράψεις τεμπέλικο κώδικα. +def double_numbers(iterable): + for i in iterable: + yield i + i +# Οι Generators είναι αποδοτικοί από άποψη μνήμης επειδή φορτώνουν μόνο τα δεδομένα +# που είναι αναγκαία για να επεξεργαστούμε την επόμενη τιμή του iterable. +# Αυτό μας επιτρέπει να κάνουμε πράξεις σε τιμές που υπό άλλες συνθήκες θα ήταν +# απαγορευτικά μεγάλες. +for i in double_numbers(range(1, 900000000)): # το `range` είναι ένας generator. + print(i) + if i >= 30: + break + +# Όπως μπορείς να δημιουργήσεις list comprehension, έτσι μπορείς να δημιουργήσεις και +# generator comprehensions +values = (-x for x in [1,2,3,4,5]) +for x in values: + print(x) # τυπώνει -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 στο console/terminal + +# Μπορείς επίσης να μετατρέψεις ένα generator comprehension απευθείας σε λίστα. +values = (-x for x in [1,2,3,4,5]) +gen_to_list = list(values) +print(gen_to_list) # => [-1, -2, -3, -4, -5] + + +# Decorators +# σε αυτό το παράδειγμα το `beg` τυλίγει το `say`. Αν το say_please είναι True τότε +# θα αλλάξει το μήνυμα που επιστρέφεται. +from functools import wraps + + +def beg(target_function): + @wraps(target_function) + def wrapper(*args, **kwargs): + msg, say_please = target_function(*args, **kwargs) + if say_please: + return "{} {}".format(msg, "Please! I am poor :(") + return msg + + return wrapper + + +@beg +def say(say_please=False): + msg = "Can you buy me a beer?" + return msg, say_please + + +print(say()) # Can you buy me a beer? +print(say(say_please=True)) # Can you buy me a beer? Please! I am poor :( +``` + +## Έτοιμοι για περισσότερα? + +### Δωρεάν Online + +* [Automate the Boring Stuff with Python](https://automatetheboringstuff.com) +* [Ideas for Python Projects](http://pythonpracticeprojects.com) +* [The Official Docs](http://docs.python.org/3/) +* [Hitchhiker's Guide to Python](http://docs.python-guide.org/en/latest/) +* [Python Course](http://www.python-course.eu/index.php) +* [First Steps With Python](https://realpython.com/learn/python-first-steps/) +* [A curated list of awesome Python frameworks, libraries and software](https://github.com/vinta/awesome-python) +* [30 Python Language Features and Tricks You May Not Know About](http://sahandsaba.com/thirty-python-language-features-and-tricks-you-may-not-know.html) +* [Official Style Guide for Python](https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0008/) +* [Python 3 Computer Science Circles](http://cscircles.cemc.uwaterloo.ca/) +* [Dive Into Python 3](http://www.diveintopython3.net/index.html) +* [A Crash Course in Python for Scientists](http://nbviewer.jupyter.org/gist/anonymous/5924718) diff --git a/elixir.html.markdown b/elixir.html.markdown index 7af29202..0b717ca6 100644 --- a/elixir.html.markdown +++ b/elixir.html.markdown @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ --- language: elixir contributors: - - ["Joao Marques", "http://github.com/mrshankly"] + - ["Joao Marques", "https://github.com/mrshankly"] - ["Dzianis Dashkevich", "https://github.com/dskecse"] - ["Ryan Plant", "https://github.com/ryanplant-au"] - ["Ev Bogdanov", "https://github.com/evbogdanov"] @@ -451,9 +451,9 @@ Agent.update(my_agent, fn colors -> ["blue" | colors] end) ## References -* [Getting started guide](http://elixir-lang.org/getting-started/introduction.html) from the [Elixir website](http://elixir-lang.org) +* [Getting started guide](https://elixir-lang.org/getting-started/introduction.html) from the [Elixir website](https://elixir-lang.org) * [Elixir Documentation](https://elixir-lang.org/docs.html) * ["Programming Elixir"](https://pragprog.com/book/elixir/programming-elixir) by Dave Thomas -* [Elixir Cheat Sheet](http://media.pragprog.com/titles/elixir/ElixirCheat.pdf) -* ["Learn You Some Erlang for Great Good!"](http://learnyousomeerlang.com/) by Fred Hebert +* [Elixir Cheat Sheet](https://media.pragprog.com/titles/elixir/ElixirCheat.pdf) +* ["Learn You Some Erlang for Great Good!"](https://learnyousomeerlang.com/) by Fred Hebert * ["Programming Erlang: Software for a Concurrent World"](https://pragprog.com/book/jaerlang2/programming-erlang) by Joe Armstrong diff --git a/es-es/c-es.html.markdown b/es-es/c-es.html.markdown index 8bc1eabb..cae4349e 100644 --- a/es-es/c-es.html.markdown +++ b/es-es/c-es.html.markdown @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ contributors: - ["Adam Bard", "http://adambard.com/"] translators: - ["Francisco García", "http://flaskbreaker.tumblr.com/"] + - ["Heitor P. de Bittencourt", "https://github.com/heitorPB/"] lang: es-es --- @@ -423,7 +424,7 @@ libro de C, escrito por Dennis Ritchie, creador de C y Brian Kernighan. Aún as se cuidadoso, es antiguo, contiene algunas inexactitudes, y algunas prácticas han cambiado. -Otro buen recurso es [Learn C the hard way](http://c.learncodethehardway.org/book/). +Otro buen recurso es [Learn C the hard way](http://learncodethehardway.org/c/). Si tienes una pregunta, lee [compl.lang.c Frequently Asked Questions](http://c-faq.com). diff --git a/es-es/factor-es.html.markdown b/es-es/factor-es.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67c60de7 --- /dev/null +++ b/es-es/factor-es.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +--- +language: factor +contributors: + - ["hyphz", "http://github.com/hyphz/"] +translators: + - ["Roberto R", "https://github.com/rrodriguze"] +filename: learnfactor-es.factor + +lang: es-es +--- +Factor es un lenguaje moderno basado en la pila, basado en Forth, creado por +Slava Pestov. + +El código de este archivo puede escribirse en Factor, pero no importa +directamente porque el encabezado del vocabulario de importación haria que el +comienzo fuera totalmente confuso. + +```factor +! Esto es un comentario + +! Como Forth, toda la programación se realiza mediante la manipulación de la +! pila. +! La intruducción de un valor literal lo coloca en la pila +5 2 3 56 76 23 65 ! No hay salida pero la pila se imprime en modo interactivo + +! Esos números se agregan a la pila de izquierda a derecha +! .s imprime la pila de forma no destructiva. +.s ! 5 2 3 56 76 23 65 + +! La aritmética funciona manipulando datos en la pila. +5 4 + ! Sem saída + +! `.` muestra el resultado superior de la pila y lo imprime. +. ! 9 + +! Más ejemplos de aritmética: +6 7 * . ! 42 +1360 23 - . ! 1337 +12 12 / . ! 1 +13 2 mod . ! 1 + +99 neg . ! -99 +-99 abs . ! 99 +52 23 max . ! 52 +52 23 min . ! 23 + +! Se proporcionan varias palabras para manipular la pila, conocidas +colectivamente como palabras codificadas. + +3 dup - ! duplica el primer item (1st ahora igual a 2nd): 3 - 3 +2 5 swap / ! intercambia el primero con el segundo elemento: 5 / 2 +4 0 drop 2 / ! elimina el primer item (no imprime en pantalla): 4 / 2 +1 2 3 nip .s ! elimina el segundo item (semejante a drop): 1 3 +1 2 clear .s ! acaba con toda la pila +1 2 3 4 over .s ! duplica el segundo item superior: 1 2 3 4 3 +1 2 3 4 2 pick .s ! duplica el tercer item superior: 1 2 3 4 2 3 + +! Creando Palabras +! La palabra `:` factoriza los conjuntos en modo de compilación hasta que vea +la palabra`;`. +: square ( n -- n ) dup * ; ! Sin salida +5 square . ! 25 + +! Podemos ver lo que las palabra hacen también. +! \ suprime la evaluación de una palabra y coloca su identificador en la pila. +\ square see ! : square ( n -- n ) dup * ; + +! Después del nombre de la palabra para crear, la declaración entre paréntesis +da efecto a la pila. +! Podemos usar los nombres que queramos dentro de la declaración: +: weirdsquare ( camel -- llama ) dup * ; + +! Mientras su recuento coincida con el efecto de pila de palabras: +: doubledup ( a -- b ) dup dup ; ! Error: Stack effect declaration is wrong +: doubledup ( a -- a a a ) dup dup ; ! Ok +: weirddoubledup ( i -- am a fish ) dup dup ; ! Além disso Ok + +! Donde Factor difiere de Forth es en el uso de las citaciones. +! Una citacion es un bloque de código que se coloca en la pila como un valor. +! [ inicia el modo de citación; ] termina. +[ 2 + ] ! La cita que suma dos queda en la pila +4 swap call . ! 6 + +! Y así, palabras de orden superior. TONOS de palabras de orden superior +2 3 [ 2 + ] dip .s ! Tomar valor de la parte superior de la pilar, cotizar, retroceder: 4 3 +3 4 [ + ] keep .s ! Copiar el valor desde la parte superior de la pila, cotizar, enviar copia: 7 4 +1 [ 2 + ] [ 3 + ] bi .s ! Ejecute cada cotización en el valor superior, empuje amabos resultados: 3 4 +4 3 1 [ + ] [ + ] bi .s ! Las citas en un bi pueden extraer valores más profundos de la pila: 4 5 ( 1+3 1+4 ) +1 2 [ 2 + ] bi@ .s ! Citar en primer y segundo valor +2 [ + ] curry ! Inyecta el valor dado al comienzo de la pila: [ 2 + ] se deja en la pila + +! Condicionales +! Cualquier valor es verdadero, excepto el valor interno f. +! no existe un valor interno, pero su uso no es esencial. +! Los condicionales son palabras de orden superior, como con los combinadores +! anteriores + +5 [ "Five is true" . ] when ! Cinco es verdadero +0 [ "Zero is true" . ] when ! Cero es verdadero +f [ "F is true" . ] when ! Sin salida +f [ "F is false" . ] unless ! F es falso +2 [ "Two is true" . ] [ "Two is false" . ] if ! Two es verdadero + +! Por defecto, los condicionales consumen el valor bajo prueba, pero las +! variantes con un +! asterisco se dejan solo si es verdad: + +5 [ . ] when* ! 5 +f [ . ] when* ! Sin salida, pila vacía, se consume porque f es falso + + +! Lazos +! Lo has adivinado... estas son palabras de orden superior también. + +5 [ . ] each-integer ! 0 1 2 3 4 +4 3 2 1 0 5 [ + . ] each-integer ! 0 2 4 6 8 +5 [ "Hello" . ] times ! Hello Hello Hello Hello Hello + +! Here's a list: +{ 2 4 6 8 } ! Goes on the stack as one item + +! Aqui está uma lista: +{ 2 4 6 8 } [ 1 + . ] each ! Exibe 3 5 7 9 +{ 2 4 6 8 } [ 1 + ] map ! Salida { 3 5 7 9 } de la pila + +! Reduzir laços ou criar listas: +{ 1 2 3 4 5 } [ 2 mod 0 = ] filter ! Solo mantenga miembros de la lista para los cuales la cita es verdadera: { 2 4 } +{ 2 4 6 8 } 0 [ + ] reduce . ! Como "fold" en lenguajes funcinales: exibe 20 (0+2+4+6+8) +{ 2 4 6 8 } 0 [ + ] accumulate . . ! Como reducir, pero mantiene los valores intermedios en una lista: { 0 2 6 12 } así que 20 +1 5 [ 2 * dup ] replicate . ! Repite la cita 5 veces y recoge los resultados en una lista: { 2 4 8 16 32 } +1 [ dup 100 < ] [ 2 * dup ] produce ! Repite la segunda cita hasta que la primera devuelva falso y recopile los resultados: { 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 } + +! Si todo lo demás falla, un propósito general a repetir. +1 [ dup 10 < ] [ "Hello" . 1 + ] while ! Escribe "Hello" 10 veces + ! Sí, es dificil de leer + ! Para eso están los bucles variantes + +! Variables +! Normalmente, se espera que los programas de Factor mantengan todos los datos +! en la pila. +! El uso de variables con nombre hace que la refactorización sea más difícil +! (y se llama Factor por una razón) +! Variables globales, si las necesitas: + +SYMBOL: name ! Crea un nombre como palabra de identificación +"Bob" name set-global ! Sin salída +name get-global . ! "Bob" + +! Las variables locales nombradas se consideran una extensión, pero están +! disponibles +! En una cita .. +[| m n ! La cita captura los dos valores principales de la pila en m y n + | m n + ] ! Leerlos + +! Ou em uma palavra.. +:: lword ( -- ) ! Tenga en cuenta los dos puntos dobles para invocar la extensión de variable léxica + 2 :> c ! Declara la variable inmutable c para contener 2 + c . ; ! Imprimirlo + +! En una palabra declarada de esta manera, el lado de entrada de la declaración +! de la pila +! se vuelve significativo y proporciona los valores de las variables en las que +! se capturan los valores de pila +:: double ( a -- result ) a 2 * ; + +! Las variables se declaran mutables al terminar su nombre con su signo de +! exclamación +:: mword2 ( a! -- x y ) ! Capture la parte superior de la pila en la variable mutable a + a ! Empujar a + a 2 * a! ! Multiplique por 2 y almacenar el resultado en a + a ; ! Empujar el nuevo valor de a +5 mword2 ! Pila: 5 10 + +! Listas y Secuencias +! Vimos arriba cómo empujar una lista a la pila + +0 { 1 2 3 4 } nth ! Acceder a un miembro específico de una lista: 1 +10 { 1 2 3 4 } nth ! Error: índice de secuencia fuera de los límites +1 { 1 2 3 4 } ?nth ! Lo mismo que nth si el índice está dentro de los límites: 2 +10 { 1 2 3 4 } ?nth ! Sin errores si está fuera de los límites: f + +{ "at" "the" "beginning" } "Append" prefix ! { "Append" "at" "the" "beginning" } +{ "Append" "at" "the" } "end" suffix ! { "Append" "at" "the" "end" } +"in" 1 { "Insert" "the" "middle" } insert-nth ! { "Insert" "in" "the" "middle" } +"Concat" "enate" append ! "Concatenate" - strings are sequences too +"Concatenate" "Reverse " prepend ! "Reverse Concatenate" +{ "Concatenate " "seq " "of " "seqs" } concat ! "Concatenate seq of seqs" +{ "Connect" "subseqs" "with" "separators" } " " join ! "Connect subseqs with separators" + +! Y si desea obtener meta, las citas son secuencias y se pueden desmontar +0 [ 2 + ] nth ! 2 +1 [ 2 + ] nth ! + +[ 2 + ] \ - suffix ! Quotation [ 2 + - ] + + +``` + +##Listo para más? + +* [Documentación de Factor](http://docs.factorcode.org/content/article-help.home.html) diff --git a/es-es/hq9+-es.html.markdown b/es-es/hq9+-es.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e1a36e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/es-es/hq9+-es.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +--- +language: HQ9+ +filename: hq9+-es.html +contributors: + - ["Alexey Nazaroff", "https://github.com/rogaven"] +translators: + - ["Roberto R", "https://github.com/rrodriguze"] +lang: es-es +--- + +HQ9+ es una parodia de los lenguajes de programación esotéricos y fue creado +por Cliff Biffle. +El lenguaje tiene solo cuatro comandos y no está completo de Turing. + +``` +Solo hay cuatro comandos, representados por los siguientes cuatro caracteres +H: imprime "Hello, world!" +Q: imprime el código fuente del programa (ein Quine) +9: imprime la letra de "99 Bottles of Beer" ++: aumenta el acumulador en uno (el valod del acumulador no se puede leer) +Cualquier otro caracter es ignorado. + +Ok. Escribamos el programa: + HQ + +Resultado: + Hello world! + HQ + +HQ9+ es muy simple, pero te permite hacer cosas en él. Otros lenguajes son muy +difíciles.Por ejemplo, el siguiente programa imprime tres copias de sí mismo en +la pantalla: + QQQ +Esto imprime: + QQQ + QQQ + QQQ +``` + +Y esto es todo. Hay muchos intérpretes para HQ9+. +A continuación encontrarás uno de ellos. + ++ [One of online interpreters](https://almnet.de/esolang/hq9plus.php) ++ [HQ9+ official website](http://cliffle.com/esoterica/hq9plus.html) diff --git a/es-es/hy-es.html.markdown b/es-es/hy-es.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bfad3b6e --- /dev/null +++ b/es-es/hy-es.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +--- +language: hy +filename: learnhy-es.hy +contributors: + - ["Abhishek L", "http://twitter.com/abhishekl"] +translators: + - ["Roberto R", "https://github.com/rrodriguze"] +lang: es-es +--- + +Hy es un lenguaje de Lisp escrito sobre Python. Esto es posible convirtiendo +código Hy en un árbol abstracto de Python (ast). Por lo que, esto permite a +Hy llamar a código Pyhton nativo y viceversa. + +Este tutorial funciona para hy >= 0.9.12 + +```clojure +;; Esto es una intrucción muy básica a Hy, como la del siguiente enlace +;; http://try-hy.appspot.com +;; +; Comentarios usando punto y coma, como en otros LISPS + +;; Nociones básicas de expresiones +; Los programas List están hechos de expresiones simbólicas como la siguiente +(some-function args) +; ahora el esencial "Hola Mundo" +(print "hello world") + +;; Tipos de datos simples +; Todos los tipos de datos simples son exactamente semejantes a sus homólogos +; en python +42 ; => 42 +3.14 ; => 3.14 +True ; => True +4+10j ; => (4+10j) un número complejo + +; Vamos a comenzar con un poco de arimética simple +(+ 4 1) ;=> 5 +; el operador es aplicado a todos los argumentos, como en otros lisps +(+ 4 1 2 3) ;=> 10 +(- 2 1) ;=> 1 +(* 4 2) ;=> 8 +(/ 4 1) ;=> 4 +(% 4 2) ;=> 0 o operador módulo +; la exponenciación es representada por el operador ** como python +(** 3 2) ;=> 9 +; las funciones anidadas funcionan como lo esperado +(+ 2 (* 4 2)) ;=> 10 +; también los operadores lógicos igual o no igual se comportan como se espera +(= 5 4) ;=> False +(not (= 5 4)) ;=> True + +;; variables +; las variables se configuran usando SETV, los nombres de las variables pueden +; usar utf-8, excepto for ()[]{}",'`;#| +(setv a 42) +(setv π 3.14159) +(def *foo* 42) +;; otros tipos de datos de almacenamiento +; strings, lists, tuples & dicts +; estos son exactamente los mismos tipos de almacenamiento en python +"hello world" ;=> "hello world" +; las operaciones de cadena funcionan de manera similar en python +(+ "hello " "world") ;=> "hello world" +; Las listas se crean usando [], la indexación comienza en 0 +(setv mylist [1 2 3 4]) +; las tuplas son estructuras de datos inmutables +(setv mytuple (, 1 2)) +; los diccionarios son pares de valor-clave +(setv dict1 {"key1" 42 "key2" 21}) +; :nombre se puede usar para definir palabras clave en Hy que se pueden usar para claves +(setv dict2 {:key1 41 :key2 20}) +; usar 'get' para obtener un elemento en un índice/key +(get mylist 1) ;=> 2 +(get dict1 "key1") ;=> 42 +; Alternativamente, si se usan palabras clave que podrían llamarse directamente +(:key1 dict2) ;=> 41 + +;; funciones y otras estructuras de programa +; las funciones son definidas usando defn, o el último sexp se devuelve por defecto +(defn greet [name] + "A simple greeting" ; un docstring opcional + (print "hello " name)) + +(greet "bilbo") ;=> "hello bilbo" + +; las funciones pueden tener argumentos opcionales, así como argumentos-clave +(defn foolists [arg1 &optional [arg2 2]] + [arg1 arg2]) + +(foolists 3) ;=> [3 2] +(foolists 10 3) ;=> [10 3] + +; las funciones anonimas son creadas usando constructores 'fn' y 'lambda' +; que son similares a 'defn' +(map (fn [x] (* x x)) [1 2 3 4]) ;=> [1 4 9 16] + +;; operaciones de secuencia +; hy tiene algunas utilidades incluidas para operaciones de secuencia, etc. +; recuperar el primer elemento usando 'first' o 'car' +(setv mylist [1 2 3 4]) +(setv mydict {"a" 1 "b" 2}) +(first mylist) ;=> 1 + +; corte listas usando 'slice' +(slice mylist 1 3) ;=> [2 3] + +; obtener elementos de una lista o dict usando 'get' +(get mylist 1) ;=> 2 +(get mydict "b") ;=> 2 +; la lista de indexación comienza a partir de 0, igual que en python +; assoc puede definir elementos clave/índice +(assoc mylist 2 10) ; crear mylist [1 2 10 4] +(assoc mydict "c" 3) ; crear mydict {"a" 1 "b" 2 "c" 3} +; hay muchas otras funciones que hacen que trabajar con secuencias sea +; entretenido + +;; Python interop +;; los import funcionan exactamente como en python +(import datetime) +(import [functools [partial reduce]]) ; importa fun1 e fun2 del module1 +(import [matplotlib.pyplot :as plt]) ; haciendo una importación en foo como en bar +; todos los métodos de python incluídos etc. son accesibles desde hy +; a.foo(arg) is called as (.foo a arg) +(.split (.strip "hello world ")) ;=> ["hello" "world"] + +;; Condicionales +; (if condition (body-if-true) (body-if-false) +(if (= passcode "moria") + (print "welcome") + (print "Speak friend, and Enter!")) + +; anidar múltiples cláusulas 'if else if' con condiciones +(cond + [(= someval 42) + (print "Life, universe and everything else!")] + [(> someval 42) + (print "val too large")] + [(< someval 42) + (print "val too small")]) + +; declaraciones de grupo con 'do', son ejecutadas secuencialmente +; formas como defn tienen un 'do' implícito +(do + (setv someval 10) + (print "someval is set to " someval)) ;=> 10 + +; crear enlaces léxicos con 'let', todas las variables definidas de esta manera +; tienen alcance local +(let [[nemesis {"superman" "lex luther" + "sherlock" "moriarty" + "seinfeld" "newman"}]] + (for [(, h v) (.items nemesis)] + (print (.format "{0}'s nemesis was {1}" h v)))) + +;; clases +; las clases son definidas de la siguiente manera +(defclass Wizard [object] + [[--init-- (fn [self spell] + (setv self.spell spell) ; init the attr magic + None)] + [get-spell (fn [self] + self.spell)]]) + +;; acesse hylang.org +``` + +### Otras lecturas + +Este tutorial apenas es una introducción básica para hy/lisp/python. + +Docs Hy: [http://hy.readthedocs.org](http://hy.readthedocs.org) + +Repo Hy en GitHub: [http://github.com/hylang/hy](http://github.com/hylang/hy) + +Acceso a freenode irc con #hy, hashtag en twitter: #hylang diff --git a/es-es/pcre-es.html.markdown b/es-es/pcre-es.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..279c9a39 --- /dev/null +++ b/es-es/pcre-es.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +--- +language: PCRE +filename: pcre-es.txt +contributors: + - ["Sachin Divekar", "http://github.com/ssd532"] +translators: + - ["Roberto R", "https://github.com/rrodriguze"] +lang: es-es +--- + +Una expresión regular (regex o regexp para abreviar) es una cadena especial +utilizada para definir un patrón, por ejemplo, buscar una secuencia de +caracteres; por ejemplo, `/^[a-z]+:/` se puede usar para extraer `http:` +desde la URL `http://github.com/`. + +PCRE (Pearl Compatible Regular Expressions) es una biblioteca para expresiones +muy similar a la Perls, desde ahí el nombre. Se trata de una de las sintaxis +más comunes para escribir expresiones regulares. + +Hay dos tipos de metacaracteres (caracteres con una función especial): + +* Caracteres reconocidos en todas partes excepto corchetes + +``` + \ caracter de escape + ^ buscar al principio de la cadena (o línea, en modo multilínea) + $ busca al final de la cadena (o línea, en modo multilínea) + . cualquier caracter exceptoo las nuevas líneas + [ inicio de clase de caracter + | condiciones alternativas del separador + ( inicio del subpatrón + ) fin del subpatrón + ? cuantificador "0 o 1" + * quantificatore "0 o más" + + quantificatore "1 o más" + { inicio de cuantificador numérico +``` + +* Caracteres reconocidos entre corchetes + +``` + \ caracter de escape + ^ negar la clase si es el primer caracter + - indica una serie de caracteres + [ clase de caracteres POSIX (si sigue la sintaxis POSIX) + ] termina la clase de caracteres +``` + +PCRE también proporciona clases de caracteres predefinidas + +``` + \d cifra decimal + \D cifra NO decimal + \h espacio horizontal vacío + \H espacio horizontal NO vacío + \s espacio + \S NO esoacui + \v espacio vertical vacío + \V espacio vertical NO vacío + \w palabra + \W "NO palabra" +``` + +## Ejemplos + +Usaremos la siguiente cadena para nuestras pruebas: + +``` +66.249.64.13 - - [18/Sep/2004:11:07:48 +1000] "GET /robots.txt HTTP/1.0" 200 468 "-" "Googlebot/2.1" +``` + +Se trata de una línea de log del servidor web Apache. + +| Regex | Resultado | Comentario | +| :---- | :-------------- | :------ | +| `GET` | GET | Busque exactamente la cadena "GET" (distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas) | +| `\d+.\d+.\d+.\d+` | 66.249.64.13 | `\d+` identifica uno o más (cuantificador `+`) números [0-9], `\.` identifica el caracter `.` | +| `(\d+\.){3}\d+` | 66.249.64.13 | `(\d+\.){3}` busca el grupo (`\d+\.`) exactamente 3 veces. | +| `\[.+\]` | [18/Sep/2004:11:07:48 +1000] | `.+` identifica cualquier caracter, excepto las nuevas líneas; `.` indica cualquier carácter | +| `^\S+` | 66.249.64.13 | `^` buscar al inicio de la cadena, `\S+` identifica la primera cadena de caracteres que no sea espacio | +| `\+[0-9]+` | +1000 | `\+` identifica el caracter `+`. `[0-9]` indica una cifra de 0 a 9. La expresión es equivalente a `\+\d+` | + +## Otros recursos +[Regex101](https://regex101.com/) - probador de expresiones regulares diff --git a/go.html.markdown b/go.html.markdown index ae99535b..4fc155b5 100644 --- a/go.html.markdown +++ b/go.html.markdown @@ -30,6 +30,12 @@ Go comes with a good standard library and a sizeable community. /* Multi- line comment */ + /* A build tag is a line comment starting with // +build + and can be execute by go build -tags="foo bar" command. + Build tags are placed before the package clause near or at the top of the file + followed by a blank line or other line comments. */ +// +build prod, dev, test + // A package clause starts every source file. // Main is a special name declaring an executable rather than a library. package main diff --git a/haskell.html.markdown b/haskell.html.markdown index 90d47c27..1cc79ec9 100644 --- a/haskell.html.markdown +++ b/haskell.html.markdown @@ -293,7 +293,13 @@ foldr (\x y -> 2*x + y) 4 [1,2,3] -- 16 -- 7. Data Types ---------------------------------------------------- --- Here's how you make your own data type in Haskell +-- A data type is declared with a 'type constructor' on the left +-- and one or more 'data constructors' on the right, separated by +-- the pipe | symbol. This is a sum/union type. Each data constructor +-- is a (possibly nullary) function that creates an object of the type +-- named by the type constructor. + +-- This is essentially an enum data Color = Red | Blue | Green @@ -304,7 +310,62 @@ say Red = "You are Red!" say Blue = "You are Blue!" say Green = "You are Green!" --- Your data types can have parameters too: +-- Note that the type constructor is used in the type signature +-- and the data constructors are used in the body of the function +-- Data constructors are primarily pattern-matched against + +-- This next one is a traditional container type holding two fields +-- In a type declaration, data constructors take types as parameters +-- Data constructors can have the same name as type constructors +-- This is common where the type only has a single data constructor + +data Point = Point Float Float + +-- This can be used in a function like: + +distance :: Point -> Point -> Float +distance (Point x y) (Point x' y') = sqrt $ dx + dy + where dx = (x - x') ** 2 + dy = (y - y') ** 2 + +-- Types can have multiple data constructors with arguments, too + +data Name = Mononym String + | FirstLastName String String + | FullName String String String + +-- To make things clearer we can use record syntax + +data Point2D = CartesianPoint2D { x :: Float, y :: Float } + | PolarPoint2D { r :: Float, theta :: Float } + +myPoint = CartesianPoint2D { x = 7.0, y = 10.0 } + +-- Using record syntax automatically creates accessor functions +-- (the name of the field) + +xOfMyPoint = x myPoint + +-- xOfMyPoint is equal to 7.0 + +-- Record syntax also allows a simple form of update + +myPoint' = myPoint { x = 9.0 } + +-- myPoint' is CartesianPoint2D { x = 9.0, y = 10.0 } + +-- Even if a type is defined with record syntax, it can be declared like +-- a simple data constructor. This is fine: + +myPoint'2 = CartesianPoint2D 3.3 4.0 + +-- It's also useful to pattern match data constructors in `case` expressions + +distanceFromOrigin x = + case x of (CartesianPoint2D x y) -> sqrt $ x ** 2 + y ** 2 + (PolarPoint2D r _) -> r + +-- Your data types can have type parameters too: data Maybe a = Nothing | Just a @@ -313,8 +374,98 @@ Just "hello" -- of type `Maybe String` Just 1 -- of type `Maybe Int` Nothing -- of type `Maybe a` for any `a` +-- For convenience we can also create type synonyms with the 'type' keyword + +type String = [Char] + +-- Unlike `data` types, type synonyms need no constructor, and can be used +-- anywhere a synonymous data type could be used. Say we have the +-- following type synonyms and items with the following type signatures + +type Weight = Float +type Height = Float +type Point = (Float, Float) +getMyHeightAndWeight :: Person -> (Height, Weight) +findCenter :: Circle -> Point +somePerson :: Person +someCircle :: Circle +distance :: Point -> Point -> Float + +-- The following would compile and run without issue, +-- even though it does not make sense semantically, +-- because the type synonyms reduce to the same base types + +distance (getMyHeightAndWeight somePerson) (findCenter someCircle) + +---------------------------------------------------- +-- 8. Typeclasses +---------------------------------------------------- + +-- Typeclasses are one way Haskell does polymorphism +-- They are similar to interfaces in other languages +-- A typeclass defines a set of functions that must +-- work on any type that is in that typeclass. + +-- The Eq typeclass is for types whose instances can +-- be tested for equality with one another. + +class Eq a where + (==) :: a -> a -> Bool + (/=) :: a -> a -> Bool + x == y = not (x /= y) + x /= y = not (x == y) + +-- This defines a typeclass that requires two functions, (==) and (/=) +-- It also declares that one function can be declared in terms of another +-- So it is enough that *either* the (==) function or the (/=) is defined +-- And the other will be 'filled in' based on the typeclass definition + +-- To make a type a member of a type class, the instance keyword is used + +instance Eq TrafficLight where + Red == Red = True + Green == Green = True + Yellow == Yellow = True + _ == _ = False + +-- Now we can use (==) and (/=) with TrafficLight objects + +canProceedThrough :: TrafficLight -> Bool +canProceedThrough t = t /= Red + +-- You can NOT create an instance definition for a type synonym + +-- Functions can be written to take typeclasses with type parameters, +-- rather than types, assuming that the function only relies on +-- features of the typeclass + +isEqual (Eq a) => a -> a -> Bool +isEqual x y = x == y + +-- Note that x and y MUST be the same type, as they are both defined +-- as being of type parameter 'a'. +-- A typeclass does not state that different types in the typeclass can +-- be mixed together. +-- So `isEqual Red 2` is invalid, even though 2 is an Int which is an +-- instance of Eq, and Red is a TrafficLight which is also an instance of Eq + +-- Other common typeclasses are: +-- Ord for types that can be ordered, allowing you to use >, <=, etc. +-- Read for types that can be created from a string representation +-- Show for types that can be converted to a string for display +-- Num, Real, Integral, Fractional for types that can do math +-- Enum for types that can be stepped through +-- Bounded for types with a maximum and minimum + +-- Haskell can automatically make types part of Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Enum, +-- and Bounded with the `deriving` keyword at the end of the type declaration + +data Point = Point Float Float deriving (Eq, Read, Show) + +-- In this case it is NOT necessary to create an 'instance' definition + ---------------------------------------------------- --- 8. Haskell IO +-- 9. Haskell IO ---------------------------------------------------- -- While IO can't be explained fully without explaining monads, @@ -395,7 +546,7 @@ main'' = do ---------------------------------------------------- --- 9. The Haskell REPL +-- 10. The Haskell REPL ---------------------------------------------------- -- Start the repl by typing `ghci`. diff --git a/haxe.html.markdown b/haxe.html.markdown index a31728e1..e086dd7a 100644 --- a/haxe.html.markdown +++ b/haxe.html.markdown @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ contributors: - ["Dan Korostelev", "https://github.com/nadako/"] --- -Haxe is a web-oriented language that provides platform support for C++, C#, -Swf/ActionScript, Javascript, Java, PHP, Python, Lua, HashLink, and Neko byte code +[Haxe](https://haxe.org/) is a general-purpose language that provides platform support for C++, C#, +Swf/ActionScript, JavaScript, Java, PHP, Python, Lua, HashLink, and Neko bytecode (the latter two being also written by the Haxe author). Note that this guide is for Haxe version 3. Some of the guide may be applicable to older versions, but it is recommended to use other references. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ class LearnHaxe3 { trace(m.get('bar') + " is the value for m.get('bar')"); trace(m['bar'] + " is the value for m['bar']"); - var m2 = ['foo' => 4, 'baz' => 6]; // Alternative map syntax + var m2 = ['foo' => 4, 'baz' => 6]; // Alternative map syntax trace(m2 + " is the value for m2"); // Remember, you can use type inference. The Haxe compiler will @@ -234,10 +234,9 @@ class LearnHaxe3 { ^ Bitwise exclusive OR | Bitwise inclusive OR */ - - // increments + var i = 0; - trace("Increments and decrements"); + trace("Pre-/Post- Increments and Decrements"); trace(i++); // i = 1. Post-Increment trace(++i); // i = 2. Pre-Increment trace(i--); // i = 1. Post-Decrement @@ -287,7 +286,7 @@ class LearnHaxe3 { } // do-while loop - var l = 0; + var l = 0; do { trace("do statement always runs at least once"); } while (l > 0); @@ -338,7 +337,7 @@ class LearnHaxe3 { */ var my_dog_name = "fido"; var favorite_thing = ""; - switch(my_dog_name) { + switch (my_dog_name) { case "fido" : favorite_thing = "bone"; case "rex" : favorite_thing = "shoe"; case "spot" : favorite_thing = "tennis ball"; @@ -366,7 +365,7 @@ class LearnHaxe3 { trace("k equals ", k); // outputs 10 - var other_favorite_thing = switch(my_dog_name) { + var other_favorite_thing = switch (my_dog_name) { case "fido" : "teddy"; case "rex" : "stick"; case "spot" : "football"; @@ -559,7 +558,7 @@ class SimpleEnumTest { // You can specify the "full" name, var e_explicit:SimpleEnum = SimpleEnum.Foo; var e = Foo; // but inference will work as well. - switch(e) { + switch (e) { case Foo: trace("e was Foo"); case Bar: trace("e was Bar"); case Baz: trace("e was Baz"); // comment this line to throw an error. @@ -572,7 +571,7 @@ class SimpleEnumTest { You can also specify a default for enum switches as well: */ - switch(e) { + switch (e) { case Foo: trace("e was Foo again"); default : trace("default works here too"); } @@ -595,21 +594,21 @@ class ComplexEnumTest { var e1:ComplexEnum = IntEnum(4); // specifying the enum parameter // Now we can switch on the enum, as well as extract any parameters // it might have had. - switch(e1) { + switch (e1) { case IntEnum(x) : trace('$x was the parameter passed to e1'); default: trace("Shouldn't be printed"); } // another parameter here that is itself an enum... an enum enum? var e2 = SimpleEnumEnum(Foo); - switch(e2){ + switch (e2){ case SimpleEnumEnum(s): trace('$s was the parameter passed to e2'); default: trace("Shouldn't be printed"); } // enums all the way down var e3 = ComplexEnumEnum(ComplexEnumEnum(MultiEnum(4, 'hi', 4.3))); - switch(e3) { + switch (e3) { // You can look for certain nested enums by specifying them // explicitly: case ComplexEnumEnum(ComplexEnumEnum(MultiEnum(i,j,k))) : { @@ -668,7 +667,7 @@ class TypedefsAndStructuralTypes { That would give us a single "Surface" type to work with across all of those platforms. - */ + */ } } @@ -700,8 +699,7 @@ class UsingExample { instance, and the compiler still generates code equivalent to a static method. */ - } - + } } ``` diff --git a/it-it/bash-it.html.markdown b/it-it/bash-it.html.markdown index efc47969..cfe58f30 100644 --- a/it-it/bash-it.html.markdown +++ b/it-it/bash-it.html.markdown @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ echo ${Variabile} # Sotto ci sono altri esempi che analizzano l'uso dell'espansione dei parametri. # Sostituzione di stringhe nelle variabili -echo ${Variabile/Una/A} +echo ${Variabile/Una/La} # Questo sostituirà la prima occorrenza di "Una" con "La" # Sottostringa di una variabile @@ -140,6 +140,25 @@ then echo "Questo verrà eseguito se $Nome è Daniya O Zach." fi +# C'è anche l'operatore `=~`, che serve per confrontare una stringa con un'espressione regolare: +Email=me@example.com +if [[ "$Email" =~ [a-z]+@[a-z]{2,}\.(com|net|org) ]] +then + echo "Email valida!" +fi +# L'operatore =~ funziona solo dentro alle doppie parentesi quadre [[ ]], +# che hanno un comportamento leggermente diverso rispetto alle singole [ ]. +# Se vuoi approfondire, visita questo link (in inglese): +# http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html#Conditional-Constructs + +# Usando `alias`, puoi definire nuovi comandi o modificare quelli già esistenti. +# Ad esempio, così puoi ridefinire il comando ping per inviare solo 5 pacchetti +alias ping='ping -c 5' +# "Scavalca" l'alias e usa il comando vero, utilizzando il backslash +\ping 192.168.1.1 +# Stampa la lista di tutti gli alias +alias -p + # Le espressioni sono nel seguente formato: echo $(( 10 + 5 )) diff --git a/it-it/elixir-it.html.markdown b/it-it/elixir-it.html.markdown index 60301b1a..48afe0c8 100644 --- a/it-it/elixir-it.html.markdown +++ b/it-it/elixir-it.html.markdown @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ e molte altre funzionalità. # Per usare la shell di elixir usa il comando `iex`. # Compila i tuoi moduli con il comando `elixirc`. -# Entrambi i comandi dovrebbero già essere nel tuo PATH se hai installato +# Entrambi i comandi dovrebbero già essere nel tuo PATH se hai installato # elixir correttamente. ## --------------------------- @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ coda #=> [2,3] # le tuple hanno dimensione differente. # {a, b, c} = {1, 2} #=> ** (MatchError) no match of right hand side value: {1,2} -# Ci sono anche i binari +# Ci sono anche i binari <<1,2,3>> # binari (Binary) # Stringhe e liste di caratteri @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ multi-linea. #=> "Sono una stringa\nmulti-linea.\n" # Le stringhe sono tutte codificate in UTF-8: -"cìaò" +"cìaò" #=> "cìaò" # le stringhe in realtà sono dei binari, e le liste di caratteri sono liste. @@ -124,10 +124,11 @@ rem(10, 3) #=> 1 # Questi operatori si aspettano un booleano come primo argomento. true and true #=> true false or true #=> true -# 1 and true #=> ** (ArgumentError) argument error +# 1 and true +#=> ** (BadBooleanError) expected a boolean on left-side of "and", got: 1 # Elixir fornisce anche `||`, `&&` e `!` che accettano argomenti -# di qualsiasi tipo. +# di qualsiasi tipo. # Tutti i valori tranne `false` e `nil` saranno valutati come true. 1 || true #=> 1 false && 1 #=> false @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ nil && 20 #=> nil 1 < :ciao #=> true # L'ordine generale è definito sotto: -# numeri < atomi < riferimenti < funzioni < porte < pid < tuple < liste +# numeri < atomi < riferimenti < funzioni < porte < pid < tuple < liste # < stringhe di bit # Per citare Joe Armstrong su questo: "L'ordine non è importante, @@ -171,7 +172,7 @@ else "Questo sì" end -# Ti ricordi il pattern matching? +# Ti ricordi il pattern matching? # Moltre strutture di controllo di flusso in elixir si basano su di esso. # `case` ci permette di confrontare un valore a diversi pattern: @@ -214,7 +215,7 @@ cond do "Questa sì! (essenzialmente funziona come un else)" end -# `try/catch` si usa per gestire i valori lanciati (throw), +# `try/catch` si usa per gestire i valori lanciati (throw), # Supporta anche una clausola `after` che è invocata in ogni caso. try do throw(:ciao) @@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ quadrato = fn(x) -> x * x end quadrato.(5) #=> 25 # Accettano anche guardie e condizioni multiple. -# le guardie ti permettono di perfezionare il tuo pattern matching, +# le guardie ti permettono di perfezionare il tuo pattern matching, # sono indicate dalla parola chiave `when`: f = fn x, y when x > 0 -> x + y @@ -265,13 +266,13 @@ end Matematica.somma(1, 2) #=> 3 Matematica.quadrato(3) #=> 9 -# Per compilare il modulo 'Matematica' salvalo come `matematica.ex` e usa +# Per compilare il modulo 'Matematica' salvalo come `matematica.ex` e usa # `elixirc`. # nel tuo terminale: elixirc matematica.ex # All'interno di un modulo possiamo definire le funzioni con `def` e funzioni # private con `defp`. -# Una funzione definita con `def` è disponibile per essere invocata anche da +# Una funzione definita con `def` è disponibile per essere invocata anche da # altri moduli, una funziona privata può essere invocata solo localmente. defmodule MatematicaPrivata do def somma(a, b) do @@ -286,7 +287,11 @@ end MatematicaPrivata.somma(1, 2) #=> 3 # MatematicaPrivata.esegui_somma(1, 2) #=> ** (UndefinedFunctionError) -# Anche le dichiarazioni di funzione supportano guardie e condizioni multiple: +# Anche le dichiarazioni di funzione supportano guardie e condizioni multiple. +# Quando viene chiamata una funzione dichiarata con più match, solo la prima +# che matcha viene effettivamente invocata. +# Ad esempio: chiamando area({:cerchio, 3}) vedrà invocata la seconda definizione +# di area mostrata sotto, non la prima: defmodule Geometria do def area({:rettangolo, w, h}) do w * h @@ -322,16 +327,25 @@ defmodule Modulo do Questo è un attributo incorporato in un modulo di esempio. """ - @miei_dati 100 # Questo è un attributo personalizzato . + @miei_dati 100 # Questo è un attributo personalizzato. IO.inspect(@miei_dati) #=> 100 end +# L'operatore pipe |> permette di passare l'output di una espressione +# come primo parametro di una funzione. +# Questo facilita operazioni quali pipeline di operazioni, composizione di +# funzioni, ecc. +Range.new(1,10) +|> Enum.map(fn x -> x * x end) +|> Enum.filter(fn x -> rem(x, 2) == 0 end) +#=> [4, 16, 36, 64, 100] + ## --------------------------- ## -- Strutture ed Eccezioni ## --------------------------- -# Le Strutture (Structs) sono estensioni alle mappe che portano +# Le Strutture (Structs) sono estensioni alle mappe che portano # valori di default, garanzia alla compilazione e polimorfismo in Elixir. defmodule Persona do defstruct nome: nil, eta: 0, altezza: 0 @@ -367,7 +381,7 @@ end ## -- Concorrenza ## --------------------------- -# Elixir si basa sul modello degli attori per la concorrenza. +# Elixir si basa sul modello degli attori per la concorrenza. # Tutto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno per scrivere programmi concorrenti in elixir # sono tre primitive: creare processi, inviare messaggi e ricevere messaggi. @@ -379,12 +393,12 @@ spawn(f) #=> #PID<0.40.0> # `spawn` restituisce un pid (identificatore di processo). Puoi usare questo # pid per inviare messaggi al processo. # Per passare messaggi si usa l'operatore `send`. -# Perché tutto questo sia utile dobbiamo essere capaci di ricevere messaggi, +# Perché tutto questo sia utile dobbiamo essere capaci di ricevere messaggi, # oltre ad inviarli. Questo è realizzabile con `receive`: # Il blocco `receive do` viene usato per mettersi in ascolto di messaggi # ed elaborarli quando vengono ricevuti. Un blocco `receive do` elabora -# un solo messaggio ricevuto: per fare elaborazione multipla di messaggi, +# un solo messaggio ricevuto: per fare elaborazione multipla di messaggi, # una funzione con un blocco `receive do` al suo intero dovrà chiamare # ricorsivamente sé stessa per entrare di nuovo nel blocco `receive do`. defmodule Geometria do @@ -405,7 +419,7 @@ pid = spawn(fn -> Geometria.calcolo_area() end) #=> #PID<0.40.0> # Alternativamente pid = spawn(Geometria, :calcolo_area, []) -# Invia un messaggio a `pid` che farà match su un pattern nel blocco in receive +# Invia un messaggio a `pid` che farà match su un pattern nel blocco in receive send pid, {:rettangolo, 2, 3} #=> Area = 6 # {:rettangolo,2,3} @@ -421,7 +435,7 @@ self() #=> #PID<0.27.0> ## Referenze * [Getting started guide](http://elixir-lang.org/getting_started/1.html) dalla [pagina web ufficiale di elixir](http://elixir-lang.org) -* [Documentazione Elixir](http://elixir-lang.org/docs/master/) +* [Documentazione Elixir](https://elixir-lang.org/docs.html) * ["Programming Elixir"](https://pragprog.com/book/elixir/programming-elixir) di Dave Thomas * [Elixir Cheat Sheet](http://media.pragprog.com/titles/elixir/ElixirCheat.pdf) * ["Learn You Some Erlang for Great Good!"](http://learnyousomeerlang.com/) di Fred Hebert diff --git a/java.html.markdown b/java.html.markdown index ca0b04c2..79769352 100644 --- a/java.html.markdown +++ b/java.html.markdown @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ public class LearnJava { // interface. This allows the execution time of basic // operations, such as get and insert element, to remain // constant-amortized even for large sets. - // TreeMap - A Map that is sorted by its keys. Each modification + // TreeMap - A Map that is sorted by its keys. Each modification // maintains the sorting defined by either a Comparator // supplied at instantiation, or comparisons of each Object // if they implement the Comparable interface. @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ public class LearnJava { do { System.out.println(fooDoWhile); // Increment the counter - // Iterated 99 times, fooDoWhile 0->99 + // Iterated 100 times, fooDoWhile 0->99 fooDoWhile++; } while(fooDoWhile < 100); System.out.println("fooDoWhile Value: " + fooDoWhile); @@ -470,11 +470,11 @@ public class LearnJava { // <second value>" int foo = 5; String bar = (foo < 10) ? "A" : "B"; - System.out.println("bar : " + bar); // Prints "bar : A", because the + System.out.println("bar : " + bar); // Prints "bar : A", because the // statement is true. // Or simply System.out.println("bar : " + (foo < 10 ? "A" : "B")); - + //////////////////////////////////////// // Converting Data Types @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ public class Lambdas { planets.keySet().forEach(p -> System.out.format("%s\n", p)); // Tracing the above, we see that planets is a HashMap, keySet() returns - // a Set of its keys, forEach applies each element as the lambda + // a Set of its keys, forEach applies each element as the lambda // expression of: (parameter p) -> System.out.format("%s\n", p). Each // time, the element is said to be "consumed" and the statement(s) // referred to in the lambda body is applied. Remember the lambda body @@ -998,6 +998,8 @@ The links provided here below are just to get an understanding of the topic, fee * [Codewars - Java Katas](https://www.codewars.com/?language=java) +* [University of Helsinki - Object-Oriented programming with Java](http://moocfi.github.io/courses/2013/programming-part-1/) + **Books**: * [Head First Java](http://www.headfirstlabs.com/books/hfjava/) diff --git a/javascript.html.markdown b/javascript.html.markdown index c466c09b..ad1af76a 100644 --- a/javascript.html.markdown +++ b/javascript.html.markdown @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ someVar = myArray.pop(); // Remove last element and return it // Join all elements of an array with semicolon var myArray0 = [32,false,"js",12,56,90]; -myArray0.join(";") // = "32;false;js;12;56;90" +myArray0.join(";"); // = "32;false;js;12;56;90" // Get subarray of elements from index 1 (include) to 4 (exclude) myArray0.slice(1,4); // = [false,"js",12] @@ -586,6 +586,48 @@ if (Object.create === undefined){ // don't overwrite it if it exists return new Constructor(); }; } + +// ES6 Additions + +// The "let" keyword allows you to define variables in a lexical scope, +// as opposed to a block scope like the var keyword does. +let name = "Billy"; + +// Variables defined with let can be reassigned new values. +name = "William"; + +// The "const" keyword allows you to define a variable in a lexical scope +// like with let, but you cannot reassign the value once one has been assigned. + +const pi = 3.14; + +pi = 4.13; // You cannot do this. + +// There is a new syntax for functions in ES6 known as "lambda syntax". +// This allows functions to be defined in a lexical scope like with variables +// defined by const and let. + +const isEven = (number) => { + return number % 2 === 0; +}; + +isEven(7); // false + +// The "equivalent" of this function in the traditional syntax would look like this: + +function isEven(number) { + return number % 2 === 0; +}; + +// I put the word "equivalent" in double quotes because a function defined +// using the lambda syntax cannnot be called before the definition. +// The following is an example of invalid usage: + +add(1, 8); + +const add = (firstNumber, secondNumber) => { + return firstNumber + secondNumber; +}; ``` ## Further Reading diff --git a/kdb+.html.markdown b/kdb+.html.markdown index 027b6571..680c01c1 100644 --- a/kdb+.html.markdown +++ b/kdb+.html.markdown @@ -771,6 +771,6 @@ select from splayed / (the columns are read from disk on request) * [*q for mortals* q language tutorial](http://code.kx.com/q4m3/) * [*Introduction to Kdb+* on disk data tutorial](http://code.kx.com/q4m3/14_Introduction_to_Kdb+/) -* [q language reference](http://code.kx.com/q/ref/card/) +* [q language reference](https://code.kx.com/q/ref/) * [Online training courses](http://training.aquaq.co.uk/) * [TorQ production framework](https://github.com/AquaQAnalytics/TorQ) diff --git a/latex.html.markdown b/latex.html.markdown index c980f5e5..e8bc6064 100644 --- a/latex.html.markdown +++ b/latex.html.markdown @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Operators are essential parts of a mathematical document: trigonometric functions ($\sin$, $\cos$, $\tan$), logarithms and exponentials ($\log$, $\exp$), limits ($\lim$), etc.\ -have per-defined LaTeX commands. +have pre-defined LaTeX commands. Let's write an equation to see how it's done: $\cos(2\theta) = \cos^{2}(\theta) - \sin^{2}(\theta)$ diff --git a/linker.html.markdown b/linker.html.markdown index ebe6233d..42839e05 100644 --- a/linker.html.markdown +++ b/linker.html.markdown @@ -5,5 +5,5 @@ contributors: - ["Alexander Kovalchuk", "https://github.com/Zamuhrishka"] --- -This article is available in [Russian](http://localhost:4567/docs/ru-ru/linker-ru/). +This article is available in [Russian](https://learnxinyminutes.com/docs/ru-ru/linker-ru/). diff --git a/lsf/lambda-calculus-lsf.html.markdown b/lsf/lambda-calculus-lsf.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88bb638f --- /dev/null +++ b/lsf/lambda-calculus-lsf.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +--- +category: Algorithms & Data Structures +name: Lambda Calculus +contributors: + - ["Max Sun", "http://github.com/maxsun"] +translators: + - ["Victore Leve", "https://github.com/AcProIL"] +lang: lsf +--- + +# Calculo λ + +Calculo lambda, creato principto per Alonzo Church, es lingua de programmatura +computatro maximo parvo. Quamquam non habe numero, serie de charactere vel ullo +typo de data non functionale, id pote repraesenta omne machina de Turing. + +Tres elemento compone calculo lambda: **quantitate variabile** (q.v.), +**functione** et **applicatione**. + +| Elemento | Syntaxe | Exemplo | +|----------------------|-----------------------------------|-----------| +| Quantitate variabile | `<nomine>` | `x` | +| Functione | `λ<parametro>.<corpore>` | `λx.x` | +| Applicatione | `<functione><q.v. aut functione>` | `(λx.x)a` | + +Functione fundamentale es identitate: `λx.x` cum argumento primo `x` et cum +corpore secundo `x`. In mathematica, nos scribe `id: x↦x`. + +## Quantitate variabile libero et ligato + +* In functione praecedente, `x` es q.v. ligato nam id es et in copore et + argumento. +* In `λx.y`, `y` es q.v. libero nam non es declarato ante. + +## Valutatione + +Valutatione es facto per reductione beta (reductione β) que es essentialiter +substitutione lexicale. + +Dum valutatione de formula `(λx.x)a`, nos substitue omne evento de `x` in +corpore de functione pro `a`. + +* `(λx.x)a` vale `a` +* `(λx.y)a` vale `y` + +Pote etiam crea functione de ordine supero: `(λx.(λy.x))a` vale `λy.a`. + +Etsi calculo lambda solo tracta functione de uno parametro, nos pote crea +functione cum plure argumento utente methodo de Curry: `λx.(λy.(λz.xyz))` +es scriptura informatica de formula mathematico `f: x, y, z ↦ x(y(z)))`. + +Ergo, interdum, nos ute `λxy.<corpore>` pro `λx.λy.<corpore>`. + +## Arithmetica + +### Logica de Boole + +Es nec numero nec booleano in calculo lambda. + +* «vero» es `v = λx.λy.x` +* «falso» es `f = λx.λy.y` + +Primo, nos pote defini functione «si t tunc a alio b» per `si = λtab.tab`. +Si `t` es vero, valutatione da `(λxy.x) a b` id es `a`. Similiter si `t` es +falso, nos obtine `b`. + +Secundo, nos pote defini operatore de logica: + +* «a et b» es `et = λa.λb.si a b f` +* «a vel b» es `vel = λa.λb.si a t b` +* «non a» es `non = λa.si a f t` + +### Numeros + +Nos pone: + +* `0 = λf.λx.x` (`0: f↦id`) +* `1 = λf.λx.f x` (`1: f↦f`) +* `2 = λf.λx.f(f x)` (`2: f↦f⚬f`) + +Cum mente generale, successore de numero `n` es `S n = λf.λx.f((n f) x)` +(`n+1: f↦f⚬fⁿ`). Id es **`n` est functione que da `fⁿ` ex functione `f`**. + +Postremo additione es `λab.(a S)b` + +## Ut progrede + +### In lingua anglo + +1. [A Tutorial Introduction to the Lambda Calculus](http://www.inf.fu-berlin.de/lehre/WS03/alpi/lambda.pdf) per Raúl Roja +2. [The Lambda Calculus](http://www.cs.cornell.edu/courses/cs3110/2008fa/recitations/rec26.html), CS 312 Recitation 26 diff --git a/lsf/latex-lsf.html.markdown b/lsf/latex-lsf.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18c2e62b --- /dev/null +++ b/lsf/latex-lsf.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +--- +language: latex +lang: lsf +contributors: + - ["Chaitanya Krishna Ande", "http://icymist.github.io"] + - ["Colton Kohnke", "http://github.com/voltnor"] + - ["Sricharan Chiruvolu", "http://sricharan.xyz"] +translators: + - ["Victore Leve", "https://github.com/AcProIL"] +filename: learn-latex-lsf.tex +--- + +```tex +% Solo existe commentario monolinea, illo incipe cum charactere % + +% LaTeX non es sicut MS Word aut OpenOffice: que scribe non es que obtine. +% Primo, scribe imperio (que semper incipe cum \) et secundo programma crea +% lima. + +% Nos defini typo de document (id es articulo aut libro aut libello etc.). +% Optione muta quomodo programma age, per exemplo altore de littera. +\documentclass[12pt]{article} + +% Deinde nos lista paccettos que nos vol ute. Es classe de imperio que alio +% utatore e scribe. Pote muta funda, geometria de pagina, etc. vel adde +% functionnalitate. +\usepackage{euler} +\usepackage{graphicx} + +% Ultimo statione ante scribe documento es metadata id es titulo, auctore et +% tempore. Charactere ~ es spatio que non pote es secato. +\title{Disce LaTeX in~Y Minutos!} +\author{Chaitanya Krishna Ande, Colton Kohnke \& Sricharan Chiruvolu} +\date{\today} + +% Principio de documento +\begin{document} + \maketitle % Nos vol adfige metadata. + + % Saepe nos adde breviario us describe texto. + \begin{abstract} + Hic es exmplo de documento sibre cum lingua de LaTeX. + \end{abstract} + + % \section crea sectione cum titulo dato sicut sperato + \section{Introductione} + + Traductione de hic cursu es importante. + + \subsection{Methodo} + Iste parte non es utile. + + \subsubsection{Methodo peculiare} + % \label da nomine ad parte ut post ute imperio de referentia \ref. + \label{subsec:metpec} + + % Cum asteritco nos indice que nos non vol numero ante titulo de sectione. + \section*{Me non aestima numero…} + + …sed de Peano aut de Church. + + \section{Listas} + + Que me debe scribe: + + \begin{enumerate} % `enumerate` designa lista cum numeros contra `itemize`. + \item articulo, + \item libro, + \item cursu. + \end{enumerate} + + \section{Mathematica} + + Methematicas ute multo programma LaTeX ut communica suo decooperito. + Illo necessita symbolo multo instar de logica vel sagitta vel littera cum + accento. + + % Fornula es in linea si nos scribe inter \( et \) (aut duo $) sed magno si + % nos ute \[ et \]. + \(\forall n\in N_0\) % pro omne n in classe N₀ + \[^{3}/_{4} = \frac{3}{4} < 1\] % ¾ < 1 + + Alphabeta graeco contine littera $\alpha$. + + % Ut scribe equatione cum numero et nomine, existe circumiecto `equation`. + \begin{equation} + c^2 = a^2 + b^2 + \label{eq:pythagoras} + \end{equation} + + \begin{equation} + % Summa ab 1 ad n de numeros dimidio de n(n+1) + \sum_{i=1}^n i = \frac{n(n+1)}{2} + \end{equation} + + \section{Figura} + + % Nos adde imagine `right-triangle.png` cum latitudo de quinque centimetro, + % horizontaliter in centro et cum capite «Triangulo recto». + \begin{figure} + \centering + \includegraphics[width=5cm]{right-triangle.png} + \caption{Triangulo recto} + \label{fig:right-triangle} + \end{figure} + + \subsection{Tabula} + + \begin{table} + \caption{Título para la tabla.} + % Argumento de `tabular` es lineamente de columna. + % c: centro, l: sinistra, r: destra, | linea verticale + \begin{tabular}{c|cc} + Numero & B & C \\ + \hline % linea horizontale + 1 & et & aut \\ + 2 & atque & vel + \end{tabular} + \end{table} + + \section{Stylo} + + Texto pote es \textbf{crasso} et \textit{italico}! + + \section{Texto puro} + + % Circumiecto `verbatim` ignora imperio, nos saepe ute id pro monstra + % programma. + \begin{verbatim} +from math import tau, e +print(e ** tau) + \end{verbatim} + + \section{Et plus!} + LaTeX habe facultate crea bibliographia, paritura, scaccarip… cum paccetto + dedicato. +\end{document} +``` + +Imperio ut conge documento es `pdflatex documento` in terminale. + +## Ut progrede + +### In lingua anglo + +* [LaTeX tutorial](http://www.latex-tutorial.com/) per Claudio Vellage diff --git a/mips.html.markdown b/mips.html.markdown index 4134d3fa..45e16e7b 100644 --- a/mips.html.markdown +++ b/mips.html.markdown @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ gateways and routers. # Programs typically contain a .data and .text sections .data # Section where data is stored in memory (allocated in RAM), similar to - # variables in higher level languages + # variables in higher-level languages # Declarations follow a ( label: .type value(s) ) form of declaration hello_world: .asciiz "Hello World\n" # Declare a null terminated string num1: .word 42 # Integers are referred to as words - # (32 bit value) + # (32-bit value) arr1: .word 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 # Array of words arr2: .byte 'a', 'b' # Array of chars (1 byte each) @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ gateways and routers. # The basic format of these branching instructions typically follow <instr> # <reg1> <reg2> <label> where label is the label we want to jump to if the # given conditional evaluates to true - # Sometimes it is easier to write the conditional logic backwards, as seen + # Sometimes it is easier to write the conditional logic backward, as seen # in the simple if statement example below beq $t0, $t1, reg_eq # Will branch to reg_eq if @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ gateways and routers. ble $t0, $t1, t0_gte_t1 # Branches when $t0 <= $t1 bltz $t0, t0_lt0 # Branches when $t0 < 0 slt $s0, $t0, $t1 # Instruction that sends a signal when - # $t0 < $t1 with reuslt in $s0 (1 for true) + # $t0 < $t1 with result in $s0 (1 for true) # Simple if statement # if (i == j) @@ -289,12 +289,12 @@ gateways and routers. ## MACROS ## _macros: - # Macros are extremly useful for substituting repeated code blocks with a + # Macros are extremely useful for substituting repeated code blocks with a # single label for better readability # These are in no means substitutes for functions # These must be declared before it is used - # Macro for printing new lines (since these can be very repetitive) + # Macro for printing newlines (since these can be very repetitive) .macro println() la $a0, newline # New line string stored here li $v0, 4 @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ gateways and routers. buffer: .space 128 # Allocates a block in memory, does # not automatically clear # These blocks of memory are aligned - # next each other + # next to each other .text la $s0, list # Load address of list diff --git a/perl6.html.markdown b/perl6.html.markdown deleted file mode 100644 index c7fde218..00000000 --- a/perl6.html.markdown +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1976 +0,0 @@ ---- -category: language -language: perl6 -filename: learnperl6.p6 -contributors: - - ["vendethiel", "http://github.com/vendethiel"] - - ["Samantha McVey", "https://cry.nu"] ---- - -Perl 6 is a highly capable, feature-rich programming language made for at -least the next hundred years. - -The primary Perl 6 compiler is called [Rakudo](http://rakudo.org), which runs on -the JVM and [the MoarVM](http://moarvm.com). - -Meta-note: double pound signs (`##`) are used to indicate paragraphs, -while single pound signs (`#`) indicate notes. - -`#=>` represents the output of a command. - -```perl6 -# Single line comments start with a pound sign. - -#`( Multiline comments use #` and a quoting construct. - (), [], {}, 「」, etc, will work. -) - -# Use the same syntax for multiline comments to embed comments. -for #`(each element in) @array { - put #`(or print element) $_ #`(with newline); -} -``` - -## Variables - -```perl6 -## In Perl 6, you declare a lexical variable using the `my` keyword: -my $variable; -## Perl 6 has 3 basic types of variables: scalars, arrays, and hashes. -``` - -### Scalars - -```perl6 -# Scalars represent a single value. They start with the `$` sigil: -my $str = 'String'; - -# Double quotes allow for interpolation (which we'll see later): -my $str2 = "String"; - -## Variable names can contain but not end with simple quotes and dashes, -## and can contain (and end with) underscores: -my $person's-belongings = 'towel'; # this works! - -my $bool = True; # `True` and `False` are Perl 6's boolean values. -my $inverse = !$bool; # Invert a bool with the prefix `!` operator. -my $forced-bool = so $str; # And you can use the prefix `so` operator -$forced-bool = ?$str; # to turn its operand into a Bool. Or use `?`. -``` - -### Arrays and Lists - -```perl6 -## Arrays represent multiple values. An array variable starts with the `@` -## sigil. Unlike lists, from which arrays inherit, arrays are mutable. - -my @array = 'a', 'b', 'c'; -# equivalent to: -my @letters = <a b c>; # array of words, delimited by space. - # Similar to perl5's qw, or Ruby's %w. -@array = 1, 2, 3; - -say @array[2]; # Array indices start at 0. Here the third element - # is being accessed. - -say "Interpolate an array using []: @array[]"; -#=> Interpolate an array using []: 1 2 3 - -@array[0] = -1; # Assigning a new value to an array index -@array[0, 1] = 5, 6; # Assigning multiple values - -my @keys = 0, 2; -@array[@keys] = @letters; # Assignment using an array containing index values -say @array; #=> a 6 b -``` - -### Hashes, or key-value Pairs. - -```perl6 -## Hashes are pairs of keys and values. You can construct a `Pair` object -## using the syntax `Key => Value`. Hash tables are very fast for lookup, -## and are stored unordered. Keep in mind that keys get "flattened" in hash -## context, and any duplicated keys are deduplicated. -my %hash = 'a' => 1, 'b' => 2; - -%hash = a => 1, # keys get auto-quoted when => (fat comma) is used. - b => 2, # Trailing commas are okay. -; - -## Even though hashes are internally stored differently than arrays, -## Perl 6 allows you to easily create a hash from an even numbered array: -%hash = <key1 value1 key2 value2>; # Or: -%hash = "key1", "value1", "key2", "value2"; - -%hash = key1 => 'value1', key2 => 'value2'; # same result as above - -## You can also use the "colon pair" syntax. This syntax is especially -## handy for named parameters that you'll see later. -%hash = :w(1), # equivalent to `w => 1` - :truey, # equivalent to `:truey(True)` or `truey => True` - :!falsey, # equivalent to `:falsey(False)` or `falsey => False` -; -## The :truey and :!falsey constructs are known as the -## `True` and `False` shortcuts respectively. - -say %hash{'key1'}; # You can use {} to get the value from a key. -say %hash<key2>; # If it's a string without spaces, you can actually use - # <> (quote-words operator). `{key1}` doesn't work, - # as Perl6 doesn't have barewords. -``` - -## Subs - -```perl6 -## Subroutines, or functions as most other languages call them, are -## created with the `sub` keyword. -sub say-hello { say "Hello, world" } - -## You can provide (typed) arguments. If specified, the type will be checked -## at compile-time if possible, otherwise at runtime. -sub say-hello-to( Str $name ) { - say "Hello, $name !"; -} - -## A sub returns the last value of the block. Similarly, the semicolon in -## the last can be omitted. -sub return-value { 5 } -say return-value; # prints 5 - -sub return-empty { } -say return-empty; # prints Nil - -## Some control flow structures produce a value, like `if`: -sub return-if { - if True { "Truthy" } -} -say return-if; # prints Truthy - -## Some don't, like `for`: -sub return-for { - for 1, 2, 3 { 'Hi' } -} -say return-for; # prints Nil - -## Positional arguments are required by default. To make them optional, use -## the `?` after the parameters' names. -sub with-optional( $arg? ) { - # This sub returns `(Any)` (Perl's null-like value) if - # no argument is passed. Otherwise, it returns its argument. - $arg; -} -with-optional; # returns Any -with-optional(); # returns Any -with-optional(1); # returns 1 - -## You can also give them a default value when they're not passed. -## Required parameters must come before optional ones. -sub greeting( $name, $type = "Hello" ) { - say "$type, $name!"; -} - -greeting("Althea"); #=> Hello, Althea! -greeting("Arthur", "Good morning"); #=> Good morning, Arthur! - -## You can also, by using a syntax akin to the one of hashes -## (yay unified syntax !), pass *named* arguments to a `sub`. They're -## optional, and will default to "Any". -sub with-named( $normal-arg, :$named ) { - say $normal-arg + $named; -} -with-named(1, named => 6); #=> 7 - -## There's one gotcha to be aware of, here: If you quote your key, Perl 6 -## won't be able to see it at compile time, and you'll have a single `Pair` -## object as a positional parameter, which means -## `with-named(1, 'named' => 6);` fails. - -with-named(2, :named(5)); #=> 7 - -## To make a named argument mandatory, you can append `!` to the parameter, -## which is the inverse of `?`: -sub with-mandatory-named( :$str! ) { - say "$str!"; -} -with-mandatory-named(str => "My String"); #=> My String! -with-mandatory-named; # runtime error:"Required named parameter not passed" -with-mandatory-named(3);# runtime error:"Too many positional parameters passed" - -## If a sub takes a named boolean argument... -sub takes-a-bool( $name, :$bool ) { - say "$name takes $bool"; -} -## ... you can use the same "short boolean" hash syntax: -takes-a-bool('config', :bool); #=> config takes True -takes-a-bool('config', :!bool); #=> config takes False - -## You can also provide your named arguments with default values: -sub named-def( :$def = 5 ) { - say $def; -} -named-def; #=> 5 -named-def(def => 15); #=> 15 - -## Since you can omit parenthesis to call a function with no arguments, -## you need `&` in the name to store `say-hello` in a variable. This means -## `&say-hello` is a code object and not a subroutine call. -my &s = &say-hello; -my &other-s = sub { say "Anonymous function!" } - -## A sub can have a "slurpy" parameter, or "doesn't-matter-how-many". For -## this, you must use `*@` (slurpy) which will "take everything else". You can -## have as many parameters *before* a slurpy one, but not *after*. -sub as-many($head, *@rest) { - say @rest.join(' / ') ~ " !"; -} -say as-many('Happy', 'Happy', 'Birthday');#=> Happy / Birthday ! - # Note that the splat (the *) did not - # consume the parameter before it. - -## You can call a function with an array using the "argument list flattening" -## operator `|` (it's not actually the only role of this operator, -## but it's one of them). -sub concat3($a, $b, $c) { - say "$a, $b, $c"; -} -concat3(|@array); #=> a, b, c - # `@array` got "flattened" as a part of the argument list -``` - -## Containers - -```perl6 -## In Perl 6, values are actually stored in "containers". The assignment -## operator asks the container on the left to store the value on its right. -## When passed around, containers are marked as immutable which means that, -## in a function, you'll get an error if you try to mutate one of your -## arguments. If you really need to, you can ask for a mutable container by -## using the `is rw` trait: -sub mutate( $n is rw ) { - $n++; # postfix ++ operator increments its argument but returns its old value -} - -my $m = 42; -mutate $m; # the value is incremented but the old value is returned - #=> 42 -say $m; #=> 43 - -## This works because we are passing the container $m to the `mutate` sub. -## If we try to just pass a number instead of passing a variable it won't work -## because there is no container being passed and integers are immutable by -## themselves: - -mutate 42; # Parameter '$n' expected a writable container, but got Int value - -## Similar error would be obtained, if a bound variable is passed to -## to the subroutine: - -my $v := 50; # binding 50 to the variable $v -mutate $v; # Parameter '$n' expected a writable container, but got Int value - -## If what you want is a copy instead, use the `is copy` trait which will -## cause the argument to be copied and allow you to modify the argument -## inside the routine. - -## A sub itself returns a container, which means it can be marked as rw: -my $x = 42; -sub x-store() is rw { $x } -x-store() = 52; # in this case, the parentheses are mandatory - # (else Perl 6 thinks `x-store` is an identifier) -say $x; #=> 52 -``` - -## Control Flow Structures - -### Conditionals - -```perl6 -## - `if` -## Before talking about `if`, we need to know which values are "Truthy" -## (represent True), and which are "Falsey" (represent False). Only these -## values are Falsey: 0, (), {}, "", Nil, A type (like `Str` or `Int`) and -## of course False itself. Any other value is Truthy. -if True { - say "It's true!"; -} - -unless False { - say "It's not false!"; -} - -## As you can see, you don't need parentheses around conditions. However, you -## do need the curly braces around the "body" block. For example, -## `if (true) say;` doesn't work. - -## You can also use their statement modifier (postfix) versions: -say "Quite truthy" if True; #=> Quite truthy -say "Quite falsey" unless False; #=> Quite falsey - -## - Ternary operator, "x ?? y !! z" -## This returns $value-if-true if the condition is true and $value-if-false -## if it is false. -## my $result = condition ?? $value-if-true !! $value-if-false; - -my $age = 30; -say $age > 18 ?? "You are an adult" !! "You are under 18"; -#=> You are an adult -``` - -### given/when, or Perl 6's switch construct - -```perl6 -## `given...when` looks like other languages' `switch`, but is much more -## powerful thanks to smart matching and Perl 6's "topic variable", $_. -## -## The topic variable $_ contains the default argument of a block, a loop's -## current iteration (unless explicitly named), etc. -## -## `given` simply puts its argument into `$_` (like a block would do), -## and `when` compares it using the "smart matching" (`~~`) operator. -## -## Since other Perl 6 constructs use this variable (as said before, like `for`, -## blocks, etc), this means the powerful `when` is not only applicable along -## with a `given`, but instead anywhere a `$_` exists. - -given "foo bar" { - say $_; #=> foo bar - when /foo/ { # Don't worry about smart matching yet. Just know - say "Yay !"; # `when` uses it. This is equivalent to `if $_ ~~ /foo/`. - - } - when $_.chars > 50 { # smart matching anything with True is True, - # i.e. (`$a ~~ True`) - # so you can also put "normal" conditionals. - # This `when` is equivalent to this `if`: - # `if $_ ~~ ($_.chars > 50) {...}` - # which means: `if $_.chars > 50 {...}` - say "Quite a long string !"; - } - default { # same as `when *` (using the Whatever Star) - say "Something else" - } -} -``` - -### Looping constructs - -```perl6 -## - `loop` is an infinite loop if you don't pass it arguments, but can also -## be a C-style `for` loop: -loop { - say "This is an infinite loop !"; - last; # last breaks out of the loop, like - # the `break` keyword in other languages -} - -loop (my $i = 0; $i < 5; $i++) { - next if $i == 3; # `next` skips to the next iteration, like `continue` - # in other languages. Note that you can also use postfix - # conditionals, loops, etc. - say "This is a C-style for loop!"; -} - -## - `for` - Iterating through an array - -my @array = 1, 2, 6, 7, 3; - -## Accessing the array's elements with the topic variable $_. -for @array { - say "I've got $_ !"; -} - -## Accessing the array's elements with a "pointy block", `->`. -## Here each element is read-only. -for @array -> $variable { - say "I've got $variable !"; -} - -## Accessing the array's elements with a "doubly pointy block", `<->`. -## Here each element is read-write so mutating `$variable` mutates -## that element in the array. -for @array <-> $variable { - say "I've got $variable !"; -} - -## As we saw with given, a for loop's default "current iteration" variable -## is `$_`. That means you can use `when` in a `for`loop just like you were -## able to in a `given`. -for @array { - say "I've got $_"; - - .say; # This is also allowed. A dot call with no "topic" (receiver) - # is sent to `$_` by default - $_.say; # This is equivalent to the above statement. -} - -for @array { - # You can... - next if $_ == 3; # Skip to the next iteration (`continue` in C-like lang.) - redo if $_ == 4; # Re-do iteration, keeping the same topic variable (`$_`) - last if $_ == 5; # Or break out of loop (like `break` in C-like lang.) -} - -## The "pointy block" syntax isn't specific to the `for` loop. It's just a way -## to express a block in Perl 6. -sub long-computation { "Finding factors of large primes" } -if long-computation() -> $result { - say "The result is $result."; -} -``` - -## Operators - -```perl6 -## Since Perl languages are very much operator-based languages, Perl 6 -## operators are actually just funny-looking subroutines, in syntactic -## categories, like infix:<+> (addition) or prefix:<!> (bool not). - -## The categories are: -## - "prefix": before (like `!` in `!True`). -## - "postfix": after (like `++` in `$a++`). -## - "infix": in between (like `*` in `4 * 3`). -## - "circumfix": around (like `[`-`]` in `[1, 2]`). -## - "post-circumfix": around, after another term (like `{`-`}` in -## `%hash{'key'}`) - -## The associativity and precedence list are explained below. - -## Alright, you're set to go! - -## Equality Checking -##------------------ - -## - `==` is numeric comparison -3 == 4; #=> False -3 != 4; #=> True - -## - `eq` is string comparison -'a' eq 'b'; #=> False -'a' ne 'b'; #=> True, not equal -'a' !eq 'b'; #=> True, same as above - -## - `eqv` is canonical equivalence (or "deep equality") -(1, 2) eqv (1, 3); #=> False -(1, 2) eqv (1, 2); #=> True -Int === Int #=> True - -## - `~~` is the smart match operator -## Aliases the left hand side to $_ and then evaluates the right hand side. -## Here are some common comparison semantics: - -## String or numeric equality -'Foo' ~~ 'Foo'; # True if strings are equal. -12.5 ~~ 12.50; # True if numbers are equal. - -## Regex - For matching a regular expression against the left side. -## Returns a `Match` object, which evaluates as True if regexp matches. - -my $obj = 'abc' ~~ /a/; -say $obj; #=> ｢a｣ -say $obj.WHAT; #=> (Match) - -## Hashes -'key' ~~ %hash; # True if key exists in hash. - -## Type - Checks if left side "is of type" (can check superclasses and -## roles). -say 1 ~~ Int; #=> True - -## Smart-matching against a boolean always returns that boolean -## (and will warn). -say 1 ~~ True; #=> True -say False ~~ True; #=> True - -## General syntax is `$arg ~~ &bool-returning-function;`. For a complete list -## of combinations, use this table: -## http://perlcabal.org/syn/S03.html#Smart_matching - -## Of course, you also use `<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=` for numeric comparison. -## Their string equivalent are also available: `lt`, `le`, `gt`, `ge`. -3 > 4; # False -3 >= 4; # False -3 < 4; # True -3 <= 4; # True -'a' gt 'b'; # False -'a' ge 'b'; # False -'a' lt 'b'; # True -'a' le 'b'; # True - - -## Range constructor -##------------------ -3 .. 7; # 3 to 7, both included. -3 ..^ 7; # 3 to 7, exclude right endpoint. -3 ^.. 7; # 3 to 7, exclude left endpoint. -3 ^..^ 7; # 3 to 7, exclude both endpoints. - # 3 ^.. 7 almost like 4 .. 7 when we only consider integers. - # But when we consider decimals : -3.5 ~~ 4 .. 7; # False -3.5 ~~ 3 ^.. 7; # True, This Range also contains decimals greater than 3. - # We describe it like this in some math books: 3.5 ∈ (3,7] - # If you don’t want to understand the concept of interval - # for the time being. At least we should know： -3 ^.. 7 ~~ 4 .. 7; # False - - -## This also works as a shortcut for `0..^N`: -^10; # means 0..^10 - -## This also allows us to demonstrate that Perl 6 has lazy/infinite arrays, -## using the Whatever Star: -my @array = 1..*; # 1 to Infinite! Equivalent to `1..Inf`. -say @array[^10]; # You can pass ranges as subscripts and it'll return - # an array of results. This will print - # "1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10" (and not run out of memory!) - -## Note: when reading an infinite list, Perl 6 will "reify" the elements -## it needs, then keep them in memory. They won't be calculated more than once. -## It also will never calculate more elements that are needed. - -## An array subscript can also be a closure. It'll be called with the length -## as the argument: -say join(' ', @array[15..*]); #=> 15 16 17 18 19 -## which is equivalent to: -say join(' ', @array[-> $n { 15..$n }]); - -## Note: if you try to do either of those with an infinite array, -## you'll trigger an infinite loop (your program won't finish). - -## You can use that in most places you'd expect, even when assigning to -## an array: -my @numbers = ^20; - -## Here the numbers increase by 6, like an arithmetic sequence; more on the -## sequence (`...`) operator later. -my @seq = 3, 9 ... * > 95; # 3 9 15 21 27 [...] 81 87 93 99; -@numbers[5..*] = 3, 9 ... *; # even though the sequence is infinite, - # only the 15 needed values will be calculated. -say @numbers; #=> 0 1 2 3 4 3 9 15 21 [...] 81 87 - # (only 20 values) - -## and (&&), or (||) -##------------------ -3 && 4; # 4, which is Truthy. Calls `.Bool` on both 3 and 4 and gets `True` - # so it returns 4 since both are `True`. -3 && 0; # 0 -0 && 4; # 0 - -0 || False; # False. Calls `.Bool` on `0` and `False` which are both `False` - # so it retusns `False` since both are `False`. - -## Short-circuit (and tight) versions of the above -## Return the first argument that evaluates to False, or the last argument. - -my ( $a, $b, $c ) = 1, 0, 2; -$a && $b && $c; # Returns 0, the first False value - -## || Returns the first argument that evaluates to True -$b || $a; # 1 - -## And because you're going to want them, you also have compound assignment -## operators: -$a *= 2; # multiply and assignment. Equivalent to $a = $a * 2; -$b %%= 5; # divisible by and assignment. Equivalent to $b = $b %% 2; -$c div= 3; # return divisor and assignment. Equivalent to $c = $c div 3; -$d mod= 4; # return remainder and assignment. Equivalent to $d = $d mod 4; -@array .= sort; # calls the `sort` method and assigns the result back -``` - -## More on subs! - -```perl6 -## As we said before, Perl 6 has *really* powerful subs. We're going -## to see a few more key concepts that make them better than in any -## other language :-). -``` - -### Unpacking! - -```perl6 -## Unpacking is the ability to "extract" arrays and keys -## (AKA "destructuring"). It'll work in `my`s and in parameter lists. -my ($f, $g) = 1, 2; -say $f; #=> 1 -my ($, $, $h) = 1, 2, 3; # keep the non-interesting values anonymous (`$`) -say $h; #=> 3 - -my ($head, *@tail) = 1, 2, 3; # Yes, it's the same as with "slurpy subs" -my (*@small) = 1; - -sub unpack_array( @array [$fst, $snd] ) { - say "My first is $fst, my second is $snd! All in all, I'm @array[]."; - # (^ remember the `[]` to interpolate the array) -} -unpack_array(@tail); #=> My first is 2, my second is 3! All in all, I'm 2 3. - - -## If you're not using the array itself, you can also keep it anonymous, -## much like a scalar: -sub first-of-array( @ [$fst] ) { $fst } -first-of-array(@small); #=> 1 -first-of-array(@tail); # Error: "Too many positional parameters passed" - # (which means the array is too big). - -## You can also use a slurp... -sub slurp-in-array(@ [$fst, *@rest]) { # You could keep `*@rest` anonymous - say $fst + @rest.elems; # `.elems` returns a list's length. - # Here, `@rest` is `(3,)`, since `$fst` - # holds the `2`. -} -slurp-in-array(@tail); #=> 3 - -## You could even extract on a slurpy (but it's pretty useless ;-).) -sub fst(*@ [$fst]) { # or simply: `sub fst($fst) { ... }` - say $fst; -} -fst(1); #=> 1 -fst(1, 2); # errors with "Too many positional parameters passed" - -## You can also destructure hashes (and classes, which you'll learn about -## later). The syntax is basically the same as -## `%hash-name (:key($variable-to-store-value-in))`. -## The hash can stay anonymous if you only need the values you extracted. -sub key-of( % (:value($val), :qua($qua)) ) { - say "Got val $val, $qua times."; -} - -## Then call it with a hash. You need to keep the curly braces for it to be a -## hash or use `%()` instead to indicate a hash is being passed. -key-of({value => 'foo', qua => 1}); #=> Got val foo, 1 times. -key-of(%(value => 'foo', qua => 1)); #=> Got val foo, 1 times. -#key-of(%hash); # the same (for an equivalent `%hash`) - -## The last expression of a sub is returned automatically (though you may -## indicate explicitly by using the `return` keyword, of course): -sub next-index( $n ) { - $n + 1; -} -my $new-n = next-index(3); # $new-n is now 4 - -## This is true for everything, except for the looping constructs (due to -## performance reasons): there's no reason to build a list if we're just going to -## discard all the results. If you still want to build one, you can use the -## `do` statement prefix or the `gather` prefix, which we'll see later: - -sub list-of( $n ) { - do for ^$n { # note the range-to prefix operator `^` (`0..^N`) - $_ # current loop iteration known as the "topic" variable - } -} -my @list3 = list-of(3); #=> (0, 1, 2) -``` - -### lambdas (or anonymous subroutines) - -```perl6 -## You can create a lambda with `-> {}` ("pointy block") , -## `{}` ("block") or `sub {}`. - -my &lambda1 = -> $argument { - "The argument passed to this lambda is $argument" -} - -my &lambda2 = { - "The argument passed to this lambda is $_" -} - -my &lambda3 = sub ($argument) { - "The argument passed to this lambda is $argument" -} - -## `-> {}` and `{}` are pretty much the same thing, except that the former can -## take arguments, and that the latter can be mistaken as a hash by the parser. - -## We can, for example, add 3 to each value of an array using the -## `map` function with a lambda: -my @arrayplus3 = map({ $_ + 3 }, @array); # $_ is the implicit argument - -## A sub (`sub {}`) has different semantics than a block (`{}` or `-> {}`): -## A block doesn't have a "function context" (though it can have arguments), -## which means that if you return from it, you're going to return from the -## parent function. Compare: -sub is-in( @array, $elem ) { - # this will `return` out of the `is-in` sub once the condition evaluated - ## to True, the loop won't be run anymore. - map({ return True if $_ == $elem }, @array); -} -## with: -sub truthy-array( @array ) { - # this will produce an array of `True` and `False`: - # (you can also say `anon sub` for "anonymous subroutine") - map(sub ($i) { if $i { return True } else { return False } }, @array); - # ^ the `return` only returns from the anonymous `sub` -} - -## The `anon` declarator can be used to create an anonymous sub from a -## regular subroutine. The regular sub knows its name but its symbol is -## prevented from getting installed in the lexical scope, the method table -## and everywhere else. - -my $anon-sum = anon sub summation(*@a) { [+] *@a } -say $anon-sum.name; #=> summation -say $anon-sum(2, 3, 5); #=> 10 -#say summation; #=> Error: Undeclared routine: ... - -## You can also use the "whatever star" to create an anonymous subroutine. -## (it'll stop at the furthest operator in the current expression) -my @arrayplus3 = map(*+3, @array); # `*+3` is the same as `{ $_ + 3 }` -my @arrayplus3 = map(*+*+3, @array); # Same as `-> $a, $b { $a + $b + 3 }` - # also `sub ($a, $b) { $a + $b + 3 }` -say (*/2)(4); #=> 2 - # Immediately execute the function Whatever created. -say ((*+3)/5)(5); #=> 1.6 - # It works even in parens! - -## But if you need to have more than one argument (`$_`) in a block (without -## wanting to resort to `-> {}`), you can also use the implicit argument -## syntax, `$^`: -map({ $^a + $^b + 3 }, @array); -# which is equivalent to the following which uses a `sub`: -map(sub ($a, $b) { $a + $b + 3 }, @array); - -## The parameters `$^a`, `$^b`, etc. are known as placeholder parameters or -## self-declared positional parameters. They're sorted lexicographically so -## `{ $^b / $^a }` is equivalent `-> $a, $b { $b / $a }`. -``` - -### About types... - -```perl6 -## Perl 6 is gradually typed. This means you can specify the type of your -## variables/arguments/return types, or you can omit the type annotations in -## in which case they'll default to `Any`. Obviously you get access to a few -## base types, like `Int` and `Str`. The constructs for declaring types are -## "subset", "class", "role", etc. which you'll see later. - -## For now, let us examine "subset" which is a "sub-type" with additional -## checks. For example, "a very big integer is an Int that's greater than 500". -## You can specify the type you're subtyping (by default, `Any`), and add -## additional checks with the `where` clause: -subset VeryBigInteger of Int where * > 500; -## Or the set of the whole numbers: -subset WholeNumber of Int where * >= 0; -``` - -### Multiple Dispatch - -```perl6 -## Perl 6 can decide which variant of a `sub` to call based on the type of the -## arguments, or on arbitrary preconditions, like with a type or `where`: - -## with types: -multi sub sayit( Int $n ) { # note the `multi` keyword here - say "Number: $n"; -} -multi sayit( Str $s ) { # a multi is a `sub` by default - say "String: $s"; -} -sayit("foo"); #=> "String: foo" -sayit(25); #=> "Number: 25" -sayit(True); # fails at *compile time* with "calling 'sayit' will never - # work with arguments of types ..." - -## with arbitrary preconditions (remember subsets?): -multi is-big(Int $n where * > 50) { "Yes!" } # using a closure -multi is-big(Int $n where {$_ > 50}) { "Yes!" } # similar to above -multi is-big(Int $ where 10..50) { "Quite." } # Using smart-matching - # (could use a regexp, etc) -multi is-big(Int $) { "No" } - -subset Even of Int where * %% 2; -multi odd-or-even(Even) { "Even" } # The main case using the type. - # We don't name the argument. -multi odd-or-even($) { "Odd" } # "everthing else" hence the $ variable - -## You can even dispatch based on the presence of positional and -## named arguments: -multi with-or-without-you($with) { - say "I wish I could but I can't"; -} -multi with-or-without-you(:$with) { - say "I can live! Actually, I can't."; -} -multi with-or-without-you { - say "Definitely can't live."; -} - -## This is very, very useful for many purposes, like `MAIN` subs (covered -## later), and even the language itself uses it in several places. -## -## - `is`, for example, is actually a `multi sub` named `trait_mod:<is>`, -## and it works off that. -## - `is rw`, is simply a dispatch to a function with this signature: -## sub trait_mod:<is>(Routine $r, :$rw!) {} -## -## (commented out because running this would be a terrible idea!) -``` - -## Scoping - -```perl6 -## In Perl 6, unlike many scripting languages, (such as Python, Ruby, PHP), -## you must declare your variables before using them. The `my` declarator -## you have learned uses "lexical scoping". There are a few other declarators, -## (`our`, `state`, ..., ) which we'll see later. This is called -## "lexical scoping", where in inner blocks, you can access variables from -## outer blocks. -my $file_scoped = 'Foo'; -sub outer { - my $outer_scoped = 'Bar'; - sub inner { - say "$file_scoped $outer_scoped"; - } - &inner; # return the function -} -outer()(); #=> 'Foo Bar' - -## As you can see, `$file_scoped` and `$outer_scoped` were captured. -## But if we were to try and use `$outer_scoped` outside the `outer` sub, -## the variable would be undefined (and you'd get a compile time error). -``` - -## Twigils - -```perl6 -## There are many special `twigils` (composed sigils) in Perl 6. Twigils -## define the variables' scope. -## The * and ? twigils work on standard variables: -## * Dynamic variable -## ? Compile-time variable -## The ! and the . twigils are used with Perl 6's objects: -## ! Attribute (instance attribute) -## . Method (not really a variable) - -## `*` twigil: Dynamic Scope -## These variables use the `*` twigil to mark dynamically-scoped variables. -## Dynamically-scoped variables are looked up through the caller, not through -## the outer scope. - -my $*dyn_scoped_1 = 1; -my $*dyn_scoped_2 = 10; - -sub say_dyn { - say "$*dyn_scoped_1 $*dyn_scoped_2"; -} - -sub call_say_dyn { - my $*dyn_scoped_1 = 25; # Defines $*dyn_scoped_1 only for this sub. - $*dyn_scoped_2 = 100; # Will change the value of the file scoped variable. - say_dyn(); #=> 25 100, $*dyn_scoped 1 and 2 will be looked - # for in the call. - # It uses the value of $*dyn_scoped_1 from inside - # this sub's lexical scope even though the blocks - # aren't nested (they're call-nested). -} -say_dyn(); #=> 1 10 -call_say_dyn(); #=> 25 100 - # Uses $*dyn_scoped_1 as defined in call_say_dyn even though - # we are calling it from outside. -say_dyn(); #=> 1 100 We changed the value of $*dyn_scoped_2 in - # call_say_dyn so now its value has changed. -``` - -## Object Model - -```perl6 -## To call a method on an object, add a dot followed by the method name: -## `$object.method` - -## Classes are declared with the `class` keyword. Attributes are declared -## with the `has` keyword, and methods declared with the `method` keyword. - -## Every attribute that is private uses the ! twigil. For example: `$!attr`. -## Immutable public attributes use the `.` twigil which creates a read-only -## method named after the attribute. In fact, declaring an attribute with `.` -## is equivalent to declaring the same attribute with `!` and then creating -## a read-only method with the attribute's name. However, this is done for us -## by Perl 6 automatically. The easiest way to remember the `$.` twigil is -## by comparing it to how methods are called. - -## Perl 6's object model ("SixModel") is very flexible, and allows you to -## dynamically add methods, change semantics, etc... Unfortunately, these will -## not all be covered here, and you should refer to: -## https://docs.perl6.org/language/objects.html. - -class Human { - has Str $.name; # `$.name` is immutable but with an accessor method. - has Str $.bcountry; # Use `$!bcountry` to modify it inside the class. - has Str $.ccountry is rw; # This attribute can be modified from outside. - has Int $!age = 0; # A private attribute with default value. - - method birthday { - $!age += 1; # Add a year to human's age - } - - method get-age { - return $!age; - } - - # This method is private to the class. Note the `!` before the - # method's name. - method !do-decoration { - return "$!name was born in $!bcountry and now lives in $!ccountry." - } - - # This method is public, just like `birthday` and `get-age`. - method get-info { - self.do-decoration; # Invoking a method on `self` inside the class. - # Use `self!priv-method` for private method. - # Use `self.publ-method` for public method. - } -}; - -## Create a new instance of Human class. -## Note: you can't set private-attribute from here (more later on). -my $person1 = Human.new( - name => "Jord", - bcountry = "Togo", - ccountry => "Togo" -); - -say $person1.name; #=> Jord -say $person1.bcountry; #=> Togo -say $person1.ccountry; #=> Togo - - -# $person1.bcountry = "Mali"; # This fails, because the `has $.bcountry` - # is immutable. Jord can't change his birthplace. -$person1.ccountry = "France"; # This works because the `$.ccountry` is mutable - # (`is rw`). Now Jord's current country is France. - -# Calling methods on the instance objects. -$person1.birthday; #=> 1 -$person1.get-info; #=> Jord was born in Togo and now lives in France. -$person1.do-decoration; # This fails since the method `do-decoration` is - # private. -``` - -### Object Inheritance - -```perl6 -## Perl 6 also has inheritance (along with multiple inheritance). While -## methods are inherited, submethods are not. Submethods are useful for -## object construction and destruction tasks, such as BUILD, or methods that -## must be overridden by subtypes. We will learn about BUILD later on. - -class Parent { - has $.age; - has $.name; - - # This submethod won't be inherited by the Child class. - submethod favorite-color { - say "My favorite color is Blue"; - } - - # This method is inherited - method talk { say "Hi, my name is $!name" } -} - -# Inheritance uses the `is` keyword -class Child is Parent { - method talk { say "Goo goo ga ga" } - # This shadows Parent's `talk` method. - # This child hasn't learned to speak yet! -} - -my Parent $Richard .= new(age => 40, name => 'Richard'); -$Richard.favorite-color; #=> "My favorite color is Blue" -$Richard.talk; #=> "Hi, my name is Richard" -## $Richard is able to access the submethod and he knows how to say his name. - -my Child $Madison .= new(age => 1, name => 'Madison'); -$Madison.talk; #=> "Goo goo ga ga", due to the overridden method. -# $Madison.favorite-color # does not work since it is not inherited. - -## When you use `my T $var`, `$var` starts off with `T` itself in it, -## so you can call `new` on it. -## (`.=` is just the dot-call and the assignment operator: -## `$a .= b` is the same as `$a = $a.b`) -## Also note that `BUILD` (the method called inside `new`) -## will set parent's properties too, so you can pass `val => 5`. -``` - -### Roles, or Mixins - -```perl6 -## Roles are supported too (which are called Mixins in other languages) -role PrintableVal { - has $!counter = 0; - method print { - say $.val; - } -} - -## you "apply" a role (or mixin) with `does` keyword: -class Item does PrintableVal { - has $.val; - - ## When `does`-ed, a `role` literally "mixes in" the class: - ## the methods and attributes are put together, which means a class - ## can access the private attributes/methods of its roles (but - ## not the inverse!): - method access { - say $!counter++; - } - - ## However, this: - ## method print {} - ## is ONLY valid when `print` isn't a `multi` with the same dispatch. - ## (this means a parent class can shadow a child class's `multi print() {}`, - ## but it's an error if a role does) - - ## NOTE: You can use a role as a class (with `is ROLE`). In this case, - ## methods will be shadowed, since the compiler will consider `ROLE` - ## to be a class. -} -``` - -## Exceptions - -```perl6 -## Exceptions are built on top of classes, in the package `X` (like `X::IO`). -## In Perl6 exceptions are automatically 'thrown': -open 'foo'; #=> Failed to open file foo: no such file or directory -## It will also print out what line the error was thrown at -## and other error info. - -## You can throw an exception using `die`: -die 'Error!'; #=> Error! - -## Or more explicitly: -X::AdHoc.new(payload => 'Error!').throw; #=> Error! - -## In Perl 6, `orelse` is similar to the `or` operator, except it only matches -## undefined variables instead of anything evaluating as `False`. -## Undefined values include: `Nil`, `Mu` and `Failure` as well as `Int`, `Str` -## and other types that have not been initialized to any value yet. -## You can check if something is defined or not using the defined method: -my $uninitialized; -say $uninitiazilzed.defined; #=> False - -## When using `orelse` it will disarm the exception and alias $_ to that -## failure. This will prevent it to being automatically handled and printing -## lots of scary error messages to the screen. We can use the `exception` -## method on the `$_` variable to access the exception -open 'foo' orelse say "Something happened {.exception}"; - -## This also works: -open 'foo' orelse say "Something happened $_"; #=> Something happened - #=> Failed to open file foo: no such file or directory -## Both of those above work but in case we get an object from the left side -## that is not a failure we will probably get a warning. We see below how we -## can use try` and `CATCH` to be more specific with the exceptions we catch. -``` - -### Using `try` and `CATCH` - -```perl6 -## By using `try` and `CATCH` you can contain and handle exceptions without -## disrupting the rest of the program. The `try` block will set the last -## exception to the special variable `$!` (known as the error variable). -## Note: This has no relation to $!variables seen inside class definitions. - -try open 'foo'; -say "Well, I tried! $!" if defined $!; -#=> Well, I tried! Failed to open file foo: no such file or directory - -## Now, what if we want more control over handling the exception? -## Unlike many other languages, in Perl 6, you put the `CATCH` block *within* -## the block to `try`. Similar to how the `$_` variable was set when we -## 'disarmed' the exception with `orelse`, we also use `$_` in the CATCH block. -## Note: The `$!` variable is only set *after* the `try` block has caught an -## exception. By default, a `try` block has a `CATCH` block of its own that -## catches any exception (`CATCH { default {} }`). - -try { - my $a = (0 %% 0); - CATCH { - say "Something happened: $_" - } -} -#=> Something happened: Attempt to divide by zero using infix:<%%> - -## You can redefine it using `when`s (and `default`) to handle the exceptions -## you want to catch explicitly: - -try { - open 'foo'; - CATCH { - # In the `CATCH` block, the exception is set to the $_ variable. - when X::AdHoc { - say "Error: $_" - } - when X::Numeric::DivideByZero { - say "Error: $_"; - } - ## Any other exceptions will be re-raised, since we don't have a `default`. - ## Basically, if a `when` matches (or there's a `default`), the - ## exception is marked as "handled" so as to prevent its re-throw - ## from the `CATCH` block. You still can re-throw the exception (see below) - ## by hand. - } -} -#=>Error: Failed to open file /dir/foo: no such file or directory - -## There are also some subtleties to exceptions. Some Perl 6 subs return a -## `Failure`, which is a wrapper around an `Exception` object which is -## "unthrown". They're not thrown until you try to use the variables containing -## them unless you call `.Bool`/`.defined` on them - then they're handled. -## (the `.handled` method is `rw`, so you can mark it as `False` back yourself) -## You can throw a `Failure` using `fail`. Note that if the pragma `use fatal` -## is on, `fail` will throw an exception (like `die`). - -fail "foo"; # We're not trying to access the value, so no problem. -try { - fail "foo"; - CATCH { - default { - say "It threw because we tried to get the fail's value!" - } - } -} - -## There is also another kind of exception: Control exceptions. -## Those are "good" exceptions, which happen when you change your program's -## flow, using operators like `return`, `next` or `last`. -## You can "catch" those with `CONTROL` (not 100% working in Rakudo yet). -``` - -## Packages - -```perl6 -## Packages are a way to reuse code. Packages are like "namespaces", and any -## element of the six model (`module`, `role`, `class`, `grammar`, `subset` and -## `enum`) are actually packages. (Packages are the lowest common denominator) -## Packages are important - especially as Perl is well-known for CPAN, -## the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network. - -## You can use a module (bring its declarations into scope) with -## the `use` keyword: -use JSON::Tiny; # if you installed Rakudo* or Panda, you'll have this module -say from-json('[1]').perl; #=> [1] - -## You should not declare packages using the `package` keyword (unlike Perl 5). -## Instead, use `class Package::Name::Here;` to declare a class, or if you only -## want to export variables/subs, you can use `module` instead. - -module Hello::World { # bracketed form - # If `Hello` doesn't exist yet, it'll just be a "stub", - # that can be redeclared as something else later. - - # ... declarations here ... -} - -unit module Parse::Text; # file-scoped form which extends until - # the end of the file - -grammar Parse::Text::Grammar { - # A grammar is a package, which you could `use`. - # You will learn more about grammars in the regex section -} - -## As said before, any part of the six model is also a package. -## Since `JSON::Tiny` uses its own `JSON::Tiny::Actions` class, you can use it: -my $actions = JSON::Tiny::Actions.new; - -## We'll see how to export variables and subs in the next part. -``` - -## Declarators - -```perl6 -## In Perl 6, you get different behaviors based on how you declare a variable. -## You've already seen `my` and `has`, we'll now explore the others. - -## `our` - these declarations happen at `INIT` time -- (see "Phasers" below). -## It's like `my`, but it also creates a package variable. All packagish -## things such as `class`, `role`, etc. are `our` by default. - -module Var::Increment { - our $our-var = 1; # Note: `our`-declared variables cannot be typed. - my $my-var = 22; - - our sub Inc { - our sub available { # If you try to make inner `sub`s `our`... - # ... Better know what you're doing (Don't !). - say "Don't do that. Seriously. You'll get burned."; - } - - my sub unavailable { # `sub`s are `my`-declared by default - say "Can't access me from outside, I'm 'my'!"; - } - say ++$our-var; # Increment the package variable and output its value - } - -} - -say $Var::Increment::our-var; #=> 1, this works! -say $Var::Increment::my-var; #=> (Any), this will not work! - -Var::Increment::Inc; #=> 2 -Var::Increment::Inc; #=> 3 , notice how the value of $our-var was - # retained. -Var::Increment::unavailable; #=> Could not find symbol '&unavailable' - -## `constant` - these declarations happen at `BEGIN` time. You can use -## the `constant` keyword to declare a compile-time variable/symbol: -constant Pi = 3.14; -constant $var = 1; - -## And if you're wondering, yes, it can also contain infinite lists. -constant why-not = 5, 15 ... *; -say why-not[^5]; #=> 5 15 25 35 45 - -## `state` - these declarations happen at run time, but only once. State -## variables are only initialized one time. In other languages such as C -## they exist as `static` variables. -sub fixed-rand { - state $val = rand; - say $val; -} -fixed-rand for ^10; # will print the same number 10 times - -## Note, however, that they exist separately in different enclosing contexts. -## If you declare a function with a `state` within a loop, it'll re-create the -## variable for each iteration of the loop. See: -for ^5 -> $a { - sub foo { - state $val = rand; # This will be a different value for - # every value of `$a` - } - for ^5 -> $b { - say foo; # This will print the same value 5 times, - # but only 5. Next iteration will re-run `rand`. - } -} -``` - -## Phasers - -```perl6 -## Phasers in Perl 6 are blocks that happen at determined points of time in -## your program. They are called phasers because they mark a change in the -## phase of a program. For example, when the program is compiled, a for loop -## runs, you leave a block, or an exception gets thrown (The `CATCH` block is -## actually a phaser!). Some of them can be used for their return values, -## some of them can't (those that can have a "[*]" in the beginning of their -## explanation text). Let's have a look! - -## Compile-time phasers -BEGIN { say "[*] Runs at compile time, as soon as possible, only once" } -CHECK { say "[*] Runs at compile time, as late as possible, only once" } - -## Run-time phasers -INIT { say "[*] Runs at run time, as soon as possible, only once" } -END { say "Runs at run time, as late as possible, only once" } - -## Block phasers -ENTER { say "[*] Runs everytime you enter a block, repeats on loop blocks" } -LEAVE { - say "Runs everytime you leave a block, even when an exception - happened. Repeats on loop blocks." -} - -PRE { - say "Asserts a precondition at every block entry, - before ENTER (especially useful for loops)"; - say "If this block doesn't return a truthy value, - an exception of type X::Phaser::PrePost is thrown."; -} - -## Example: -for 0..2 { - PRE { $_ > 1 } # This is going to blow up with "Precondition failed" -} - -POST { - say "Asserts a postcondition at every block exit, - after LEAVE (especially useful for loops)"; - say "If this block doesn't return a truthy value, - an exception of type X::Phaser::PrePost is thrown, like PRE."; -} - -for 0..2 { - POST { $_ < 2 } # This is going to blow up with "Postcondition failed" -} - -## Block/exceptions phasers -sub { - KEEP { say "Runs when you exit a block successfully - (without throwing an exception)" } - UNDO { say "Runs when you exit a block unsuccessfully - (by throwing an exception)" } -} - -## Loop phasers -for ^5 { - FIRST { say "[*] The first time the loop is run, before ENTER" } - NEXT { say "At loop continuation time, before LEAVE" } - LAST { say "At loop termination time, after LEAVE" } -} - -## Role/class phasers -COMPOSE { "When a role is composed into a class. /!\ NOT YET IMPLEMENTED" } - -## They allow for cute tricks or clever code...: -say "This code took " ~ (time - CHECK time) ~ "s to compile"; - -## ... or clever organization: -sub do-db-stuff { - $db.start-transaction; # start a new transaction - KEEP $db.commit; # commit the transaction if all went well - UNDO $db.rollback; # or rollback if all hell broke loose -} -``` - -## Statement prefixes - -```perl6 -## Those act a bit like phasers: they affect the behavior of the following -## code. Though, they run in-line with the executable code, so they're in -## lowercase. (`try` and `start` are theoretically in that list, but explained -## elsewhere) Note: all of these (except start) don't need explicit curly -## braces `{` and `}`. - -## `do` - (which you already saw) runs a block or a statement as a term. -## Normally you cannot use a statement as a value (or "term"). `do` helps us -## do it. - -# my $value = if True { 1 } # this fails since `if` is a statement -my $a = do if True { 5 } # with `do`, `if` is now a term returning a value - -## `once` - makes sure a piece of code only runs once. -for ^5 { - once say 1 -}; #=> 1, only prints ... once - -## Similar to `state`, they're cloned per-scope. -for ^5 { - sub { once say 1 }() -}; #=> 1 1 1 1 1, prints once per lexical scope. - -## `gather` - co-routine thread. The `gather` constructs allows us to `take` -## several values from an array/list, much like `do`. -say gather for ^5 { - take $_ * 3 - 1; - take $_ * 3 + 1; -} -#=> -1 1 2 4 5 7 8 10 11 13 - -say join ',', gather if False { - take 1; - take 2; - take 3; -} -# Doesn't print anything. - -## `eager` - evaluates a statement eagerly (forces eager context) -## Don't try this at home: -# eager 1..*; # this will probably hang for a while (and might crash ...). -## But consider: -constant thrice = gather for ^3 { say take $_ }; # Doesn't print anything -## versus: -constant thrice = eager gather for ^3 { say take $_ }; #=> 0 1 2 -``` - -## Iterables - -```perl6 -## Iterables are objects that can be iterated over which are -## are similar to the `for` construct. - -## `flat` - flattens iterables. -say (1, 10, (20, 10) ); #=> (1 10 (20 10)), notice how neste lists are - # preserved -say (1, 10, (20, 10) ).flat; #=> (1 10 20 10), now the iterable is flat - -## - `lazy` - defers actual evaluation until value is fetched by forcing -## lazy context. -my @lazy-array = (1..100).lazy; -say @lazy-array.is-lazy; #=> True, check for laziness with the `is-lazy` method. -say @lazy-array; #=> [...] List has not been iterated on! -my @lazy-array { .print }; # This works and will only do as much work as - # is needed. - -# ( **TODO** explain that gather/take and map are all lazy) - -## `sink` - an `eager` that discards the results by forcing sink context. -constant nilthingie = sink for ^3 { .say } #=> 0 1 2 -say nilthingie.perl; #=> Nil - -## `quietly` - suppresses warnings in blocks. -quietly { warn 'This is a warning!' }; #=> No output - -## `contend` - attempts side effects under STM -## Not yet implemented! -``` - -## More operators thingies! - -```perl6 -## Everybody loves operators! Let's get more of them. - -## The precedence list can be found here: -## https://docs.perl6.org/language/operators#Operator_Precedence -## But first, we need a little explanation about associativity: - -## Binary operators: -$a ! $b ! $c; # with a left-associative `!`, this is `($a ! $b) ! $c` -$a ! $b ! $c; # with a right-associative `!`, this is `$a ! ($b ! $c)` -$a ! $b ! $c; # with a non-associative `!`, this is illegal -$a ! $b ! $c; # with a chain-associative `!`, this is `($a ! $b) and ($b ! $c)` -$a ! $b ! $c; # with a list-associative `!`, this is `infix:<>` - -## Unary operators: -!$a! # with left-associative `!`, this is `(!$a)!` -!$a! # with right-associative `!`, this is `!($a!)` -!$a! # with non-associative `!`, this is illegal -``` - -### Create your own operators! - -```perl6 -## Okay, you've been reading all of that, so you might want to try something -## more exciting?! I'll tell you a little secret (or not-so-secret): -## In Perl 6, all operators are actually just funny-looking subroutines. - -## You can declare an operator just like you declare a sub: -# prefix refers to the operator categories (prefix, infix, postfix, etc). -sub prefix:<win>( $winner ) { - say "$winner Won!"; -} -win "The King"; #=> The King Won! - # (prefix means 'before') - -## you can still call the sub with its "full name": -say prefix:<!>(True); #=> False -prefix:<win>("The Queen"); #=> The Queen Won! - -sub postfix:<!>( Int $n ) { - [*] 2..$n; # using the reduce meta-operator... See below ;-)! -} -say 5!; #=> 120 - # Postfix operators ('after') have to come *directly* after the term. - # No whitespace. You can use parentheses to disambiguate, i.e. `(5!)!` - -sub infix:<times>( Int $n, Block $r ) { # infix ('between') - for ^$n { - $r(); # You need the explicit parentheses to call the function in `$r`, - # else you'd be referring at the variable itself, like with `&r`. - } -} -3 times -> { say "hello" }; #=> hello - #=> hello - #=> hello -## It's recommended to put spaces around your -## infix operator calls. - -## For circumfix and post-circumfix ones -sub circumfix:<[ ]>( Int $n ) { - $n ** $n -} -say [5]; #=> 3125 - # circumfix means 'around'. Again, no whitespace. - -sub postcircumfix:<{ }>( Str $s, Int $idx ) { - ## post-circumfix is 'after a term, around something' - $s.substr($idx, 1); -} -say "abc"{1}; #=> b - # after the term `"abc"`, and around the index (1) - -## This really means a lot -- because everything in Perl 6 uses this. -## For example, to delete a key from a hash, you use the `:delete` adverb -## (a simple named argument underneath): -%h{$key}:delete; -## equivalent to: -postcircumfix:<{ }>( %h, $key, :delete ); # (you can call operators like this) - -## It's *all* using the same building blocks! Syntactic categories -## (prefix infix ...), named arguments (adverbs), ..., etc. used to build -## the language - are available to you. Obviously, you're advised against -## making an operator out of *everything* -- with great power comes great -## responsibility. -``` - -### Meta operators! - -```perl6 -## Oh boy, get ready!. Get ready, because we're delving deep into the rabbit's -## hole, and you probably won't want to go back to other languages after -## reading this. (I'm guessing you don't want to go back at this point but -## let's continue, for the journey is long and enjoyable!). - -## Meta-operators, as their name suggests, are *composed* operators. -## Basically, they're operators that act on another operators. - -## The reduce meta-operator is a prefix meta-operator that takes a binary -## function and one or many lists. If it doesn't get passed any argument, -## it either returns a "default value" for this operator (a meaningless value) -## or `Any` if there's none (examples below). Otherwise, it pops an element -## from the list(s) one at a time, and applies the binary function to the last -## result (or the list's first element) and the popped element. - -## To sum a list, you could use the reduce meta-operator with `+`, i.e.: -say [+] 1, 2, 3; #=> 6, equivalent to (1+2)+3. - -## To multiply a list -say [*] 1..5; #=> 120, equivalent to ((((1*2)*3)*4)*5). - -## You can reduce with any operator, not just with mathematical ones. -## For example, you could reduce with `//` to get first defined element -## of a list: -say [//] Nil, Any, False, 1, 5; #=> False - # (Falsey, but still defined) -## Or with relational operators, i.e., `>` to check elements of a list -## are ordered accordingly: -say say [>] 234, 156, 6, 3, -20; #=> True - -## Default value examples: -say [*] (); #=> 1 -say [+] (); #=> 0 - # meaningless values, since N*1=N and N+0=N. -say [//]; #=> (Any) - # There's no "default value" for `//`. - -## You can also call it with a function you made up, using double brackets: -sub add($a, $b) { $a + $b } -say [[&add]] 1, 2, 3; #=> 6 - -## The zip meta-operator is an infix meta-operator that also can be used as a -## "normal" operator. It takes an optional binary function (by default, it -## just creates a pair), and will pop one value off of each array and call -## its binary function on these until it runs out of elements. It returns an -## array with all of these new elements. -say (1, 2) Z (3, 4); #=> ((1, 3), (2, 4)), since by default the function - # makes an array. -say 1..3 Z+ 4..6; #=> (5, 7, 9), using the custom infix:<+> function - -## Since `Z` is list-associative (see the list above), -## you can use it on more than one list -(True, False) Z|| (False, False) Z|| (False, False); # (True, False) - -## And, as it turns out, you can also use the reduce meta-operator with it: -[Z||] (True, False), (False, False), (False, False); # (True, False) - - -## And to end the operator list: - -## The sequence operator is one of Perl 6's most powerful features: -## it's composed of first, on the left, the list you want Perl 6 to deduce from -## (and might include a closure), and on the right, a value or the predicate -## that says when to stop (or a Whatever Star for a lazy infinite list). - -my @list = 1, 2, 3...10; # basic arithmetic sequence -# my @list = 1, 3, 6...10; # this dies because Perl 6 can't figure out the end -my @list = 1, 2, 3...^10; # as with ranges, you can exclude the last element - # (the iteration ends when the predicate matches). -my @list = 1, 3, 9...* > 30; # you can use a predicate (with the Whatever Star). -my @list = 1, 3, 9 ... { $_ > 30 }; # (equivalent to the above - # using a block here). - -my @fib = 1, 1, *+* ... *; # lazy infinite list of fibonacci sequence, - # computed using a closure! -my @fib = 1, 1, -> $a, $b { $a + $b } ... *; # (equivalent to the above) -my @fib = 1, 1, { $^a + $^b } ... *; # (also equivalent to the above) -## $a and $b will always take the previous values, meaning here -## they'll start with $a = 1 and $b = 1 (values we set by hand), -## then $a = 1 and $b = 2 (result from previous $a+$b), and so on. - -say @fib[^10]; #=> 1 1 2 3 5 8 13 21 34 55 - # (using a range as the index) -## Note: as for ranges, once reified, elements aren't re-calculated. -## That's why `@primes[^100]` will take a long time the first time you print -## it, then will be instateneous. -``` - -## Regular Expressions - -```perl6 -## I'm sure a lot of you have been waiting for this one. Well, now that you know -## a good deal of Perl 6 already, we can get started. First off, you'll have to -## forget about "PCRE regexps" (perl-compatible regexps). -## -## IMPORTANT: Don't skip them because you know PCRE. They're different. Some -## things are the same (like `?`, `+`, and `*`), but sometimes the semantics -## change (`|`). Make sure you read carefully, because you might trip over a -## new behavior. -## -## Perl 6 has many features related to RegExps. After all, Rakudo parses itself. -## We're first going to look at the syntax itself, then talk about grammars -## (PEG-like), differences between `token`, `regex` and `rule` declarators, -## and some more. Side note: you still have access to PCRE regexps using the -## `:P5` modifier which we won't be discussing this in this tutorial, though. -## -## In essence, Perl 6 natively implements PEG ("Parsing Expression Grammars"). -## The pecking order for ambiguous parses is determined by a multi-level -## tie-breaking test: -## - Longest token matching: `foo\s+` beats `foo` (by 2 or more positions) -## - Longest literal prefix: `food\w*` beats `foo\w*` (by 1) -## - Declaration from most-derived to less derived grammars -## (grammars are actually classes) -## - Earliest declaration wins -say so 'a' ~~ /a/; #=> True -say so 'a' ~~ / a /; #=> True, more readable with some spaces! - -## In all our examples, we're going to use the smart-matching operator against -## a regexp. We're converting the result using `so` to a Boolean value because, -## in fact, it's returning a `Match` object. They know how to respond to list -## indexing, hash indexing, and return the matched string. The results of the -## match are available in the `$/` variable (implicitly lexically-scoped). You -## can also use the capture variables which start at 0: `$0`, `$1', `$2`... -## -## You can also note that `~~` does not perform start/end checking, meaning -## the regexp can be matched with just one character of the string. We'll -## explain later how you can do it. - -## In Perl 6, you can have any alphanumeric as a literal, everything else has -## to be escaped by using a backslash or quotes. -say so 'a|b' ~~ / a '|' b /; #=> `True`, it wouldn't mean the same thing if - # `|` wasn't escaped. -say so 'a|b' ~~ / a \| b /; #=> `True`, another way to escape it. - -## The whitespace in a regexp is actually not significant, unless you use the -## `:s` (`:sigspace`, significant space) adverb. -say so 'a b c' ~~ / a b c /; #=> `False`, space is not significant here! -say so 'a b c' ~~ /:s a b c /; #=> `True`, we added the modifier `:s` here. - -## If we use only one space between strings in a regex, Perl 6 will warn us: -say so 'a b c' ~~ / a b c /; #=> `False`, with warning about space -say so 'a b c' ~~ / a b c /; #=> `False` - -## Please use quotes or :s (:sigspace) modifier (or, to suppress this warning, -## omit the space, or otherwise change the spacing). To fix this and make the -## spaces less ambiguous, either use at least two spaces between strings -## or use the `:s` adverb. - -## As we saw before, we can embed the `:s` inside the slash delimiters, but we -## can also put it outside of them if we specify `m` for 'match': -say so 'a b c' ~~ m:s/a b c/; #=> `True` - -## By using `m` to specify 'match', we can also use delimiters other than -## slashes: -say so 'abc' ~~ m{a b c}; #=> `True` -say so 'abc' ~~ m[a b c]; #=> `True` -# m/.../ is equivalent to /.../ - -## Use the :i adverb to specify case insensitivity: -say so 'ABC' ~~ m:i{a b c}; #=> `True` - -## However, whitespace is important as for how modifiers are applied ( -## (which you'll see just below) ... - -## Quantifying - `?`, `+`, `*` and `**`. -## `?` - zero or one match -so 'ac' ~~ / a b c /; #=> `False` -so 'ac' ~~ / a b? c /; #=> `True`, the "b" matched 0 times. -so 'abc' ~~ / a b? c /; #=> `True`, the "b" matched 1 time. - -## ...As you read before, whitespace is important because it determines which -## part of the regexp is the target of the modifier: -so 'def' ~~ / a b c? /; #=> `False`, only the `c` is optional -so 'def' ~~ / a b? c /; #=> `False`, whitespace is not significant -so 'def' ~~ / 'abc'? /; #=> `True`, the whole "abc" group is optional - -## Here (and below) the quantifier applies only to the `b` - -## `+` - one or more matches -so 'ac' ~~ / a b+ c /; #=> `False`, `+` wants at least one matching -so 'abc' ~~ / a b+ c /; #=> `True`, one is enough -so 'abbbbc' ~~ / a b+ c /; #=> `True`, matched 4 "b"s - -## `*` - zero or more matches -so 'ac' ~~ / a b* c /; #=> `True`, they're all optional. -so 'abc' ~~ / a b* c /; #=> `True` -so 'abbbbc' ~~ / a b* c /; #=> `True` -so 'aec' ~~ / a b* c /; #=> `False`. "b"(s) are optional, not replaceable. - -## `**` - (Unbound) Quantifier -## If you squint hard enough, you might understand why exponentation is used -## for quantity. -so 'abc' ~~ / a b**1 c /; #=> `True`, (exactly one time) -so 'abc' ~~ / a b**1..3 c /; #=> `True`, (one to three times) -so 'abbbc' ~~ / a b**1..3 c /; #=> `True` -so 'abbbbbbc' ~~ / a b**1..3 c /; #=> `False, (too much) -so 'abbbbbbc' ~~ / a b**3..* c /; #=> `True`, (infinite ranges are okay) - -## `<[]>` - Character classes -## Character classes are the equivalent of PCRE's `[]` classes, but they use a -## more perl6-ish syntax: -say 'fooa' ~~ / f <[ o a ]>+ /; #=> 'fooa' - -## You can use ranges: -say 'aeiou' ~~ / a <[ e..w ]> /; #=> 'ae' - -## Just like in normal regexes, if you want to use a special character, escape -## it (the last one is escaping a space which would be equivalent to using -## ' '): -say 'he-he !' ~~ / 'he-' <[ a..z \! \ ]> + /; #=> 'he-he !' - -## You'll get a warning if you put duplicate names (which has the nice effect -## of catching the raw quoting): -'he he' ~~ / <[ h e ' ' ]> /; -# Warns "Repeated character (') unexpectedly found in character class" - -## You can also negate character classes... (`<-[]>` equivalent to `[^]` in PCRE) -so 'foo' ~~ / <-[ f o ]> + /; #=> False - -## ... and compose them: -so 'foo' ~~ / <[ a..z ] - [ f o ]> + /; #=> `False`, (any letter except f and o) -so 'foo' ~~ / <-[ a..z ] + [ f o ]> + /; #=> `True`, (no letter except f and o) -so 'foo!' ~~ / <-[ a..z ] + [ f o ]> + /; #=> `True`, (the + doesn't replace the - # left part) -``` - -### Grouping and capturing - -```perl6 -## Group: you can group parts of your regexp with `[]`. Unlike PCRE's `(?:)`, -## these groups are *not* captured. -so 'abc' ~~ / a [ b ] c /; # `True`. The grouping does pretty much nothing -so 'foo012012bar' ~~ / foo [ '01' <[0..9]> ] + bar /; - -## The previous line returns `True`. The regex matches "012" 1 or more time -## (achieved by the the `+` applied to the group). - -## But this does not go far enough, because we can't actually get back what -## we matched. - -## Capture: The results of a regexp can be *captured* by using parentheses. -so 'fooABCABCbar' ~~ / foo ( 'A' <[A..Z]> 'C' ) + bar /; # `True`. (using `so` - # here, `$/` below) - -## So, starting with the grouping explanations. -## As we said before, our `Match` object is stored inside the `$/` variable: -say $/; # Will either print some weird stuff or `Nil` if nothing matched. - -## As we also said before, it has array indexing: -say $/[0]; #=> ｢ABC｣ ｢ABC｣ - # These corner brackets are `Match` objects. - # Here, we have an array of these. -say $0; # The same as above. - -## Our capture is `$0` because it's the first and only one capture in the -## regexp. You might be wondering why it's an array, and the answer is simple: -## Some captures (indexed using `$0`, `$/[0]` or a named one) will be an array -## if and only if they can have more than one element. Thus any capture with -## `*`, `+` and `**` (whatever the operands), but not with `?`. -## Let's use examples to see that: - -## Note: We quoted A B C to demonstrate that the whitespace between them isn't -## significant. If we want the whitespace to *be* significant there, we -## can use the :sigspace modifier. -say so 'fooABCbar' ~~ / foo ( "A" "B" "C" )? bar /; #=> `True` -say $/[0]; #=> ｢ABC｣ -say $0.WHAT; #=> (Match) - # There can't be more than one, so it's only a single match object. -say so 'foobar' ~~ / foo ( "A" "B" "C" )? bar /; #=> True -say $0.WHAT; #=> (Any) - # This capture did not match, so it's empty -so 'foobar' ~~ / foo ( "A" "B" "C" ) ** 0..1 bar /; #=> `True` -say $0.WHAT; #=> (Array) - # A specific quantifier will always capture an Array, - # be a range or a specific value (even 1). - -## The captures are indexed per nesting. This means a group in a group will be -## nested under its parent group: `$/[0][0]`, for this code: -'hello-~-world' ~~ / ( 'hello' ( <[ \- \~ ]> + ) ) 'world' /; -say $/[0].Str; #=> hello~ -say $/[0][0].Str; #=> ~ - -## This stems from a very simple fact: `$/` does not contain strings, integers -## or arrays, it only contains Match objects. These contain the `.list`, `.hash` -## and `.Str` methods but you can also just use `match<key>` for hash access -## and `match[idx]` for array access. -say $/[0].list.perl; #=> (Match.new(...),).list - # We can see it's a list of Match objects. These contain - # a bunch of info: where the match started/ended, - # the "ast" (see actions later), etc. - # You'll see named capture below with grammars. - -## Alternation - the `or` of regexps -## WARNING: They are DIFFERENT from PCRE regexps. -say so 'abc' ~~ / a [ b | y ] c /; #=> `True`. Either "b" or "y". -say so 'ayc' ~~ / a [ b | y ] c /; #=> `True`. Obviously enough... - -## The difference between this `|` and the one you're used to is -## LTM ("Longest Token Matching"). This means that the engine will always -## try to match as much as possible in the string. -say 'foo' ~~ / fo | foo /; #=> `foo`, instead of `fo`, because it's longer. - -## To decide which part is the "longest", it first splits the regex in -## two parts: -## The "declarative prefix" (the part that can be statically analyzed) -## and the procedural parts: -## - The declarative prefixes include alternations (`|`), conjunctions (`&`), -## sub-rule calls (not yet introduced), literals, characters classes and -## quantifiers. -## - The procedural part include everything else: back-references, -## code assertions, and other things that can't traditionnaly be represented -## by normal regexps. -## -## Then, all the alternatives are tried at once, and the longest wins. -## Examples: -## DECLARATIVE | PROCEDURAL -/ 'foo' \d+ [ <subrule1> || <subrule2> ] /; -## DECLARATIVE (nested groups are not a problem) -/ \s* [ \w & b ] [ c | d ] /; -## However, closures and recursion (of named regexps) are procedural. -## There are also more complicated rules, like specificity (literals win over -## character classes). - -## Note: the first-matching `or` still exists, but is now spelled `||` -say 'foo' ~~ / fo || foo /; #=> `fo` now. -``` - -## Extra: the MAIN subroutine - -```perl6 -## The `MAIN` subroutine is called when you run a Perl 6 file directly. It's -## very powerful, because Perl 6 actually parses the arguments and pass them -## as such to the sub. It also handles named argument (`--foo`) and will even -## go as far as to autogenerate a `--help` flag. -sub MAIN($name) { - say "Hello, $name!"; -} -## This produces: -## $ perl6 cli.pl -## Usage: -## t.pl <name> - -## And since it's a regular Perl 6 sub, you can have multi-dispatch: -## (using a "Bool" for the named argument so that we can do `--replace` -## instead of `--replace=1`. The presence of `--replace` indicates truthness -## while its absence falseness). - -subset File of Str where *.IO.d; # convert to IO object to check the file exists - -multi MAIN('add', $key, $value, Bool :$replace) { ... } -multi MAIN('remove', $key) { ... } -multi MAIN('import', File, Str :$as) { ... } # omitting parameter name - -## This produces: -## $ perl6 cli.pl -## Usage: -## cli.p6 [--replace] add <key> <value> -## cli.p6 remove <key> -## cli.p6 [--as=<Str>] import <File> - -## As you can see, this is *very* powerful. It even went as far as to show inline -## the constants (the type is only displayed if the argument is `$`/is named). -``` - -## APPENDIX A: -### List of things - -```perl6 -## It's assumed by now you know the Perl6 basics. This section is just here to -## list some common operations, but which are not in the "main part" of the -## tutorial to avoid bloating it up. - -## Operators - -## Sort comparison - they return one value of the `Order` enum: `Less`, `Same` -## and `More` (which numerify to -1, 0 or +1 respectively). -1 <=> 4; # sort comparison for numerics -'a' leg 'b'; # sort comparison for string -$obj eqv $obj2; # sort comparison using eqv semantics - -## Generic ordering -3 before 4; # True -'b' after 'a'; # True - -## Short-circuit default operator - similar to `or` and `||`, but instead -## returns the first *defined* value: -say Any // Nil // 0 // 5; #=> 0 - -## Short-circuit exclusive or (XOR) - returns `True` if one (and only one) of -## its arguments is true -say True ^^ False; #=> True - -## Flip flops - these operators (`ff` and `fff`, equivalent to P5's `..` -## and `...`) are operators that take two predicates to test: They are `False` -## until their left side returns `True`, then are `True` until their right -## side returns `True`. Similar to ranges, you can exclude the iteration when -## it become `True`/`False` by using `^` on either side. Let's start with an -## example : -for <well met young hero we shall meet later> { - # by default, `ff`/`fff` smart-match (`~~`) against `$_`: - if 'met' ^ff 'meet' { # Won't enter the if for "met" - .say # (explained in details below). - } - - if rand == 0 ff rand == 1 { # compare variables other than `$_` - say "This ... probably will never run ..."; - } -} - -## This will print "young hero we shall meet" (excluding "met"): the flip-flop -## will start returning `True` when it first encounters "met" (but will still -## return `False` for "met" itself, due to the leading `^` on `ff`), until it -## sees "meet", which is when it'll start returning `False`. - -## The difference between `ff` (awk-style) and `fff` (sed-style) is that `ff` -## will test its right side right when its left side changes to `True`, and can -## get back to `False` right away (*except* it'll be `True` for the iteration -## that matched) while `fff` will wait for the next iteration to try its right -## side, once its left side changed: -.say if 'B' ff 'B' for <A B C B A>; #=> B B - # because the right-hand-side was tested - # directly (and returned `True`). - # "B"s are printed since it matched that - # time (it just went back to `False` - # right away). -.say if 'B' fff 'B' for <A B C B A>; #=> B C B - # The right-hand-side wasn't tested until - # `$_` became "C" - # (and thus did not match instantly). - -## A flip-flop can change state as many times as needed: -for <test start print it stop not printing start print again stop not anymore> { - .say if $_ eq 'start' ^ff^ $_ eq 'stop'; # exclude both "start" and "stop", - #=> "print it print again" -} - -## You might also use a Whatever Star, which is equivalent to `True` for the -## left side or `False` for the right: -for (1, 3, 60, 3, 40, 60) { # Note: the parenthesis are superfluous here - # (sometimes called "superstitious parentheses") - .say if $_ > 50 ff *; # Once the flip-flop reaches a number greater - # than 50, it'll never go back to `False` - #=> 60 3 40 60 -} - -## You can also use this property to create an `if` that'll not go through the -## first time: -for <a b c> { - .say if * ^ff *; # the flip-flop is `True` and never goes back to `False`, - # but the `^` makes it *not run* on the first iteration - #=> b c -} - -## The `===` operator is the value identity operator and uses `.WHICH` on the -## objects to compare them while `=:=` is the container identity operator -## and uses `VAR()` on the objects to compare them. -``` - -If you want to go further, you can: - - - Read the [Perl 6 Docs](https://docs.perl6.org/). This is a great - resource on Perl6. If you are looking for something, use the search bar. - This will give you a dropdown menu of all the pages referencing your search - term (Much better than using Google to find Perl 6 documents!). - - Read the [Perl 6 Advent Calendar](http://perl6advent.wordpress.com/). This - is a great source of Perl 6 snippets and explanations. If the docs don't - describe something well enough, you may find more detailed information here. - This information may be a bit older but there are many great examples and - explanations. Posts stopped at the end of 2015 when the language was declared - stable and Perl 6.c was released. - - Come along on `#perl6` at `irc.freenode.net`. The folks here are - always helpful. - - Check the [source of Perl 6's functions and - classes](https://github.com/rakudo/rakudo/tree/nom/src/core). Rakudo is - mainly written in Perl 6 (with a lot of NQP, "Not Quite Perl", a Perl 6 subset - easier to implement and optimize). - - Read [the language design documents](http://design.perl6.org). They explain - P6 from an implementor point-of-view, but it's still very interesting. diff --git a/php.html.markdown b/php.html.markdown index 40c9dd01..d4103e97 100644 --- a/php.html.markdown +++ b/php.html.markdown @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ if (false) { print (false ? 'Does not get printed' : 'Does'); // ternary shortcut operator since PHP 5.3 -// equivalent of "$x ? $x : 'Does'"" +// equivalent of "$x ? $x : 'Does'" $x = false; print($x ?: 'Does'); diff --git a/pl-pl/bf-pl.html.markdown b/pl-pl/bf-pl.html.markdown index 54772961..09c85362 100644 --- a/pl-pl/bf-pl.html.markdown +++ b/pl-pl/bf-pl.html.markdown @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ contributors: - ["Mathias Bynens", "http://mathiasbynens.be/"] translators: - ["Jakub Młokosiewicz", "https://github.com/hckr"] - - ["Mateusz Burniak", "https://gitbub.com/matbur"] + - ["Mateusz Burniak", "https://github.com/matbur"] lang: pl-pl --- diff --git a/powershell.html.markdown b/powershell.html.markdown index db29bf96..5d74024d 100644 --- a/powershell.html.markdown +++ b/powershell.html.markdown @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ in the shell. A key difference with Bash is that it is mostly objects that you manipulate rather than plain text. -[Read more here.](https://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb978526.aspx) +[Read more here.](https://docs.microsoft.com/powershell/scripting/overview) If you are uncertain about your environment: @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Interesting Projects * [PSake](https://github.com/psake/psake) Build automation tool * [Pester](https://github.com/pester/Pester) BDD Testing Framework * [Jump-Location](https://github.com/tkellogg/Jump-Location) Powershell `cd` that reads your mind -* [PowerShell Community Extensions](http://pscx.codeplex.com/) (Dead) +* [PowerShell Community Extensions](https://github.com/Pscx/Pscx) Not covered diff --git a/pt-br/bash-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/bash-pt.html.markdown index 3a48d994..86d1a8ea 100644 --- a/pt-br/bash-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/bash-pt.html.markdown @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ diretamente no shell. # Exemplo simples de hello world: echo Hello World! -# Cada comando começa com uma nova linha, ou após um ponto virgula: +# Cada comando começa com uma nova linha, ou após um ponto e vírgula: echo 'Essa é a primeira linha'; echo 'Essa é a segunda linha' # A declaração de variáveis é mais ou menos assim @@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ Variavel="Alguma string" # Mas não assim: Variavel = "Alguma string" -# Bash interpretará Variavel como um comando e tentará executar e lhe retornar +# Bash interpretará Variavel como um comando e tentará executar e lhe retornará # um erro porque o comando não pode ser encontrado. # Ou assim: Variavel= 'Alguma string' -# Bash interpretará 'Alguma string' como um comando e tentará executar e lhe retornar +# Bash interpretará 'Alguma string' como um comando e tentará executar e lhe retornará # um erro porque o comando não pode ser encontrado. (Nesse caso a a parte 'Variavel=' -# é vista com uma declaração de variável valida apenas para o escopo do comando 'Uma string'). +# é vista com uma declaração de variável válida apenas para o escopo do comando 'Uma string'). # Usando a variável: echo $Variavel @@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ echo ${Variavel/Alguma/Uma} # Substring de uma variável Tamanho=7 echo ${Variavel:0:Tamanho} -# Isso retornará apenas os 7 primeiros caractéres da variável +# Isso retornará apenas os 7 primeiros caracteres da variável # Valor padrão de uma variável echo ${Foo:-"ValorPadraoSeFooNaoExistirOuEstiverVazia"} # Isso funciona para nulo (Foo=) e (Foo=""); zero (Foo=0) retorna 0. -# Note que isso apenas retornar o valor padrão e não mudar o valor da variável. +# Note que isso apenas retornará o valor padrão e não mudará o valor da variável. # Variáveis internas # Tem algumas variáveis internas bem uteis, como @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ read Nome # Note que nós não precisamos declarar a variável echo Ola, $Nome # Nós temos a estrutura if normal: -# use 'man test' para mais infomações para as condicionais +# use 'man test' para mais informações para as condicionais if [ $Nome -ne $USER ] then echo "Seu nome não é o seu username" @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ then echo "Isso vai rodar se $Nome é Daniela ou Jose." fi -# Expressões são denotadas com o seguinte formato +# Expressões são escritas com o seguinte formato echo $(( 10 + 5)) # Diferentemente das outras linguagens de programação, bash é um shell, então ele @@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ echo $(( 10 + 5)) ls #Esse comando tem opções que controlam sua execução -ls -l # Lista todo arquivo e diretorio em linhas separadas +ls -l # Lista todo arquivo e diretório em linhas separadas -# Os resultados do comando anterior pode ser passado para outro comando como input. +# Os resultados do comando anterior podem ser passados para outro comando como input. # O comando grep filtra o input com o padrão passado. É assim que listamos apenas # os arquivos .txt no diretório atual: ls -l | grep "\.txt" @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ head -n 10 arquivo.txt sort arquivo.txt # reporta ou omite as linhas repetidas, com -d você as reporta uniq -d arquivo.txt -# exibe apenas a primeira coluna após o caráctere ',' +# exibe apenas a primeira coluna após o caractere ',' cut -d ',' -f 1 arquivo.txt # substitui todas as ocorrencias de 'okay' por 'legal' em arquivo.txt (é compativel com regex) sed -i 's/okay/legal/g' file.txt diff --git a/pt-br/c-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/c-pt.html.markdown index e1c27958..4e55f068 100644 --- a/pt-br/c-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/c-pt.html.markdown @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ translators: - ["João Farias", "https://github.com/JoaoGFarias"] - ["Elton Viana", "https://github.com/eltonvs"] - ["Cássio Böck", "https://github.com/cassiobsilva"] + - ["Heitor P. de Bittencourt", "https://github.com/heitorPB/"] lang: pt-br filename: c-pt.el --- @@ -641,7 +642,7 @@ typedef void (*minha_função_type)(char *); Este é *o* livro sobre C, escrito pelos criadores da linguagem. Mas cuidado - ele é antigo e contém alguns erros (bem, ideias que não são mais consideradas boas) ou práticas ultrapassadas. -Outra boa referência é [Learn C the hard way](http://c.learncodethehardway.org/book/). +Outra boa referência é [Learn C the hard way](http://learncodethehardway.org/c/). Se você tem uma pergunta, leia [compl.lang.c Frequently Asked Questions](http://c-faq.com). diff --git a/pt-br/clojure-macros-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/clojure-macros-pt.html.markdown index d56840e0..c686bb80 100644 --- a/pt-br/clojure-macros-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/clojure-macros-pt.html.markdown @@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ do Clojure lhe dá acesso a toda a extensão da linguagem para escrever rotinas de geração de código chamados "macros". Macros fornecem uma poderosa forma de adequar a linguagem às suas necessidades. -Pórem Tenha cuidado. É considerado má pratica escrever uma macro quando uma função vai fazer. Use uma macro apenas -quando você precisar do controle sobre quando ou se os argumentos para um formulário será avaliado. +Pórem, tenha cuidado. É considerado má pratica escrever uma macro quando uma função vai fazer. Use uma macro apenas +quando você precisar de controle sobre quando ou se os argumentos de um formulário serão avaliados. Você vai querer estar familiarizado com Clojure. Certifique-se de entender tudo em -[Clojure em Y Minutos](/docs/clojure/). +[Aprenda Clojure em Y Minutos](/docs/clojure/). ```clojure -;; Defina uma macro utilizando defmacro. Sua macro deve ter como saida uma lista que possa -;; ser avaliada como codigo Clojure. +;; Defina uma macro utilizando defmacro. Sua macro deve ter como saída uma lista que possa +;; ser avaliada como código Clojure. ;; ;; Essa macro é a mesma coisa que se você escrever (reverse "Hello World") (defmacro my-first-macro [] @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ Você vai querer estar familiarizado com Clojure. Certifique-se de entender tudo (macroexpand '(my-first-macro)) ;; -> (#<core$reverse clojure.core$reverse@xxxxxxxx> "Hello World") -;; Você pode avaliar o resultad de macroexpand diretamente: +;; Você pode avaliar o resultado de macroexpand diretamente: (eval (macroexpand '(my-first-macro))) ; -> (\d \l \o \r \W \space \o \l \l \e \H) -;; mas você deve usar esse mais suscinto, sintax como de função: +;; mas você deve usar essa sintaxe mais sucinta e familiar a funções: (my-first-macro) ; -> (\d \l \o \r \W \space \o \l \l \e \H) -;; Você pode tornar as coisas mais faceis pra você, utilizando a sintaxe de citação mais suscinta +;; Você pode tornar as coisas mais fáceis pra você, utilizando a sintaxe de citação mais suscinta ;; para criar listas nas suas macros: (defmacro my-first-quoted-macro [] '(reverse "Hello World")) diff --git a/pt-br/clojure-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/clojure-pt.html.markdown index b88d4eec..e40b8fe7 100644 --- a/pt-br/clojure-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/clojure-pt.html.markdown @@ -5,12 +5,13 @@ contributors: - ["Adam Bard", "http://adambard.com/"] translators: - ["Mariane Siqueira Machado", "https://twitter.com/mariane_sm"] + - ["Ygor Sad", "https://github.com/ysads"] lang: pt-br --- -Clojure é uma linguagem da família do Lisp desenvolvida para a JVM (máquina virtual Java). Possui uma ênfase muito mais forte em [programação funcional] (https://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/Programa%C3%A7%C3%A3o_funcional) pura do que Common Lisp, mas inclui diversas utilidades [STM](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_transactional_memory) para lidar com estado a medida que isso se torna necessário. +Clojure é uma linguagem da família do Lisp desenvolvida para a JVM (máquina virtual Java). Possui uma ênfase muito mais forte em [programação funcional] (https://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/Programa%C3%A7%C3%A3o_funcional) pura do que Common Lisp, mas inclui diversos recursos [STM](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_transactional_memory) para lidar com estado e mutabilidade, caso isso seja necessário. -Essa combinação permite gerenciar processamento concorrente de maneira muito simples, e frequentemente de maneira automática. +Essa combinação permite gerenciar processamento concorrente de maneira muito simples - frequentemente, de modo automático. (Sua versão de clojure precisa ser pelo menos 1.2) @@ -18,367 +19,552 @@ Essa combinação permite gerenciar processamento concorrente de maneira muito s ```clojure ; Comentários começam por ponto e vírgula -; Clojure é escrito em "forms", os quais são simplesmente -; listas de coisas dentro de parênteses, separados por espaços em branco. +; Código Clojure é escrito em formas - 'forms', em inglês. Tais estruturas são +; simplesmente listas de valores encapsuladas dentro de parênteses, separados por +; espaços em branco. -; O "reader" (leitor) de Clojure presume que o primeiro elemento de -; uma par de parênteses é uma função ou macro, e que os resto são argumentos. +; Ao interpretar um código em Clojure, o interpretador ou leitor - do inglês 'reader' - assume +; que o primeiro valor dentro de uma forma é uma função ou macro, de modo que os demais valores +; são seus argumentos. Isso se deve ao fato de que Clojure, por ser uma derivação de Lisp, +; usa notação prefixa (ou polonesa). -: A primeira chamada de um arquivo deve ser ns, para configurar o namespace (espaço de nomes) +; Num arquivo, a primeira chamada deve ser sempre para a função ns, +; que é responsável por definir em qual namespace o código em questão +; deve ser alocado (ns learnclojure) ; Alguns exemplos básicos: -; str cria uma string concatenando seus argumentos -(str "Hello" " " "World") ; => "Hello World" +; Aqui, str é uma função e "Olá" " " e "Mundo" são seus argumentos. O que ela faz é criar +; uma string concatenando seus argumentos. +(str "Olá" " " "Mundo") ; => "Olá Mundo" -; Cálculos são feitos de forma direta e intuitiva +; Note que espaços em branco separam os argumentos de uma função. Opcionalmente vírgulas +; podem ser usadas, se você quiser. +(str, "Olá", " ", "Mundo") ; => "Olá Mundo" + +; As operações matemáticas básicas usam os operadores de sempre (+ 1 1) ; => 2 (- 2 1) ; => 1 (* 1 2) ; => 2 (/ 2 1) ; => 2 -; Você pode comparar igualdade utilizando = +; Esses operadores aceitam um número arbitrário de argumentos +(+ 2 2 2) ; = 2 + 2 + 2 => 6 +(- 5 1 1) ; = 5 - 1 - 1 => 3 +(* 3 3 3 3) ; = 3 * 3 * 3 * 3 => 81 + +; Para verificar se dois valores são iguais, o operador = pode ser usado (= 1 1) ; => true (= 2 1) ; => false -; Negação para operações lógicas -(not true) ; => false +; Para saber se dois valores são diferentes +(not= 1 2) ; => true +(not (= 1 2)) ; => true -; Aninhar "forms" funciona como esperado +; Conforme vimos acima, é possível aninhar duas formas (+ 1 (- 3 2)) ; = 1 + (3 - 2) => 2 +(* (- 3 2) (+ 1 2)) ; = (3 - 2) * (1 + 2) => 3 + +; Se a leitura ficar comprometida, as fórmulas também podem ser escritas em múltiplas linhas +(* (- 3 2) + (+ 1 2)) ; => 3 +(* + (- 3 2) + (+ 1 2)) ; => 3 + ; Tipos ;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Clojure usa os tipos de objetos de Java para booleanos, strings e números. -; Use `class` para inspecioná-los -(class 1) ; Literais Integer são java.lang.Long por padrão -(class 1.); Literais Float são java.lang.Double -(class ""); Strings são sempre com aspas duplas, e são java.lang.String +; Por ter interoperabilidade com Java, Clojure usa os tipos de objetos de Java para booleanos, +; strings e números. Para descobrir qual o tipo de um valor, você pode usar a função `class`: +(class 1234) ; Literais Integer são java.lang.Long por padrão +(class 1.50) ; Literais Float são java.lang.Double +(class "oi") ; Strings sempre usam aspas duplas e são java.lang.String (class false) ; Booleanos são java.lang.Boolean -(class nil); O valor "null" é chamado nil -; Se você quiser criar um lista de literais, use aspa simples para -; ela não ser avaliada -'(+ 1 2) ; => (+ 1 2) -; (que é uma abreviação de (quote (+ 1 2))) +; Tenha cuidado, ao dividir valores inteiros: +(= (/ 1 2) + (/ 1.0 2.0)) ; => false + +(class (/ 1 2)) ; => clojure.lang.Ratio +(class (/ 1.0 2.0)) ; => java.lang.Double + +; Aqui temos uma diferença em relação a Java, pois valores nulos são representados por `nil` +(class nil) ; nil -; É possível avaliar uma lista com aspa simples -(eval '(+ 1 2)) ; => 3 ; Coleções e sequências ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Listas são estruturas encadeadas, enquanto vetores são implementados como arrays. -; Listas e Vetores são classes Java também! -(class [1 2 3]); => clojure.lang.PersistentVector -(class '(1 2 3)); => clojure.lang.PersistentList +; Os dois tipos básicos de coleção são listas - "list" em inglês - e vetores - "vectors" +; no original. A principal diferença entre eles se +; dá pela implementação: +; - Vetores são implementados como arrays +; - Listas são listas ligadas +(class [1 2 3]) ; => clojure.lang.PersistentVector +(class '(1 2 3)) ; => clojure.lang.PersistentList -; Uma lista é escrita como (1 2 3), mas temos que colocar a aspa -; simples para impedir o leitor (reader) de pensar que é uma função. -; Também, (list 1 2 3) é o mesmo que '(1 2 3) +; Outra forma de declarar listas é usando a função list +(list 1 2 3) ; => '(1 2 3) -; "Coleções" são apenas grupos de dados -; Listas e vetores são ambos coleções: +; Clojure classifica conjuntos de dados de duas maneiras + +; "Coleções" são grupos simples de dados +; Tanto listas quanto vetores são coleções: (coll? '(1 2 3)) ; => true (coll? [1 2 3]) ; => true ; "Sequências" (seqs) são descrições abstratas de listas de dados. -; Apenas listas são seqs. +; Sequências - ou seqs - são conjuntos de dados com avaliação "lazy" +; Apenas listas são seqs: (seq? '(1 2 3)) ; => true (seq? [1 2 3]) ; => false -; Um seq precisa apenas prover uma entrada quando é acessada. -; Portanto, já que seqs podem ser avaliadas sob demanda (lazy) -- elas podem definir séries infinitas: -(range 4) ; => (0 1 2 3) -(range) ; => (0 1 2 3 4 ...) (uma série infinita) -(take 4 (range)) ; (0 1 2 3) +; Ter avaliação lazy significa que uma seq somente precisa prover uma informação quando +; ela for requisitada. Isso permite às seqs representar listas infinitas. +(range) ; => (0 1 2 3 4 ...) +(cycle [1 2]) ; => (1 2 1 2 1 2 ...) +(take 4 (range)) ; => (0 1 2 3) -; Use cons para adicionar um item no início de uma lista ou vetor +; A função cons é usada para adicionar um item ao início de uma lista ou vetor: (cons 4 [1 2 3]) ; => (4 1 2 3) (cons 4 '(1 2 3)) ; => (4 1 2 3) -; Conj adiciona um item em uma coleção sempre do jeito mais eficiente. -; Para listas, elas inserem no início. Para vetores, é inserido no final. +; Já conj adiciona um item em uma coleção sempre do jeito mais eficiente. +; Em listas, isso significa inserir no início. Já em vetores, ao final. (conj [1 2 3] 4) ; => [1 2 3 4] (conj '(1 2 3) 4) ; => (4 1 2 3) -; Use concat para concatenar listas e vetores +; Concatenação de coleções pode ser feita usando concat. Note que ela sempre gera uma +; seq como resultado e está sujeita a problemas de perfomance em coleções grandes, por +; conta da natureza lazy das seqs. +(concat '(1 2) [3 4]) ; => (1 2 3 4) (concat [1 2] '(3 4)) ; => (1 2 3 4) -; Use filter, map para interagir com coleções +; Outra forma de concatenar coleções é usando into. Ela não está sujeita a problemas +; com a avaliação lazy, mas o resultado final da ordem e do tipo dos argumentos passados +(into [1 2] '(3 4)) ; => [1 2 3 4] +(into '(1 2) [3 4]) ; => (4 3 1 2) + +; Note que em into a ordem dos parâmetros influencia a coleção final. +(into [1 2] '(3 4)) ; => (1 2 3 4) +(into '(1 2) [3 4]) ; => (4 3 1 2) + +; As funções filter e map podem ser usadas para interagir com as coleções. Repare que +; elas sempre retornam seqs, independentemente do tipo do seu argumento. (map inc [1 2 3]) ; => (2 3 4) -(filter even? [1 2 3]) ; => (2) +(filter even? [1 2 3 4]) ; => (2 4) + +; Use reduce reduzir coleções a um único valor. Também é possível passar um argumento +; para o valor inicial das operações +(reduce + [1 2 3]) ; = (+ (+ (+ 1 2) 3) 4) => 10 +(reduce + 10 [1 2 3 4]) ; = (+ (+ (+ (+ 10 1) 2) 3) 4) => 20 +(reduce conj [] '(3 2 1)) ; = (conj (conj (conj [] 3) 2) 1) => [3 2 1] + +; Reparou na semelhança entre listas e as chamadas de código Clojure? Isso se deve ao +; fato de que todo código clojure é escrito usando listas. É por isso que elas sempre +; são declaradas com o caracter ' na frente. Dessa forma o interpretador não tenta +; avaliá-las. +'(+ 2 3) ; cria uma lista com os elementos +, 2 e 3 +(+ 2 3) ; o interpretador chama a função + passando como argumentos 2 e 3 -; Use reduce para reduzi-los -(reduce + [1 2 3 4]) -; = (+ (+ (+ 1 2) 3) 4) -; => 10 +; Note que ' é apenas uma abreviação para a função quote. +(quote (1 2 3)) ; => '(1 2 3) + +; É possível passar uma lista para que o interpretador a avalie. Note que isso está +; sujeito ao primeiro elemento da lista ser um literal com um nome de uma função válida. +(eval '(+ 2 3)) ; => 5 +(eval '(1 2 3)) ; dá erro pois o interpretador tenta chamar a função 1, que não existe -; Reduce pode receber um argumento para o valor inicial -(reduce conj [] '(3 2 1)) -; = (conj (conj (conj [] 3) 2) 1) -; => [3 2 1] ; Funções ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Use fn para criar novas funções. Uma função sempre retorna -; sua última expressão. -(fn [] "Hello World") ; => fn +; Use fn para criar novas funções. Uma função sempre retorna sua última expressão. +(fn [] "Olá Mundo") ; => fn + +; Para executar suas funções, é preciso chamá-las, envolvendo-as em parênteses. +((fn [] "Olá Mundo")) ; => "Olá Mundo" + +; Como isso não é muito prático, você pode nomear funções atribuindo elas a literais. +; Isso torna muito mais fácil chamá-las: +(def ola-mundo (fn [] "Olá Mundo")) ; => fn +(ola-mundo) ; => "Olá Mundo" -; (É necessário colocar parênteses para chamá-los) -((fn [] "Hello World")) ; => "Hello World" +; Você pode abreviar esse processo usando defn: +(defn ola-mundo [] "Olá Mundo") -; Você pode atribuir valores a variáveis utilizando def -(def x 1) -x ; => 1 +; Uma função pode receber uma lista de argumentos: +(defn ola + [nome] + (str "Olá " nome)) +(ola "Jonas") ; => "Olá Jonas" -; Atribua uma função para uma var -(def hello-world (fn [] "Hello World")) -(hello-world) ; => "Hello World" +; É possível criar funções que recebam multivariadas, isto é, que aceitam números +; diferentes de argumentos: +(defn soma + ([] 0) + ([a] a) + ([a b] (+ a b))) -; Você pode abreviar esse processo usando defn -(defn hello-world [] "Hello World") +(soma) ; => 0 +(soma 1) ; => 1 +(soma 1 2) ; => 3 -; O [] é uma lista de argumentos para um função. -(defn hello [name] - (str "Hello " name)) -(hello "Steve") ; => "Hello Steve" +; Funções podem agrupar argumentos extras em uma seq: +(defn conta-args + [& args] + (str "Você passou " (count args) " argumentos: " args)) +(conta-args 1 2 3 4) ; => "Você passou 4 argumentos: (1 2 3 4)" -; Você pode ainda usar essa abreviação para criar funcões: -(def hello2 #(str "Hello " %1)) -(hello2 "Fanny") ; => "Hello Fanny" +; Você pode misturar argumentos regulares e argumentos em seq: +(defn ola-e-conta + [nome & args] + (str "Olá " nome ", você passou " (count args) " argumentos extras")) +(ola-e-conta "Maria" 1 2 3 4) ; => "Olá Maria, você passou 4 argumentos extras" -; Vocé pode ter funções multi-variadic, isto é, com um número variável de argumentos -(defn hello3 - ([] "Hello World") - ([name] (str "Hello " name))) -(hello3 "Jake") ; => "Hello Jake" -(hello3) ; => "Hello World" -; Funções podem agrupar argumentos extras em uma seq -(defn count-args [& args] - (str "You passed " (count args) " args: " args)) -(count-args 1 2 3) ; => "You passed 3 args: (1 2 3)" +; Nos exemplos acima usamos def para associar nomes a funções, mas poderíamos usá-lo +; para associar nomes a quaisquer valores: +(def xis :x) +xis ; => :x -; Você pode misturar argumentos regulares e argumentos em seq -(defn hello-count [name & args] - (str "Hello " name ", you passed " (count args) " extra args")) -(hello-count "Finn" 1 2 3) -; => "Hello Finn, you passed 3 extra args" +; Inclusive, tais literais podem possuir alguns caracteres não usuais em outras linguagens: +(def *num-resposta* 42) +(def conexao-ativa? true) +(def grito-de-medo! "AAAAAAA") +(def ->vector-vazio []) + +; É possível, inclusive, criar apelidos a nomes que já existem: +(def somar! soma) +(somar! 41 1) ; => 42 + +; Uma forma rápida de criar funções é por meio de funções anônimas. Elas são ótimas +; para manipulação de coleções e seqs, já que podem ser passadas para map, filter +; e reduce. Nessas funções, % é substituído por cada um dos items na seq ou na coleção: +(filter #(not= % nil) ["Joaquim" nil "Maria" nil "Antônio"]) ; => ("Joaquim" "Maria" "Antônio") +(map #(* % (+ % 2)) [1 2]) ; => (3 8) ; Mapas ;;;;;;;;;; -; Hash maps e array maps compartilham uma mesma interface. Hash maps são mais -; rápidos para pesquisa mas não mantém a ordem da chave. +; Existem dois tipos de mapas: hash maps e array maps. Ambos compartilham uma mesma +; interface e funções. Hash maps são mais rápidos para retornar dados, mas não mantém +; as chaves ordenadas. (class {:a 1 :b 2 :c 3}) ; => clojure.lang.PersistentArrayMap (class (hash-map :a 1 :b 2 :c 3)) ; => clojure.lang.PersistentHashMap -; Arraymaps pode automaticamente se tornar hashmaps através da maioria das -; operações se eles ficarem grandes o suficiente, portanto não há necessida de -; se preocupar com isso. - -;Mapas podem usar qualquer valor que se pode derivar um hash como chave +; Clojure converte automaticamente array maps em hash maps, por meio da maioria das +; funções de manipulação de mapas, caso eles fiquem grandes o suficiente. Não é +; preciso se preocupar com isso. - -; Mapas podem usar qualquer valor em que se pode derivar um hash como chave, -; mas normalmente palavras-chave (keywords) são melhores. -; Keywords são como strings mas com algumas vantagens. +; Chaves podem ser qualquer valor do qual possa ser obtido um hash, mas normalmente +; usam-se keywords como chave, por possuírem algumas vantagens. (class :a) ; => clojure.lang.Keyword -(def stringmap {"a" 1, "b" 2, "c" 3}) -stringmap ; => {"a" 1, "b" 2, "c" 3} +; Keywords são como strings, porém, duas keywords de mesmo valor são sempre armazenadas +; na mesma posição de memória, o que as torna mais eficientes. +(identical? :a :a) ; => true +(identical? (String. "a") (String. "a")) ; => false -(def keymap {:a 1, :b 2, :c 3}) -keymap ; => {:a 1, :c 3, :b 2} +(def mapa-strings {"a" 1 "b" 2 "c" 3}) +mapa-strings ; => {"a" 1, "b" 2, "c" 3} -; A propósito, vírgulas são sempre tratadas como espaçoes em branco e não fazem nada. +(def mapa-keywords {:a 1 :b 2 :c 3}) +mapa-keywords ; => {:a 1, :c 3, :b 2} -; Recupere o valor de um mapa chamando ele como uma função -(stringmap "a") ; => 1 -(keymap :a) ; => 1 +; Você pode usar um mapa como função para recuperar um valor dele: +(mapa-strings "a") ; => 1 +(mapa-keywords :a) ; => 1 -; Uma palavra-chave pode ser usada pra recuperar os valores de um mapa -(:b keymap) ; => 2 +; Se a chave buscada for uma keyword, ela também pode ser usada como função para recuperar +; valores. Note que isso não funciona com strings. +(:b mapa-keywords) ; => 2 +("b" mapa-strings) ; => java.lang.String cannot be cast to clojure.lang.IFn -; Não tente isso com strings -;("a" stringmap) -; => Exception: java.lang.String cannot be cast to clojure.lang.IFn +; Se você buscar uma chave que não existe, Clojure retorna nil: +(mapa-strings "d") ; => nil -; Buscar uma chave não presente retorna nil -(stringmap "d") ; => nil +; Use assoc para adicionar novas chaves em um mapa. +(def mapa-keywords-estendido (assoc mapa-keywords :d 4)) +mapa-keywords-estendido ; => {:a 1, :b 2, :c 3, :d 4} -; Use assoc para adicionar novas chaves para hash-maps -(def newkeymap (assoc keymap :d 4)) -newkeymap ; => {:a 1, :b 2, :c 3, :d 4} +; Mas lembre-se que tipos em Clojure são sempre imutáveis! Isso significa que o mapa +; inicial continua com as mesmas informações e um novo mapa, com mais dados, é criado +; a partir dele +mapa-keywords ; => {:a 1, :b 2, :c 3} -; Mas lembre-se, tipos em Clojure são sempre imutáveis! -keymap ; => {:a 1, :b 2, :c 3} +; assoc também pode ser usado para atualizar chaves: +(def outro-mapa-keywords (assoc mapa-keywords :a 0)) +outro-mapa-keywords ; => {:a 0, :b 2, :c 3} ; Use dissoc para remover chaves -(dissoc keymap :a :b) ; => {:c 3} +(dissoc mapa-keywords :a :b) ; => {:c 3} + +; Mapas também são coleções - mas não seqs! +(coll? mapa-keywords) ; => true +(seq? mapa-keywords) ; => false + +; É possível usar filter, map e qualquer outra função de coleções em mapas. +; Porém a cada iteração um vetor no formato [chave valor] vai ser passado como +; argumento. Por isso é conveniente usar funções anônimas. +(filter #(odd? (second %)) mapa-keywords) ; => ([:a 1] [:c 3]) +(map #(inc (second %)) mapa-keywords) ; => (2 3 4) ; Conjuntos ;;;;;; -(class #{1 2 3}) ; => clojure.lang.PersistentHashSet +; Conjuntos são um tipo especial de coleções que não permitem elementos repetidos. +; Eles podem ser criados com #{} ou com a função set. (set [1 2 3 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1]) ; => #{1 2 3} +(class #{1 2 3}) ; => clojure.lang.PersistentHashSet -; Adicione um membro com conj -(conj #{1 2 3} 4) ; => #{1 2 3 4} +; Note que nem sempre um set vai armazenar seus elementos na ordem esperada. +(def meu-conjunto #{1 2 3}) +meu-conjunto ; => #{1 3 2} -; Remova um membro com disj -(disj #{1 2 3} 1) ; => #{2 3} +; Adição funciona normalmente com conj. +(conj meu-conjunto 4) ; => #{1 4 3 2} -; Test por existência usando set como função: -(#{1 2 3} 1) ; => 1 -(#{1 2 3} 4) ; => nil +; Remoção, no entanto, precisa ser feita com disj: +(disj meu-conjunto 1) ; => #{3 2} -; Existem muitas outras funções no namespace clojure.sets +; Para saber se um elemento está em um conjunto, use-o como função. Nesse aspecto +; conjuntos funcionam de maneira semelhante a mapas. +(meu-conjunto 1) ; => 1 +(meu-conjunto 4) ; => nil -; Forms úteis -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Construções lógicas em Clojure são como macros, e -; se parecem com as demais -(if false "a" "b") ; => "b" -(if false "a") ; => nil +; Condicionais e blocos +;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Use let para criar um novo escopo associando sîmbolos a valores (bindings) +; Você pode usar um bloco let para criar um escopo local, no qual estarão disponíveis +; os nomes que você definir: (let [a 1 b 2] - (> a b)) ; => false + (+ a b)) ; => 3 -; Agrupe comandos juntos com "do" -(do - (print "Hello") - "World") ; => "World" (prints "Hello") +(let [cores {:yellow "Amarelo" :blue "Azul"} + nova-cor :red + nome-cor "Vermelho"] + (assoc cores nova-cor nome-cor)) ; => {:yellow "Amarelo", :blue "Azul", :red "Vermelho"} -; Funções tem um do implícito -(defn print-and-say-hello [name] - (print "Saying hello to " name) - (str "Hello " name)) -(print-and-say-hello "Jeff") ;=> "Hello Jeff" (prints "Saying hello to Jeff") +; Formas do tipo if aceitam três argumentos: a condição de teste, o comando a ser +; executado caso a condição seja positiva; e o comando para o caso de ela ser falsa. +(if true "a" "b") ; => "a" +(if false "a" "b") ; => "b" + +; Opcionalmente você pode não passar o último argumento, mas se a condição for falsa +; o if vai retornar nil. +(if false "a") ; => nil + +; A forma if somente aceita um comando para ser executado em cada caso. Se você +; precisar executar mais comandos, você pode usar a função do: +(if true + (do + (print "Olá ") + (print "Mundo"))) ; => escreve "Olá Mundo" na saída + +; Se você só deseja tratar o caso de sua condição ser verdadeira, o comando when é +; uma alternativa melhor. Seu comportamento é idêntico a um if sem condição negativa. +; Uma de suas vantagens é permitir a execução de vários comandos sem exigir do: +(when true "a") ; => "a" +(when true + (print "Olá ") + (print "Mundo")) ; => também escreve "Olá Mundo" na saída + +; Isso ocorre porque when possui um bloco do implícito. O mesmo se aplica a funções e +; comandos let: +(defn escreve-e-diz-xis + [nome] + (print "Diga xis, " nome) + (str "Olá " nome)) +(escreve-e-diz-xis "João") ;=> "Olá João", além de escrever "Diga xis, João" na saída. + +(let [nome "Nara"] + (print "Diga xis, " nome) + (str "Olá " nome)) ;=> "Olá João", além de escrever "Diga xis, João" na saída. -; Assim como let -(let [name "Urkel"] - (print "Saying hello to " name) - (str "Hello " name)) ; => "Hello Urkel" (prints "Saying hello to Urkel") ; Módulos ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Use "use" para poder usar todas as funções de um modulo +; Você pode usar a função use para carregar todas as funções de um módulo. (use 'clojure.set) -; Agora nós podemos usar operações com conjuntos +; Agora nós podemos usar operações de conjuntos definidas nesse módulo: (intersection #{1 2 3} #{2 3 4}) ; => #{2 3} (difference #{1 2 3} #{2 3 4}) ; => #{1} -; Você pode escolher um subconjunto de funções para importar -(use '[clojure.set :only [intersection]]) - -; Use require para importar um módulo +; Isso porém não é uma boa prática pois dificulta saber de qual módulo cada função +; veio, além de expor o código a conflitos de nomes, caso dois módulos diferentes +; definam funções com o mesmo nome. A melhor forma de referenciar módulos é por meio +; de require: (require 'clojure.string) -; Use / para chamar funções de um módulo +; Com isso podemos chamar as funções de clojure.string usando o operador / ; Aqui, o módulo é clojure.string e a função é blank? (clojure.string/blank? "") ; => true -; Você pode dar para um módulo um nome mais curto no import +; Porém isso não é muito prático, por isso é possível dar para um nome mais curto para +; o módulo ao carregá-lo: (require '[clojure.string :as str]) -(str/replace "This is a test." #"[a-o]" str/upper-case) ; => "THIs Is A tEst." -; (#"" denota uma expressão regular literal) +(str/replace "alguém quer teste?" #"[aeiou]" str/upper-case) ; => "AlgUém qUEr tEstE?" -; Você pode usar require (e até "use", mas escolha require) de um namespace utilizando :require. -; Não é necessário usar aspa simples nos seus módulos se você usar desse jeito. +; Nesse exemplo usamos também a construção #"", que delimita uma expressão regular. + +; É possível carregar outros módulos direto na definição do namespace. Note que nesse +; contexto não é preciso usar ' antes do vetor que define a importação do módulo. (ns test (:require [clojure.string :as str] [clojure.set :as set])) + +; Operadores thread +;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; + +; Uma das funções mais interessantes de clojure são os operadores -> e ->> - respectivamente +; thread-first e thread-last macros. Elas permitem o encadeamento de chamadas de funções, +; sendo perfeitas para melhorar a legibilidade em transformações de dados. + +; -> usa o resultado de uma chamada como o primeiro argumento da chamada à função seguinte: +(-> " uMa StRIng com! aLG_uNs ##problemas. " + (str/replace #"[!#_]" "") + (str/replace #"\s+" " ") + str/trim ; se a função só aceitar um argumento, não é preciso usar parênteses + (str/lower-case)) ; => "uma string com alguns problemas." + +; Na thread uma string com vários problemas foi passada como primeiro argumento à função +; str/replace, que criou uma nova string, a partir da original, porém somente com caracteres +; alfabéticos. Essa nova string foi passada como primeiro argumento para a chamada str/replace +; seguinte, que criou uma nova string sem espaços duplos. Essa nova string foi então passada +; como primeiro argumento para str/trim, que removeu espaços de seu início e fim, passando essa +; última string para str/lower-case, que a converteu para caracteres em caixa baixa. + +; ->> é equivalente a ->, porém o retorno de cada função é passado como último argumento da +; função seguinte. Isso é particularmente útil para lidar com seqs, já que as funções que +; as manipulam sempre as tomam como último argumento. +(->> '(1 2 3 4) + (filter even?) ; => '(2 4) + (map inc) ; => '(3 5) + (reduce *)) ; => 15 + + ; Java ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Java tem uma biblioteca padrão enorme e muito útil, -; portanto é importante aprender como utiliza-la. +; A biblioteca padrão de Java é enorme e possui inúmeros algoritmos e estruturas de +; dados já implementados. Por isso é bastante conveniente saber como usá-la dentro +; de Clojure. -; Use import para carregar um modulo java +; Use import para carregar um módulo Java. (import java.util.Date) -; Você pode importar usando ns também. +; Você pode importar classes Java dentro de ns também: (ns test (:import java.util.Date - java.util.Calendar)) + java.util.Calendar + java.util.ArrayList)) ; Use o nome da clase com um "." no final para criar uma nova instância -(Date.) ; <a date object> +(def instante (Date.)) +(class instante) => ; java.util.Date + +; Para chamar um método, use o operador . com o nome do método. Outra forma é +; usar simplesmente .<nome do método> +(. instante getTime) ; => retorna um inteiro representando o instante +(.getTime instante) ; => exatamente o mesmo que acima + +; Para chamar métodos estáticos dentro de classes Java, use / +(System/currentTimeMillis) ; => retorna um timestamp -; Use . para chamar métodos. Ou, use o atalho ".method" -(. (Date.) getTime) ; <a timestamp> -(.getTime (Date.)) ; exatamente a mesma coisa. +; Note que não é preciso importar o módulo System, pois ele está sempre presente -; Use / para chamar métodos estáticos -(System/currentTimeMillis) ; <a timestamp> (o módulo System está sempre presente) +; Caso queira submeter uma instância de uma classe mutável a uma sequência de operações, +; você pode usar a função doto. Ela é funciona de maneira semelhante à função -> - ou +; thread-first -, exceto pelo fato de que ele opera com valores mutáveis. +(doto (java.util.ArrayList.) + (.add 11) + (.add 3) + (.add 7) + (java.util.Collections/sort)) ; => #<ArrayList [3, 7, 11]> -; Use doto para pode lidar com classe (mutáveis) de forma mais tolerável -(import java.util.Calendar) -(doto (Calendar/getInstance) - (.set 2000 1 1 0 0 0) - .getTime) ; => A Date. set to 2000-01-01 00:00:00 ; STM ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Software Transactional Memory é o mecanismo que Clojure usa para gerenciar -; estado persistente. Tem algumas construções em Clojure que o utilizam. +; Até aqui usamos def para associar nomes a valores. Isso, no entanto, possui algumas +; limitações, já que, uma vez definido essa associação, não podemos alterar o valor +; para o qual um nome aponta. Isso significa que nomes definidos com def não se +; comportam como as variáveis de outras linguagens. -; O atom é o mais simples. Passe pra ele um valor inicial -(def my-atom (atom {})) +; Para lidar com estado persistente e mutação de valores, Clojure usa o mecanismo Software +; Transactional Memory. O atom é o mais simples de todos. Passe pra ele um valor inicial e +; e ele criará um objeto que é seguro de atualizar: +(def atom-mapa (atom {})) -; Atualize o atom com um swap!. -; swap! pega uma função e chama ela com o valor atual do atom -; como primeiro argumento, e qualquer argumento restante como o segundo -(swap! my-atom assoc :a 1) ; Coloca o valor do átomo my-atom como o resultado de (assoc {} :a 1) -(swap! my-atom assoc :b 2) ; Coloca o valor do átomo my-atom como o resultado de (assoc {:a 1} :b 2) +; Para acessar o valor de um atom, você pode usar a função deref ou o operador @: +@atom-mapa ; => {} +(deref atom-mapa) ; => {} -; Use '@' para desreferenciar um atom e acessar seu valor -my-atom ;=> Atom<#...> (Retorna o objeto do Atom) -@my-atom ; => {:a 1 :b 2} +; Para mudar o valor de um atom, você deve usar a função swap! +; O que ela faz é chamar a função passada usando o atom como seu primeiro argumento. Com +; isso, ela altera o valor do atom de maneira segura. +(swap! atom-mapa assoc :a 1) ; Atribui a atom-mapa o resultado de (assoc {} :a 1) +(swap! atom-mapa assoc :b 2) ; Atribui a atom-mapa o resultado de (assoc {:a 1} :b 2) -; Abaixo um contador simples usando um atom -(def counter (atom 0)) -(defn inc-counter [] - (swap! counter inc)) +; Observe que essas chamadas alteraram de fato o valor de atom-mapa. Seu novo valor é: +@atom-mapa ; => {:a 1 :b 2} -(inc-counter) -(inc-counter) -(inc-counter) -(inc-counter) -(inc-counter) +; Isso é diferente de fazer: +(def atom-mapa-2 (atom {})) +(def atom-mapa-3 (assoc @atom-mapa-2 :a 1)) -@counter ; => 5 +; Nesse exemplo, atom-mapa-2 permanece com o seu valor original e é gerado um novo mapa, +; atom-mapa-3, que contém o valor de atom-mapa-2 atualizado. Note que atom-mapa-3 é um +; simples mapa, e não uma instância de um atom +@atom-mapa-2 ; => {} +atom-mapa-3 ; => {:a 1} -; Outras construção STM são refs e agents. +(class atom-mapa-2) ; => clojure.lang.Atom +(class atom-mapa-3) ; => clojure.lang.PersistentArrayMap + +; A ideia é que o valor do atom só será atualizado se, após ser executada a função passada +; para swap!, o atom ainda estiver com o mesmo valor de antes. Isto é, se durante a execução +; da função alguém alterar o valor do atom, swap! reexecutará a função recebida usando o valor +; atual do átoma como argumento. + +; Isso é ótimo em situações nas quais é preciso garantir a consistência de algum valor - tais +; como sistemas bancários e sites de compra. Para mais exemplos e informações sobre outras +; construções STM: + +; Exemplos e aplicações: https://www.braveclojure.com/zombie-metaphysics/ ; Refs: http://clojure.org/refs ; Agents: http://clojure.org/agents ``` ### Leitura adicional -Esse tutorial está longe de ser exaustivo, mas deve ser suficiente para que você possa começar. +Esse tutorial está longe de ser completo, mas deve ser suficiente para que você possa dar seus primeiros passos em Clojure. +Caso queira aprender mais: -Clojure.org tem vários artigos: +* clojure.org tem vários artigos: [http://clojure.org/](http://clojure.org/) -Clojuredocs.org tem documentação com exemplos para quase todas as funções principais (pertecentes ao core): +* Brave Clojure possui um e-book que explora em profundidade diversos recursos de clojure, incluindo ótimos exemplos: +[https://www.braveclojure.com/](https://www.braveclojure.com/) + +* clojuredocs.org tem documentação com exemplos para quase todas as funções principais (pertecentes ao core): [http://clojuredocs.org/quickref/Clojure%20Core](http://clojuredocs.org/quickref/Clojure%20Core) -4Clojure é um grande jeito de aperfeiçoar suas habilidades em Clojure/Programação Funcional: +* 4clojure possui alguns problemas e desafios interessantes para quem quiser treinar clojure ou programação funcional: [http://www.4clojure.com/](http://www.4clojure.com/) -Clojure-doc.org tem um bom número de artigos para iniciantes: +* clojure-doc.org tem um bom número de artigos para iniciantes: [http://clojure-doc.org/](http://clojure-doc.org/) + +Clojure for the Brave and True é um livro de introdução ao Clojure e possui uma versão gratuita online: +[https://www.braveclojure.com/clojure-for-the-brave-and-true/](https://www.braveclojure.com/clojure-for-the-brave-and-true/) diff --git a/pt-br/csharp-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/csharp-pt.html.markdown index 2ff59296..384ca325 100644 --- a/pt-br/csharp-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/csharp-pt.html.markdown @@ -78,15 +78,17 @@ namespace Learning.CSharp short fooShort = 10000; ushort fooUshort = 10000; - // Integer - 32-bit integer + // Integer - inteiro de 32 bits int fooInt = 1; // (-2,147,483,648 <= int <= 2,147,483,647) uint fooUint = 1; // (0 <= uint <= 4,294,967,295) - + //Números por padrão são int ou uint, dependendo do tamanho. + // Long - 64-bit integer long fooLong = 100000L; // (-9,223,372,036,854,775,808 <= long <= 9,223,372,036,854,775,807) ulong fooUlong = 100000L; // (0 <= ulong <= 18,446,744,073,709,551,615) - // Numbers default to being int or uint depending on size. - // L is used to denote that this variable value is of type long or ulong + + // Números por padrão são int ou uint dependendo do tamanho. + // L é usado para denotar que o valor da variável é do tipo long ou ulong. // Double - Double-precision 64-bit IEEE 754 Floating Point double fooDouble = 123.4; // Precision: 15-16 digits @@ -308,25 +310,26 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; } /////////////////////////////////////// - // Converting Data Types And Typecasting + // Convertendo Data Types e Typecasting /////////////////////////////////////// - // Converting data + // Convertendo dados + + // Converter String para Integer - // Convert String To Integer - // this will throw a FormatException on failure - int.Parse("123");//returns an integer version of "123" + // isso vai jogar um erro FormatException quando houver falha + int.Parse("123");//retorna uma verão em Integer da String "123" - // try parse will default to type default on failure - // in this case: 0 + // try parse vai ir por padrão para o typo default quando houver uma falha + // nesse caso: 0 int tryInt; - if (int.TryParse("123", out tryInt)) // Function is boolean + if (int.TryParse("123", out tryInt)) // Função booleana Console.WriteLine(tryInt); // 123 - // Convert Integer To String - // Convert class has a number of methods to facilitate conversions + // Converter Integer para String + // A classe Convert possuí métodos para facilitar as conversões Convert.ToString(123); - // or + // ou tryInt.ToString(); // Casting @@ -407,12 +410,12 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; return result; } - // You can narrow down the objects that are passed in + // Você pode pode restringir os objetos que são passados public static void IterateAndPrint<T>(T toPrint) where T: IEnumerable<int> { - // We can iterate, since T is a IEnumerable + // Nos podemos iterar, desde que T seja um "IEnumerable" foreach (var item in toPrint) - // Item is an int + // Item é um inteiro Console.WriteLine(item.ToString()); } @@ -720,9 +723,9 @@ on a new line! ""Wow!"", the masses cried"; _speed -= decrement; } - // properties get/set values - // when only data needs to be accessed, consider using properties. - // properties may have either get or set, or both + // propriedade recupera e/ou atribui valores (get/set). + // quando os dados precisam apenas ser acessados, considere o uso de propriedades. + // uma propriedade pode ter "get" ou "set", ou ambos. private bool _hasTassles; // private variable public bool HasTassles // public accessor { diff --git a/pt-br/css-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/css-pt.html.markdown index c73669d0..38937894 100644 --- a/pt-br/css-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/css-pt.html.markdown @@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ translators: lang: pt-br --- -Nos primeiros dias da web não havia elementos visuais, apenas texto puro. Mas com maior desenvolvimento de navegadores da web, páginas web totalmente visuais também se tornou comum. +No início da web não havia elementos visuais, apenas texto puro. Mas com maior desenvolvimento de navegadores da web, páginas web totalmente visuais também se tornara comum. -CSS ajuda a manter a separação entre o conteúdo (HTML) e o look-and-feel de uma página web. +CSS ajuda a manter a separação entre o conteúdo (HTML) e o visual de uma página web. CSS permite atingir diferentes elementos em uma página HTML e atribuir diferentes propriedades visuais para eles. -Este guia foi escrito para CSS2, embora CSS3 está rapidamente se tornando popular. +Este guia foi escrito para CSS2, embora CSS3 esteja rapidamente se tornando popular. -**NOTA:** Porque CSS produz resultados visuais, a fim de aprender, você precisa tentar de tudo em um playground CSS como [dabblet](http://dabblet.com/). +**NOTA:** Porque CSS produz resultados visuais, a fim de aprender, você precisa treinar em um playground CSS como [dabblet](http://dabblet.com/). O foco principal deste artigo é sobre a sintaxe e algumas dicas gerais. ```css @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Abaixo um elemento de exemplo: <div class='class1 class2' id='anID' attr='value' otherAttr='pt-br foo bar' /> */ -/* Você pode direciona-lo usando uma das suas classes CSS */ +/* Você pode direcioná-lo usando uma das suas classes CSS */ .class1 { } /* ou ambas as classes! */ @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ classe div.some [attr $ = 'ue'] {} /* Você pode selecionar um elemento que é filho de outro elemento */ div.some-parent> .class-name {} -/* Ou um descendente de um outro elemento. As crianças são os descendentes diretos de - seu elemento pai, apenas um nível abaixo da árvore. Pode ser qualquer descendentes - nivelar por baixo da árvore. */ +/* Ou um descendente de um outro elemento. Os filhos são os descendentes diretos de + seu elemento pai, apenas um nível abaixo da árvore. Pode ser quaisquer descendentes + nivelados por baixo da árvore. */ div.some-parent class-name {} /* Atenção: o mesmo seletor sem espaço tem um outro significado. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ div.some-parent.class-name {} /* Ou qualquer irmão que o precede */ .i am-qualquer-elemento antes ~ .Este elemento {} -/* Existem alguns selectores chamado pseudo classes que podem ser usados para selecionar um +/* Existem alguns seletores chamados pseudo classes que podem ser usados para selecionar um elemento quando ele está em um determinado estado */ /* Por exemplo, quando o cursor passa sobre um elemento */ @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ seletor:first-child {} /* Qualquer elemento que é o último filho de seu pai */ seletor:last-child {} -/* Assim como pseudo classes, pseudo elementos permitem que você estilo certas partes de um documento */ +/* Assim como pseudo classes, pseudo elementos permitem que você estilize certas partes de um documento */ /* Corresponde a um primeiro filho virtual do elemento selecionado */ seletor::before {} @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ seletor::before {} seletor::after {} /* Nos locais apropriados, um asterisco pode ser utilizado como um curinga para selecionar todos - elemento */ + os elementos */ * {} /* */ Todos os elementos .parent * {} /* */ todos os descendentes .parent> * {} /* */ todas as crianças @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ seletor { ## Uso -Guardar uma folha de estilo CSS com a extensão `.css`. +Salvar uma folha de estilo CSS com a extensão `.css`. ```xml <!-- Você precisa incluir o arquivo css no da sua página <head>. Isto é o diff --git a/pt-br/cypher-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/cypher-pt.html.markdown index 9b60f771..d4400148 100644 --- a/pt-br/cypher-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/cypher-pt.html.markdown @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ path = shortestPath( (user)-[:KNOWS*..5]-(other) ) Crie consultas --- -Create a new node +Crie um novo nó ``` CREATE (a:Person {name:"Théo Gauchoux"}) RETURN a diff --git a/pt-br/elisp-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/elisp-pt.html.markdown index fc2d1e40..aa611097 100644 --- a/pt-br/elisp-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/elisp-pt.html.markdown @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ filename: learn-emacs-lisp-pt.el (hello) ;; `C-xC-e' => Hello, I am Bastien -;; Os parêntesis vazios na definição da função significam que ela +;; Os parênteses vazios na definição da função significam que ela ;; não aceita argumentos. Mas sempre utilizar `my-name' é um tédio! ;; Vamos dizer à função para aceitar um argumento (o argumento é ;; chamado "name"): diff --git a/pt-br/haskell-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/haskell-pt.html.markdown index 181aa471..c55a4c03 100644 --- a/pt-br/haskell-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/haskell-pt.html.markdown @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ o desenvolvimento deste paradigma de programação. 7 * 7 -- 7 vezes 7 7 / 7 -- 7 dividido por 7 --- Divisões não são inteiras, são fracionádas por padrão da linguagem +-- Divisões não são inteiras, são fracionadas por padrão da linguagem 28736 / 82374 -- 0.3488479374559934 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ not False -- Nega uma falácia 7 > 7 -- 7 é maior que 7 ? -{- Haskell é uma linguagem que tem uma sintáxe bastante familiar na +{- Haskell é uma linguagem que tem uma sintaxe bastante familiar na matemática, por exemplo em chamadas de funções você tem: NomeFunção ArgumentoA ArgumentoB ArgumentoC ... diff --git a/pt-br/javascript-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/javascript-pt.html.markdown index ed4a6ff3..f12d275b 100644 --- a/pt-br/javascript-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/javascript-pt.html.markdown @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ myObj.myFunc(); // = "Olá mundo!" var myFunc = myObj.myFunc; myFunc(); // = undefined -// Inversamente, uma função pode ser atribuída a um objeto e ganhar a acesso +// Inversamente, uma função pode ser atribuída à um objeto e ganhar a acesso // através do `this`, até mesmo se ela não for chamada quando foi definida. var myOtherFunc = function(){ return this.myString.toUpperCase(); @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ myNewObj.myNumber; // = 5 // vai olhar imediatamente para o seu prototype. // Algumas implementações em JS deixam você acessar o objeto prototype com a -// propriedade mágica `__proto__`. Enquanto isso é util para explicar +// propriedade mágica `__proto__`. Enquanto isso é útil para explicar // prototypes, não é parte de um padrão; nós vamos falar de algumas formas de // usar prototypes depois. @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ if (0){ } // Entretanto, esses objetos encapsulados e as funções originais compartilham -// um mesmo prototype, portanto você pode adicionar funcionalidades a uma string, +// um mesmo prototype, portanto você pode adicionar funcionalidades à uma string, // por exemplo. String.prototype.firstCharacter = function(){ return this.charAt(0); diff --git a/pt-br/julia-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/julia-pt.html.markdown index 48d97e58..11771d96 100644 --- a/pt-br/julia-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/julia-pt.html.markdown @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ translators: lang: pt-br --- -Julia é uma linguagem homoiconic funcional focada na computação tecnica. Ao mesmo tempo que ela tem todo o poder dos homoiconic macros, funções de primeira classe, e controle de baixo nivel, Julia é tão facil para aprender e usar quanto Python. +Julia é uma linguagem homoicônica funcional focada na computação técnica. Ao mesmo tempo que ela tem todo o poder dos macros homoicônicos, funções de primeira classe, e controle de baixo nível, Julia é tão fácil para aprender e usar quanto Python. Este tutorial é baseado no Julia 0.3. diff --git a/pt-br/latex-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/latex-pt.html.markdown index 103af28e..58586522 100644 --- a/pt-br/latex-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/latex-pt.html.markdown @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Svetlana Golubeva} \newpage -% Muitos artigos de pesquisa possuem um resumo, e pode-se isar comandos +% Muitos artigos de pesquisa possuem um resumo, e pode-se usar comandos % predefinidos para isso. % Isso deve aparecer em sua ordem lógica, portanto, após o topo, % mas antes das seções principais do corpo. diff --git a/pt-br/markdown-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/markdown-pt.html.markdown index c2aa515d..63afffd5 100644 --- a/pt-br/markdown-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/markdown-pt.html.markdown @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ contributors: - ["Dan Turkel", "http://danturkel.com/"] translators: - ["Miguel Araújo", "https://github.com/miguelarauj1o"] + - ["Monique Baptista", "https://github.com/bfmonique"] lang: pt-br filename: learnmarkdown-pt.md --- @@ -11,23 +12,23 @@ filename: learnmarkdown-pt.md Markdown foi criado por John Gruber in 2004. Originado para ser fácil de ler e escrever sintaxe que converte facilmente em HTML (hoje, suporta outros formatos também). -Dê-me feedback tanto quanto você quiser! / Sinta-se livre para a garfar (fork) e +Dê-me feedback tanto quanto você quiser! / Sinta-se livre para fazer uma bifurcação (fork) e puxar o projeto (pull request) ```md -<!-- Markdown é um superconjunto do HTML, de modo que qualquer arvquivo HTML é -um arquivo Markdown válido, isso significa que nós podemos usar elementos HTML +<!-- Markdown é um superconjunto do HTML, de modo que qualquer arquivo HTML é +um arquivo Markdown válido. Isso significa que nós podemos usar elementos HTML em Markdown, como o elemento de comentário, e eles não serão afetados pelo analisador de remarcação. No entanto, se você criar um elemento HTML em seu arquivo Markdown, você -não pode usar sintaxe remarcação dentro desse conteúdo do elemento.--> +não pode usar sintaxe de remarcação dentro desse conteúdo do elemento.--> -<!--Markdown também varia de implementação de um analisador para uma próxima. +<!--A maneira como o Markdown é analisado varia de software para software. Este guia vai tentar esclarecer quando as características são universais, ou quando eles são -específico para um determinado parser --> +específico para um determinado interpretador --> <!-- Cabeçalhos --> <!-- Você pode criar elementos HTML <h1> até <h6> facilmente antecedendo o texto -que deseja estar nesse elemento por um número de hashes (#) --> +que deseja estar nesse elemento por um número de cerquilhas (#) --> # Isto é um cabeçalho <h1> ## Isto é um cabeçalho <h2> ### Isto é um cabeçalho <h3> @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ uma ou múltiplas linhas em branco. --> Este é um parágrafo. Eu estou digitando em um parágrafo, não é legal? -Agora, eu estou no parágrado 2. +Agora, eu estou no parágrafo 2. ... Ainda continuo no parágrafo 2! :) Eu estou no parágrafo três. @@ -77,19 +78,20 @@ Termino com dois espaços (destacar-me para vê-los). Há um <br /> acima de mim! -<!-- Bloco de citações são fáceis e feito com o caractere >. --> - +<!-- Bloco de citações são fáceis e feitos com o caractere >. --> + > Este é um bloco de citação. Você pode -> Enrolar manualmente suas linhas e colocar um `>` antes de cada linha ou você pode -> deixar suas linhas ficarem muito longas e enrolar por conta própria. Não faz diferença, +> Quebrar manualmente suas linhas e colocar um `>` antes de cada linha ou você pode +> deixar suas linhas ficarem muito longas e quebrarem por conta própria. Não faz diferença, > desde que eles começam com um `>`. + > Você também pode usar mais de um nível >> De recuo? > Como pura é isso? <!-- Listas --> -<!-- As listas não ordenadas podem ser feitas usando asteriscos, positivos ou hífens --> +<!-- As listas não ordenadas podem ser feitas usando asteriscos, soma ou hífens --> * Item * Item @@ -111,10 +113,10 @@ ou 1. Item um 2. Item dois -3. Tem três +3. Item três -<!-- Você não tem poder para rotular os itens corretamente e a remarcação será ainda -tornar os números em ordem, mas isso pode não ser uma boa idéia --> +<!-- Você não tem poder para rotular os itens corretamente e a remarcação ainda deixará os +itens em ordem, mas isso pode não ser uma boa idéia --> 1. Item um 1. Item dois @@ -137,14 +139,14 @@ uma linha com quatro espaços ou uma guia --> Isto é código É assim, sacou? -<!-- Você pode também re-guia (ou adicionar mais quatro espaços adicionais) para o recuo +<!-- Você pode também tabular (ou adicionar mais quatro espaços adicionais) para o recuo dentro do seu código --> my_array.each do |item| puts item end -<!-- Código embutido pode ser criada usando o caractere de crase ` --> +<!-- Código embutido pode ser criado usando o caractere de crase ` --> John não sabia nem o que o função 'goto()' fazia! @@ -155,13 +157,13 @@ ruby! --> def foobar puts "Hello world!" end -\`\`\` <!-- Aqui também, não barras invertidas, apenas ``` --> +\`\`\` <!-- Aqui também, não use barras invertidas, apenas ``` --> <-- O texto acima não requer recuo, mas o GitHub vai usar a sintaxe destacando do idioma que você especificar após a ``` --> <!-- Regra Horizontal (<hr />) --> -<!-- Regras horizontais são facilmente adicionados com três ou mais asteriscos ou hífens, +<!-- Regras horizontais são facilmente adicionadas com três ou mais asteriscos ou hífens, com ou sem espaços. --> *** @@ -175,7 +177,7 @@ o texto a ser exibido entre parênteses rígidos [] seguido pela url em parênte [Click aqui!](http://test.com/) -<!-- Você também pode adicionar um título link usando aspas dentro dos parênteses --> +<!-- Você também pode adicionar um título para o link usando aspas dentro dos parênteses --> [Click aqui!](http://test.com/ "Link para Test.com") diff --git a/pt-br/pascal-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/pascal-pt.html.markdown index 3a37271a..72302695 100644 --- a/pt-br/pascal-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/pascal-pt.html.markdown @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ filename: learnpascal-pt.pas contributors: - ["Ganesha Danu", "https://github.com/blinfoldking"] - ["Keith Miyake", "https//github.com/kaymmm"] + - ["Raul Almeida", "https://github.com/almeidaraul"] translators: - ["Raul Almeida", "https://github.com/almeidaraul"] lang: pt-br @@ -157,7 +158,7 @@ BEGIN r := int; // um real pode receber um valor inteiro (mas não o contrário) c := str[1]; //acessando elementos de um vetor: vetor[índice do elemento] - str := 'hello' + 'world'; //concatenção de strings + str := 'hello' + 'world'; //concatenação de strings my_str[0] := 'a'; { só se pode atribuir valores a vetores elemento por elemento (não o vetor inteiro de uma vez) } diff --git a/pt-br/php-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/php-pt.html.markdown index 8a1c956e..e55f1100 100644 --- a/pt-br/php-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/php-pt.html.markdown @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Este documento descreve PHP 5+. // Duas barras iniciam o comentário de uma linha. -# O hash (aka pound symbol) também inicia, mas // é mais comum. +# O hash (conhecido como "pound symbol") também inicia, mas // é mais comum. /* O texto envolto por barra-asterisco e asterisco-barra diff --git a/pt-br/python3-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/python3-pt.html.markdown index b72c732a..bc5f801c 100644 --- a/pt-br/python3-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/python3-pt.html.markdown @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ contributors: - ["Zachary Ferguson", "http://github.com/zfergus2"] translators: - ["Paulo Henrique Rodrigues Pinheiro", "http://www.sysincloud.it"] + - ["Monique Baptista", "https://github.com/bfmonique"] lang: pt-br filename: learnpython3-pt.py --- -Python foi criado por Guido Van Rossum nos anos 1990. Ele é atualmente uma -das mais populares linguagens em existência. Eu fiquei morrendo de amor -pelo Python por sua clareza sintática. É praticamente pseudocódigo executável. +Python foi criada por Guido Van Rossum nos anos 1990. Ela é atualmente uma +das linguagens mais populares existentes. Eu me apaixonei por +Python por sua clareza sintática. É praticamente pseudocódigo executável. -Suas opiniões são grandemente apreciadas. Você pode encontrar-me em +Opniões são muito bem vindas. Você pode encontrar-me em [@louiedinh](http://twitter.com/louiedinh) ou louiedinh [em] [serviço de e-mail do google]. @@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ aprender o velho Python 2.7. 8 - 1 # => 7 10 * 2 # => 20 -# Números inteiros por padrão, exceto na divisão, que retorna número +# Números são inteiros por padrão, exceto na divisão, que retorna número # de ponto flutuante (float). 35 / 5 # => 7.0 @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ aprender o velho Python 2.7. # Exponenciação (x**y, x elevado à potência y) 2**4 # => 16 -# Determine a precedência usando parêntesis +# Determine a precedência usando parênteses (1 + 3) * 2 # => 8 # Valores lógicos são primitivos (Atenção à primeira letra maiúscula) @@ -105,9 +106,8 @@ False or True # => True 1 < 2 < 3 # => True 2 < 3 < 2 # => False -# (operador 'is' e operador '==') is verifica se duas variáveis -# referenciam um mesmo objeto, mas == verifica se as variáveis -# apontam para o mesmo valor. +# 'is' verifica se duas variáveis representam o mesmo endereço +# na memória; '==' verifica se duas variáveis têm o mesmo valor a = [1, 2, 3, 4] # Referência a uma nova lista, [1, 2, 3, 4] b = a # b referencia o que está referenciado por a b is a # => True, a e b referenciam o mesmo objeto @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ input_string_var = input("Digite alguma coisa: ") # Retorna o que foi digitado e # Observação: Em versões antigas do Python, o método input() era chamado raw_input() # Não é necessário declarar variáveis antes de iniciá-las -# È uma convenção usar letras_minúsculas_com_sublinhados +# É uma convenção usar letras_minúsculas_com_sublinhados alguma_variavel = 5 alguma_variavel # => 5 @@ -182,31 +182,31 @@ alguma_variavel # => 5 # Veja Controle de Fluxo para aprender mais sobre tratamento de exceções. alguma_variavel_nao_inicializada # Gera a exceção NameError -# Listas armazenam sequencias +# Listas armazenam sequências li = [] -# Você pode iniciar com uma lista com alguns valores +# Você pode iniciar uma lista com valores outra_li = [4, 5, 6] -# Adicionar conteúdo ao fim da lista com append +# Adicione conteúdo ao fim da lista com append li.append(1) # li agora é [1] li.append(2) # li agora é [1, 2] li.append(4) # li agora é [1, 2, 4] li.append(3) # li agora é [1, 2, 4, 3] -# Remover do final da lista com pop +# Remova do final da lista com pop li.pop() # => 3 e agora li é [1, 2, 4] # Vamos colocá-lo lá novamente! li.append(3) # li agora é [1, 2, 4, 3] novamente. -# Acessar uma lista da mesma forma que você faz com um array +# Acesse uma lista da mesma forma que você faz com um array li[0] # => 1 -# Acessa o último elemento +# Acessando o último elemento li[-1] # => 3 -# Acessando além dos limites gera um IndexError +# Acessar além dos limites gera um IndexError li[4] # Gera o IndexError # Você pode acessar vários elementos com a sintaxe de limites -# (É um limite fechado, aberto pra você que gosta de matemática.) +# Inclusivo para o primeiro termo, exclusivo para o segundo li[1:3] # => [2, 4] # Omitindo o final li[2:] # => [4, 3] diff --git a/pt-br/stylus-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/stylus-pt.html.markdown index 804fa806..40c3c02c 100755 --- a/pt-br/stylus-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/stylus-pt.html.markdown @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ body { background-color: $primary-color } -/* Apoś compilar ficaria assim: */ +/* Após compilar ficaria assim: */ div { display: block; margin-left: auto; @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ button /* Funções ==============================*/ -/* Funções no Stylus permitem fazer uma variedade de tarefas, como por exemplo, menipular algum dado. */ +/* Funções no Stylus permitem fazer uma variedade de tarefas, como por exemplo, manipular algum dado. */ body { background darken(#0088DD, 50%) // Escurece a cor #0088DD em 50% } -/** Criando sua própria função */ +/* Criando sua própria função */ somar(a, b) a + b @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ for <val-name> [, <key-name>] in <expression> for $item in (1..2) /* Repete o bloco 12 vezes */ .col-{$item} - width ($item / 12) * 100% /* Calcula a largula pelo número da coluna* + width ($item / 12) * 100% /* Calcula a largura pelo número da coluna* ``` diff --git a/pt-br/typescript-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/typescript-pt.html.markdown index 077aa2cc..6ece02ff 100644 --- a/pt-br/typescript-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/typescript-pt.html.markdown @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ lang: pt-br Typescript é uma linguagem que visa facilitar o desenvolvimento de aplicações em grande escala escritos em JavaScript. Typescript acrescenta conceitos comuns como classes, módulos, interfaces, genéricos e (opcional) tipagem estática para JavaScript. -É um super conjunto de JavaScript: todo o código JavaScript é o código do texto dactilografado válido para que possa ser adicionados diretamente a qualquer projeto. O compilador emite typescript JavaScript. +É um super conjunto de JavaScript: todo o código JavaScript é TypeScript válido então ele pode ser adicionado diretamente a qualquer projeto. O compilador emite typescript JavaScript. Este artigo irá se concentrar apenas em texto datilografado sintaxe extra, ao contrário de [JavaScript](javascript-pt.html.markdown). @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ var isDone: boolean = false; var lines: number = 42; var name: string = "Anders"; -// Quando é impossível saber, há o "Qualquer" tipo +// Quando é impossível saber, há o tipo "Qualquer" var notSure: any = 4; notSure = "maybe a string instead"; notSure = false; // Ok, definitivamente um boolean @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ interface Person { move(): void; } -// Objeto que implementa a "Pessoa" Interface +// Objeto que implementa a Interface "Pessoa" // Pode ser tratado como uma pessoa desde que tem o nome e mover propriedades var p: Person = { name: "Bobby", move: () => {} }; // Os objetos que têm a propriedade opcional: diff --git a/pt-br/vim-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/vim-pt.html.markdown index d7617bbe..cc304381 100644 --- a/pt-br/vim-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/vim-pt.html.markdown @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ contributors: - ["RadhikaG", "https://github.com/RadhikaG"] translators: - ["David Lima", "https://github.com/davelima"] + - ["Raul Almeida", "https://github.com/almeidaraul"] lang: pt-br filename: LearnVim-pt.txt --- @@ -24,6 +25,7 @@ para agilizar a navegação para pontos específicos no arquivo, além de ediç :w # Salva o arquivo atual :wq # Salva o arquivo e fecha o vim :q! # Fecha o vim e descarta as alterações no arquivo + # ! depois de qualquer comando força a sua execução # ! *força* :q a executar, fechando o vim sem salvar antes :x # Salva o arquivo e fecha o vim (atalho para :wq) @@ -158,7 +160,15 @@ Alguns exemplos importantes de 'Verbos', 'Modificadores' e 'Nomes': :earlier 15m # Reverte o documento para como ele estava há 15 minutos atrás :later 15m # Reverte o comando acima ddp # Troca linhas consecutivas de posição, dd e depois p + xp # Permuta caractere atual e o seguinte + Xp # Permuta caractere atual e o anterior . # Repete a última ação + + # Em geral, o usuário pode associar um comando em maísculas (exemplo: D) com + # "executar este comando até o final da linha" + + # Usar a tecla de um comando duas vezes geralmente significa executar este + # comando sobre toda a linha (exemplo: dd apaga a linha inteira) ``` ## Macros @@ -172,6 +182,7 @@ exatamente a mesma sequencia de ações e comandos na seleção atual. qa # Inicia a gravação de uma macro chamado 'a' q # Para a gravação @a # Executa a macro + @@ # Executa a última macro executada ``` ### Configurando o ~/.vimrc diff --git a/pt-br/whip-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/whip-pt.html.markdown index 7bdeec25..b11faf28 100644 --- a/pt-br/whip-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/whip-pt.html.markdown @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ false (= 1 1) ; => true (equal 2 1) ; => false -; Por exemplo, inigualdade pode ser verificada combinando as funções +; Por exemplo, desigualdade pode ser verificada combinando as funções ;`not` e `equal`. (! (= 2 1)) ; => true diff --git a/pt-br/yaml-pt.html.markdown b/pt-br/yaml-pt.html.markdown index 0b71877e..07903325 100644 --- a/pt-br/yaml-pt.html.markdown +++ b/pt-br/yaml-pt.html.markdown @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ lang: pt-br YAML é uma linguagem de serialização de dados projetado para ser diretamente gravável e legível por seres humanos. -É um superconjunto de JSON, com a adição de indentação e quebras de linhas sintaticamente significativas, como Python. Ao contrário de Python, entretanto, YAML não permite o caracter literal tab para identação. +É um superconjunto de JSON, com a adição de identação e quebras de linhas sintaticamente significativas, como Python. Ao contrário de Python, entretanto, YAML não permite o caracter literal tab para identação. ```yaml -# Commentários em YAML são como este. +# Comentários em YAML são como este. ################### # TIPOS ESCALARES # @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ chave com espaco: valor porem: "Uma string, entre aspas." "Chaves podem estar entre aspas tambem.": "É útil se você quiser colocar um ':' na sua chave." -# Seqüências de várias linhas podem ser escritos como um 'bloco literal' (utilizando |), +# Seqüências de várias linhas podem ser escritas como um 'bloco literal' (utilizando |), # ou em um 'bloco compacto' (utilizando '>'). bloco_literal: | Todo esse bloco de texto será o valor da chave 'bloco_literal', @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ um_mapa_aninhado: # também permite tipos de coleção de chaves, mas muitas linguagens de programação # vão reclamar. -# Sequências (equivalente a listas ou arrays) semelhante à isso: +# Sequências (equivalente a listas ou arrays) semelhante a isso: uma_sequencia: - Item 1 - Item 2 @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ datetime: 2001-12-15T02: 59: 43.1Z datetime_com_espacos 2001/12/14: 21: 59: 43.10 -5 Data: 2002/12/14 -# A tag !!binary indica que a string é na verdade um base64-encoded (condificado) +# A tag !!binary indica que a string é na verdade um base64-encoded (codificado) # representação de um blob binário. gif_file: !!binary | R0lGODlhDAAMAIQAAP//9/X17unp5WZmZgAAAOfn515eXvPz7Y6OjuDg4J+fn5 diff --git a/python3.html.markdown b/python3.html.markdown index 430927a9..2b7c9490 100644 --- a/python3.html.markdown +++ b/python3.html.markdown @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ contributors: - ["evuez", "http://github.com/evuez"] - ["Rommel Martinez", "https://ebzzry.io"] - ["Roberto Fernandez Diaz", "https://github.com/robertofd1995"] + - ["caminsha", "https://github.com/caminsha"] filename: learnpython3.py --- @@ -57,11 +58,12 @@ Note: This article applies to Python 3 specifically. Check out [here](http://lea 2**3 # => 8 # Enforce precedence with parentheses +1 + 3 * 2 # => 7 (1 + 3) * 2 # => 8 # Boolean values are primitives (Note: the capitalization) -True -False +True # => True +False # => False # negate with not not True # => False @@ -230,7 +232,7 @@ li[4] # Raises an IndexError # (It's a closed/open range for you mathy types.) li[1:3] # Return list from index 1 to 3 => [2, 4] li[2:] # Return list starting from index 2 => [4, 3] -li[:3] # Return list from beginning uptil index 3 => [1, 2, 4] +li[:3] # Return list from beginning until index 3 => [1, 2, 4] li[::2] # Return list selecting every second entry => [1, 4] li[::-1] # Return list in reverse order => [3, 4, 2, 1] # Use any combination of these to make advanced slices @@ -393,6 +395,9 @@ filled_set | other_set # => {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} 2 in filled_set # => True 10 in filled_set # => False +# Make a one layer deep copy +filled_set = some_set.copy() # filled_set is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} +filled_set is some_set # => False #################################################### @@ -466,8 +471,8 @@ prints: 1 cat 2 mouse """ -list = ["dog", "cat", "mouse"] -for i, value in enumerate(list): +animals = ["dog", "cat", "mouse"] +for i, value in enumerate(animals): print(i, value) """ @@ -550,8 +555,14 @@ next(our_iterator) # => "three" # After the iterator has returned all of its data, it raises a StopIteration exception next(our_iterator) # Raises StopIteration -# You can grab all the elements of an iterator by calling list() on it. -list(filled_dict.keys()) # => Returns ["one", "two", "three"] +# We can also loop over it, in fact, "for" does this implicitly! +our_iterator = iter(our_iterable) +for i in our_iterator: + print(i) # Prints one, two, three + +# You can grab all the elements of an iterable or iterator by calling list() on it. +list(our_iterable) # => Returns ["one", "two", "three"] +list(our_iterator) # => Returns [] because state is saved #################################################### diff --git a/raku.html.markdown b/raku.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f397589 --- /dev/null +++ b/raku.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,2412 @@ +--- +category: language +language: Raku +filename: learnraku.raku +contributors: + - ["vendethiel", "http://github.com/vendethiel"] + - ["Samantha McVey", "https://cry.nu"] +--- + +Raku (formerly Perl 6) is a highly capable, feature-rich programming language +made for at least the next hundred years. + +The primary Raku compiler is called [Rakudo](http://rakudo.org), which runs on +the JVM and the [MoarVM](http://moarvm.com). + +Meta-note: + +* Although the pound sign (`#`) is used for sentences and notes, Pod-styled + comments (more below about them) are used whenever it's convenient. +* `# OUTPUT:` is used to represent the output of a command to any standard + stream. If the output has a newline, it's represented by the `` symbol. + The output is always enclosed by angle brackets (`«` and `»`). +* `#=>` represents the value of an expression, return value of a sub, etc. + In some cases, the value is accompanied by a comment. +* Backticks are used to distinguish and highlight the language constructs + from the text. + +```perl6 +#################################################### +# 0. Comments +#################################################### + +# Single line comments start with a pound sign. + +#`( Multiline comments use #` and a quoting construct. + (), [], {}, 「」, etc, will work. +) + +=for comment +Use the same syntax for multiline comments to embed comments. +for #`(each element in) @array { + put #`(or print element) $_ #`(with newline); +} + +# You can also use Pod-styled comments. For example: + +=comment This is a comment that extends until an empty +newline is found. + +=comment +The comment doesn't need to start in the same line as the directive. + +=begin comment +This comment is multiline. + +Empty newlines can exist here too! +=end comment + +#################################################### +# 1. Variables +#################################################### + +# In Raku, you declare a lexical variable using the `my` keyword: +my $variable; + +# Raku has 3 basic types of variables: scalars, arrays, and hashes. + +# +# 1.1 Scalars +# + +# Scalars represent a single value. They start with the `$` sigil: +my $str = 'String'; + +# Double quotes allow for interpolation (which we'll see later): +my $str2 = "$str"; + +# Variable names can contain but not end with simple quotes and dashes, +# and can contain (and end with) underscores: +my $person's-belongings = 'towel'; # this works! + +my $bool = True; # `True` and `False` are Raku's boolean values. +my $inverse = !$bool; # Invert a bool with the prefix `!` operator. +my $forced-bool = so $str; # And you can use the prefix `so` operator +$forced-bool = ?$str; # to turn its operand into a Bool. Or use `?`. + +# +# 1.2 Arrays and Lists +# + +# Arrays represent multiple values. An array variable starts with the `@` +# sigil. Unlike lists, from which arrays inherit, arrays are mutable. + +my @array = 'a', 'b', 'c'; +# equivalent to: +my @letters = <a b c>; +# In the previous statement, we use the quote-words (`<>`) term for array +# of words, delimited by space. Similar to perl5's qw, or Ruby's %w. + +@array = 1, 2, 4; + +# Array indices start at 0. Here the third element is being accessed. +say @array[2]; # OUTPUT: «4» + +say "Interpolate an array using []: @array[]"; +# OUTPUT: «Interpolate an array using []: 1 2 3» + +@array[0] = -1; # Assigning a new value to an array index +@array[0, 1] = 5, 6; # Assigning multiple values + +my @keys = 0, 2; +@array[@keys] = @letters; # Assignment using an array containing index values +say @array; # OUTPUT: «a 6 b» + +# +# 1.3 Hashes, or key-value Pairs. +# + +=begin comment +Hashes are pairs of keys and values. You can construct a `Pair` object +using the syntax `key => value`. Hash tables are very fast for lookup, +and are stored unordered. Keep in mind that keys get "flattened" in hash +context, and any duplicated keys are deduplicated. +=end comment +my %hash = 'a' => 1, 'b' => 2; + +# Keys get auto-quoted when the fat comman (`=>`) is used. Trailing commas are +# okay. +%hash = a => 1, b => 2, ; + +# Even though hashes are internally stored differently than arrays, +# Raku allows you to easily create a hash from an even numbered array: +%hash = <key1 value1 key2 value2>; # Or: +%hash = "key1", "value1", "key2", "value2"; + +%hash = key1 => 'value1', key2 => 'value2'; # same result as above + +# You can also use the "colon pair" syntax. This syntax is especially +# handy for named parameters that you'll see later. +%hash = :n(2), # equivalent to `n => 2` + :is-even, # equivalent to `:is-even(True)` or `is-even => True` + :!is-odd, # equivalent to `:is-odd(False)` or `is-odd => False` +; +# The `:` (as in `:is-even`) and `:!` (as `:!is-odd`) constructs are known +# as the `True` and `False` shortcuts respectively. + +=begin comment +As demonstrated in the example below, you can use {} to get the value from a key. +If it's a string without spaces, you can actually use the quote-words operator +(`<>`). Since Raku doesn't have barewords, as Perl does, `{key1}` doesn't work +though. +=end comment +say %hash{'n'}; # OUTPUT: «2», gets value associated to key 'n' +say %hash<is-even>; # OUTPUT: «True», gets value associated to key 'is-even' + +#################################################### +# 2. Subroutines +#################################################### + +# Subroutines, or functions as most other languages call them, are +# created with the `sub` keyword. +sub say-hello { say "Hello, world" } + +# You can provide (typed) arguments. If specified, the type will be checked +# at compile-time if possible, otherwise at runtime. +sub say-hello-to( Str $name ) { + say "Hello, $name !"; +} + +# A sub returns the last value of the block. Similarly, the semicolon in +# the last expression can be omitted. +sub return-value { 5 } +say return-value; # OUTPUT: «5» + +sub return-empty { } +say return-empty; # OUTPUT: «Nil» + +# Some control flow structures produce a value, for instance `if`: +sub return-if { + if True { "Truthy" } +} +say return-if; # OUTPUT: «Truthy» + +# Some don't, like `for`: +sub return-for { + for 1, 2, 3 { 'Hi' } +} +say return-for; # OUTPUT: «Nil» + +=begin comment +Positional arguments are required by default. To make them optional, use +the `?` after the parameters' names. + +In the following example, the sub `with-optional` returns `(Any)` (Perl's +null-like value) if no argument is passed. Otherwise, it returns its argument. +=end comment +sub with-optional( $arg? ) { + $arg; +} +with-optional; # returns Any +with-optional(); # returns Any +with-optional(1); # returns 1 + +=begin comment +You can also give provide a default value when they're not passed. Doing +this make said parameter optional. Required parameters must come before +optional ones. + +In the sub `greeting`, the parameter `$type` is optional. +=end comment +sub greeting( $name, $type = "Hello" ) { + say "$type, $name!"; +} + +greeting("Althea"); # OUTPUT: «Hello, Althea!» +greeting("Arthur", "Good morning"); # OUTPUT: «Good morning, Arthur!» + +=begin comment +You can also, by using a syntax akin to the one of hashes (yay unified syntax!), +declared named parameters and thus pass named arguments to a subroutine. +By default, named parameter are optional and will default to `Any`. +=end comment +sub with-named( $normal-arg, :$named ) { + say $normal-arg + $named; +} +with-named(1, named => 6); # OUTPUT: «7» + +=begin comment +There's one gotcha to be aware of, here: If you quote your key, Raku +won't be able to see it at compile time, and you'll have a single `Pair` +object as a positional parameter, which means the function subroutine +`with-named(1, 'named' => 6);` fails. +=end comment +with-named(2, :named(5)); # OUTPUT: «7» + +# Similar to positional parameters, you can provide your named arguments with +# default values. +sub named-def( :$def = 5 ) { + say $def; +} +named-def; # OUTPUT: «5» +named-def(def => 15); # OUTPUT: «15» + +=begin comment +In order to make a named parameter mandatory, you can append `!` to the +parameter. This is the inverse of `?`, which makes a required parameter +optional. +=end comment + +sub with-mandatory-named( :$str! ) { + say "$str!"; +} +with-mandatory-named(str => "My String"); # OUTPUT: «My String!» +# with-mandatory-named; # runtime error: "Required named parameter not passed" +# with-mandatory-named(3);# runtime error: "Too many positional parameters passed" + +=begin comment +If a sub takes a named boolean argument, you can use the same "short boolean" +hash syntax we discussed earlier. +=end comment +sub takes-a-bool( $name, :$bool ) { + say "$name takes $bool"; +} +takes-a-bool('config', :bool); # OUTPUT: «config takes True» +takes-a-bool('config', :!bool); # OUTPUT: «config takes False» + +=begin comment +Since paranthesis can be omitted when calling a subroutine, you need to use +`&` in order to distinguish between a call to a sub with no arguments and +the code object. + +For instance, in this example we must use `&` to store the sub `say-hello` +(i.e., the sub's code object) in a variable, not a subroutine call. +=end comment +my &s = &say-hello; +my &other-s = sub { say "Anonymous function!" } + +=begin comment +A sub can have a "slurpy" parameter, or what one'd call a +"doesn't-matter-how-many" parameter. This is Raku's way of supporting variadic +functions. For this, you must use `*@` (slurpy) which will "take everything +else". You can have as many parameters *before* a slurpy one, but not *after*. +=end comment +sub as-many($head, *@rest) { + @rest.join(' / ') ~ " !"; +} +say as-many('Happy', 'Happy', 'Birthday'); # OUTPUT: «Happy / Birthday !» +say 'Happy', ['Happy', 'Birthday'], 'Day'; # OUTPUT: «Happy / Birthday / Day !» + +# Note that the splat (the *) did not consume the parameter before it. + +=begin comment +There are other two variations of slurpy parameters in Raku. The previous one +(namely, `*@`), known as flattened slurpy, flattens passed arguments. The other +two are `**@` and `+@` known as unflattened slurpy and "single argument rule" +slurpy respectively. The unflattened slurpy doesn't flatten its listy +arguments (or Iterable ones). +=end comment +sub b(**@arr) { @arr.perl.say }; +b(['a', 'b', 'c']); # OUTPUT: «[["a", "b", "c"],]» +b(1, $('d', 'e', 'f'), [2, 3]); # OUTPUT: «[1, ("d", "e", "f"), [2, 3]]» +b(1, [1, 2], ([3, 4], 5)); # OUTPUT: «[1, [1, 2], ([3, 4], 5)]» + +=begin comment +On the other hand, the "single argument rule" slurpy follows the "single argument +rule" which dictates how to handle the slurpy argument based upon context and +roughly states that if only a single argument is passed and that argument is +Iterable, that argument is used to fill the slurpy parameter array. In any +other case, `+@` works like `**@`. +=end comment +sub c(+@arr) { @arr.perl.say }; +c(['a', 'b', 'c']); # OUTPUT: «["a", "b", "c"]» +c(1, $('d', 'e', 'f'), [2, 3]); # OUTPUT: «[1, ("d", "e", "f"), [2, 3]]» +c(1, [1, 2], ([3, 4], 5)); # OUTPUT: «[1, [1, 2], ([3, 4], 5)]» + +=begin comment +You can call a function with an array using the "argument list flattening" +operator `|` (it's not actually the only role of this operator, +but it's one of them). +=end comment +sub concat3($a, $b, $c) { + say "$a, $b, $c"; +} +concat3(|@array); # OUTPUT: «a, b, c» + # `@array` got "flattened" as a part of the argument list + +#################################################### +# 3. Containers +#################################################### + +=begin comment +In Raku, values are actually stored in "containers". The assignment +operator asks the container on the left to store the value on its right. +When passed around, containers are marked as immutable which means that, +in a function, you'll get an error if you try to mutate one of your +arguments. If you really need to, you can ask for a mutable container by +using the `is rw` trait. +=end comment +sub mutate( $n is rw ) { + $n++; # postfix ++ operator increments its argument but returns its old value +} +my $m = 42; +mutate $m; #=> 42, the value is incremented but the old value is returned +say $m; # OUTPUT: «43» + +=begin comment +This works because we are passing the container $m to the `mutate` sub. +If we try to just pass a number instead of passing a variable, it won't work +because there is no container being passed and integers are immutable by +themselves: + +mutate 42; # Parameter '$n' expected a writable container, but got Int value +=end comment + +=begin comment +Similar error would be obtained, if a bound variable is passed to +to the subroutine. In Raku, you bind a value to a variable using the binding +operator `:=`. +=end comment +my $v := 50; # binding 50 to the variable $v +# mutate $v; # Parameter '$n' expected a writable container, but got Int value + +=begin comment +If what you want is a copy instead, use the `is copy` trait which will +cause the argument to be copied and allow you to modify the argument +inside the routine without modifying the passed argument. + +A sub itself returns a container, which means it can be marked as `rw`. +Alternatively, you can explicitly mark the returned container as mutable +by using `return-rw` instead of `return`. +=end comment +my $x = 42; +my $y = 45; +sub x-store is rw { $x } +sub y-store { return-rw $y } + +# In this case, the parentheses are mandatory or else Raku thinks that +# `x-store` and `y-store` are identifiers. +x-store() = 52; +y-store() *= 2; + +say $x; # OUTPUT: «52» +say $y; # OUTPUT: «90» + +#################################################### +# 4.Control Flow Structures +#################################################### + +# +# 4.1 if/if-else/if-elsif-else/unless +# + +=begin comment +Before talking about `if`, we need to know which values are "truthy" +(represent `True`), and which are "falsey" (represent `False`). Only these +values are falsey: 0, (), {}, "", Nil, a type (like `Str`, `Int`, etc.) and +of course, `False` itself. Any other value is truthy. +=end comment +my $number = 5; +if $number < 5 { + say "Number is less than 5" +} +elsif $number == 5 { + say "Number is equal to 5" +} +else { + say "Number is greater than 5" +} + +unless False { + say "It's not false!"; +} + +# `unless` is the equivalent of `if not (X)` which inverts the sense of a +# conditional statement. However, you cannot use `else` or `elsif` with it. + +# As you can see, you don't need parentheses around conditions. However, you +# do need the curly braces around the "body" block. For example, +# `if (True) say 'It's true';` doesn't work. + +# You can also use their statement modifier (postfix) versions: +say "Quite truthy" if True; # OUTPUT: «Quite truthy» +say "Quite falsey" unless False; # OUTPUT: «Quite falsey» + +=begin comment +The ternary operator (`??..!!`) is structured as follows `condition ?? +expression1 !! expression2` and it returns expression1 if the condition is +true. Otherwise, it returns expression2. +=end comment +my $age = 30; +say $age > 18 ?? "You are an adult" !! "You are under 18"; +# OUTPUT: «You are an adult» + +# +# 4.2 with/with-else/with-orwith-else/without +# + +=begin comment +The `with` statement is like `if`, but it tests for definedness rather than +truth, and it topicalizes on the condition, much like `given` which will +be discussed later. +=end comment +my $s = "raku"; +with $s.index("r") { say "Found a at $_" } +orwith $s.index("k") { say "Found c at $_" } +else { say "Didn't find r or k" } + +# Similar to `unless` that checks un-truthiness, you can use `without` to +# check for undefined-ness. +my $input01; +without $input01 { + say "No input given." +} +# OUTPUT: «No input given.» + +# There are also statement modifier versions for both `with` and `without`. +my $input02 = 'Hello'; +say $input02 with $input02; # OUTPUT: «Hello» +say "No input given." without $input02; + +# +# 4.3 given/when, or Raku's switch construct +# + +=begin comment +`given...when` looks like other languages' `switch`, but is much more +powerful thanks to smart matching and Raku's "topic variable", `$_`. + +The topic variable `$_ `contains the default argument of a block, a loop's +current iteration (unless explicitly named), etc. + +`given` simply puts its argument into `$_` (like a block would do), + and `when` compares it using the "smart matching" (`~~`) operator. + +Since other Raku constructs use this variable (as said before, like `for`, +blocks, `with` statement etc), this means the powerful `when` is not only +applicable along with a `given`, but instead anywhere a `$_` exists. +=end comment + +given "foo bar" { + say $_; # OUTPUT: «foo bar» + + # Don't worry about smart matching yet. Just know `when` uses it. This is + # equivalent to `if $_ ~~ /foo/`. + when /foo/ { + say "Yay !"; + } + + # smart matching anything with `True` is `True`, i.e. (`$a ~~ True`) + # so you can also put "normal" conditionals. For example, this `when` is + # equivalent to this `if`: `if $_ ~~ ($_.chars > 50) {...}` + # which means: `if $_.chars > 50 {...}` + when $_.chars > 50 { + say "Quite a long string !"; + } + + # same as `when *` (using the Whatever Star) + default { + say "Something else" + } +} + +# +# 4.4 Looping constructs +# + +# The `loop` construct is an infinite loop if you don't pass it arguments, but +# can also be a C-style `for` loop: +loop { + say "This is an infinite loop !"; + last; +} +# In the previous example, `last` breaks out of the loop very much +# like the `break` keyword in other languages. + +# The `next` keyword skips to the next iteration, like `continue` in other +# languages. Note that you can also use postfix conditionals, loops, etc. +loop (my $i = 0; $i < 5; $i++) { + next if $i == 3; + say "This is a C-style for loop!"; +} + +# The `for` constructs iterates over a list of elements. +my @odd-array = 1, 3, 5, 7, 9; + +# Accessing the array's elements with the topic variable $_. +for @odd-array { + say "I've got $_ !"; +} + +# Accessing the array's elements with a "pointy block", `->`. +# Here each element is read-only. +for @odd-array -> $variable { + say "I've got $variable !"; +} + +# Accessing the array's elements with a "doubly pointy block", `<->`. +# Here each element is read-write so mutating `$variable` mutates +# that element in the array. +for @odd-array <-> $variable { + say "I've got $variable !"; +} + +# As we saw with `given`, a `for` loop's default "current iteration" variable +# is `$_`. That means you can use `when` in a `for`loop just like you were +# able to in a `given`. +for @odd-array { + say "I've got $_"; + + # This is also allowed. A dot call with no "topic" (receiver) is sent to + # `$_` (topic variable) by default. + .say; + + # This is equivalent to the above statement. + $_.say; +} + +for @odd-array { + # You can... + next if $_ == 3; # Skip to the next iteration (`continue` in C-like lang.) + redo if $_ == 4; # Re-do iteration, keeping the same topic variable (`$_`) + last if $_ == 5; # Or break out of loop (like `break` in C-like lang.) +} + +# The "pointy block" syntax isn't specific to the `for` loop. It's just a way +# to express a block in Raku. +sub long-computation { "Finding factors of large primes" } +if long-computation() -> $result { + say "The result is $result."; +} + +#################################################### +# 5. Operators +#################################################### + +=begin comment +Since Perl languages are very much operator-based languages, Raku +operators are actually just funny-looking subroutines, in syntactic +categories, like infix:<+> (addition) or prefix:<!> (bool not). + +The categories are: + - "prefix": before (like `!` in `!True`). + - "postfix": after (like `++` in `$a++`). + - "infix": in between (like `*` in `4 * 3`). + - "circumfix": around (like `[`-`]` in `[1, 2]`). + - "post-circumfix": around, after another term (like `{`-`}` in + `%hash{'key'}`) + +The associativity and precedence list are explained below. + +Alright, you're set to go! +=end comment + +# +# 5.1 Equality Checking +# + +# `==` is numeric comparison +say 3 == 4; # OUTPUT: «False» +say 3 != 4; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# `eq` is string comparison +say 'a' eq 'b'; # OUTPUT: «False» +say 'a' ne 'b'; # OUTPUT: «True», not equal +say 'a' !eq 'b'; # OUTPUT: «True», same as above + +# `eqv` is canonical equivalence (or "deep equality") +say (1, 2) eqv (1, 3); # OUTPUT: «False» +say (1, 2) eqv (1, 2); # OUTPUT: «True» +say Int === Int; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# `~~` is the smart match operator which aliases the left hand side to $_ and +# then evaluates the right hand side. +# Here are some common comparison semantics: + +# String or numeric equality +say 'Foo' ~~ 'Foo'; # OUTPU: «True», if strings are equal. +say 12.5 ~~ 12.50; # OUTPU: «True», if numbers are equal. + +# Regex - For matching a regular expression against the left side. +# Returns a `Match` object, which evaluates as True if regexp matches. +my $obj = 'abc' ~~ /a/; +say $obj; # OUTPUT: «｢a｣» +say $obj.WHAT; # OUTPUT: «(Match)» + +# Hashes +say 'key' ~~ %hash; # OUTPUT:«True», if key exists in hash. + +# Type - Checks if left side "is of type" (can check superclasses and roles). +say 1 ~~ Int; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# Smart-matching against a boolean always returns that boolean (and will warn). +say 1 ~~ True; # OUTPUT: «True», smartmatch against True always matches +say False.so ~~ True; # OUTPUT: «True», use .so for truthiness + +# General syntax is `$arg ~~ &bool-returning-function;`. For a complete list +# of combinations, refer to the table at: +# https://docs.raku.org/language/operators#index-entry-smartmatch_operator + +# Of course, you also use `<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=` for numeric comparison. +# Their string equivalent are also available: `lt`, `le`, `gt`, `ge`. +say 3 > 4; # OUTPUT: «False» +say 3 >= 4; # OUTPUT: «False» +say 3 < 4; # OUTPUT: «True» +say 3 <= 4; # OUTPUT: «True» +say 'a' gt 'b'; # OUTPUT: «False» +say 'a' ge 'b'; # OUTPUT: «False» +say 'a' lt 'b'; # OUTPUT: «True» +say 'a' le 'b'; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# +# 5.2 Range constructor +# + +say 3 .. 7; # OUTPUT: «3..7», both included. +say 3 ..^ 7; # OUTPUT: «3..^7», exclude right endpoint. +say 3 ^.. 7; # OUTPUT: «3^..7», exclude left endpoint. +say 3 ^..^ 7; # OUTPUT: «3^..^7», exclude both endpoints. + +# The range 3 ^.. 7 is similar like 4 .. 7 when we only consider integers. +# But when we consider decimals: + +say 3.5 ~~ 4 .. 7; # OUTPUT: «False» +say 3.5 ~~ 3 ^.. 7; # OUTPUT: «True», + +# This is because the range `3 ^.. 7` only excludes anything strictly +# equal to 3. Hence, it contains decimals greater than 3. This could +# mathematically be described as 3.5 ∈ (3,7] or in set notation, +# 3.5 ∈ { x | 3 < x ≤ 7 }. + +say 3 ^.. 7 ~~ 4 .. 7; # OUTPUT: «False» + +# This also works as a shortcut for `0..^N`: +say ^10; # OUTPUT: «^10», which means 0..^10 + +# This also allows us to demonstrate that Raku has lazy/infinite arrays, +# using the Whatever Star: +my @natural = 1..*; # 1 to Infinite! Equivalent to `1..Inf`. + +# You can pass ranges as subscripts and it'll return an array of results. +say @natural[^10]; # OUTPUT: «1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10», doesn't run out of memory! + +=begin comment +NOTE: when reading an infinite list, Raku will "reify" the elements +it needs, then keep them in memory. They won't be calculated more than once. +It also will never calculate more elements that are needed. +=end comment + +# An array subscript can also be a closure. It'll be called with the array's +# length as the argument. The following two examples are equivalent: +say join(' ', @array[15..*]); # OUTPUT: «15 16 17 18 19» +say join(' ', @array[-> $n { 15..$n }]); # OUTPUT: «15 16 17 18 19» + +# NOTE: if you try to do either of those with an infinite array, you'll +# trigger an infinite loop (your program won't finish). + +# You can use that in most places you'd expect, even when assigning to an array: +my @numbers = ^20; + +# Here the numbers increase by 6, like an arithmetic sequence; more on the +# sequence (`...`) operator later. +my @seq = 3, 9 ... * > 95; # 3 9 15 21 27 [...] 81 87 93 99; + +# In this example, even though the sequence is infinite, only the 15 +# needed values will be calculated. +@numbers[5..*] = 3, 9 ... *; +say @numbers; # OUTPUT: «0 1 2 3 4 3 9 15 21 [...] 81 87», only 20 values + +# +# 5.3 and (&&), or (||) +# + +# Here `and` calls `.Bool` on both 3 and 4 and gets `True` so it returns +# 4 since both are `True`. +say (3 and 4); # OUTPUT: «4», which is truthy. +say (3 and 0); # OUTPUT: «0» +say (0 and 4); # OUTPUT: «0» + +# Here `or` calls `.Bool` on `0` and `False` which are both `False` +# so it returns `False` since both are `False`. +say (0 or False); # OUTPUT: «False». + +# Both `and` and `or` have tighter versions which also shortcut circuits. +# They're `&&` and `||` respectively. + +# `&&` returns the first operand that evaluates to `False`. Otherwise, +# it returns the last operand. +my ($a, $b, $c, $d, $e) = 1, 0, False, True, 'pi'; +say $a && $b && $c; # OUTPUT: «0», the first falsey value +say $a && $b && $c; # OUTPUT: «False», the first falsey value +say $a && $d && $e; # OUTPUT: «pi», last operand since everthing before is truthy + +# `||` returns the first argument that evaluates to `True`. +say $b || $a || $d; # OUTPUT: «1» +say $e || $d || $a; # OUTPUT: «pi» + +# And because you're going to want them, you also have compound assignment +# operators: +$a *= 2; # multiply and assignment. Equivalent to $a = $a * 2; +$b %%= 5; # divisible by and assignment. Equivalent to $b = $b %% 2; +$c div= 3; # return divisor and assignment. Equivalent to $c = $c div 3; +$d mod= 4; # return remainder and assignment. Equivalent to $d = $d mod 4; +@array .= sort; # calls the `sort` method and assigns the result back + +#################################################### +# 6. More on subs! +#################################################### + +# As we said before, Raku has *really* powerful subs. We're going +# to see a few more key concepts that make them better than in any +# other language :-). + +# +# 6.1 Unpacking! +# + +# Unpacking is the ability to "extract" arrays and keys +# (AKA "destructuring"). It'll work in `my`s and in parameter lists. +my ($f, $g) = 1, 2; +say $f; # OUTPUT: «1» +my ($, $, $h) = 1, 2, 3; # keep the non-interesting values anonymous (`$`) +say $h; # OUTPUT: «3» + +my ($head, *@tail) = 1, 2, 3; # Yes, it's the same as with "slurpy subs" +my (*@small) = 1; + +sub unpack_array( @array [$fst, $snd] ) { + say "My first is $fst, my second is $snd! All in all, I'm @array[]."; + # (^ remember the `[]` to interpolate the array) +} +unpack_array(@tail); +# OUTPUT: «My first is 3, my second is 3! All in all, I'm 2 3.» + +# If you're not using the array itself, you can also keep it anonymous, +# much like a scalar: +sub first-of-array( @ [$fst] ) { $fst } +first-of-array(@small); #=> 1 + +# However calling `first-of-array(@tail);` will throw an error ("Too many +# positional parameters passed"), which means the `@tail` has too many +# elements. + +# You can also use a slurpy parameter. You could keep `*@rest` anonymous +# Here, `@rest` is `(3,)`, since `$fst` holds the `2`. This results +# since the length (.elems) of `@rest` is 1. +sub slurp-in-array(@ [$fst, *@rest]) { + say $fst + @rest.elems; +} +slurp-in-array(@tail); # OUTPUT: «3» + +# You could even extract on a slurpy (but it's pretty useless ;-).) +sub fst(*@ [$fst]) { # or simply: `sub fst($fst) { ... }` + say $fst; +} +fst(1); # OUTPUT: «1» + +# Calling `fst(1, 2);` will throw an error ("Too many positional parameters +# passed") though. After all, the `fst` sub declares only a single positional +# parameter. + +=begin comment +You can also destructure hashes (and classes, which you'll learn about later). +The syntax is basically the same as +`%hash-name (:key($variable-to-store-value-in))`. +The hash can stay anonymous if you only need the values you extracted. + +In order to call the function, you must supply a hash wither created with +curly braces or with `%()` (recommended). Alternatively, you can pass +a variable that contains a hash. +=end comment + +sub key-of( % (:value($val), :qua($qua)) ) { + say "Got value $val, $qua time" ~~ + $qua == 1 ?? '' !! 's'; +} + +my %foo-once = %(value => 'foo', qua => 1); +key-of({value => 'foo', qua => 2}); # OUTPUT: «Got val foo, 2 times.» +key-of(%(value => 'foo', qua => 0)); # OUTPUT: «Got val foo, 0 times.» +key-of(%foo-once); # OUTPUT: «Got val foo, 1 time.» + +# The last expression of a sub is returned automatically (though you may +# indicate explicitly by using the `return` keyword, of course): +sub next-index( $n ) { + $n + 1; +} +my $new-n = next-index(3); # $new-n is now 4 + +=begin comment +This is true for everything, except for the looping constructs (due to +performance reasons): there's no reason to build a list if we're just going to +discard all the results. If you still want to build one, you can use the +`do` statement prefix or the `gather` prefix, which we'll see later: +=end comment + +sub list-of( $n ) { + do for ^$n { $_ } +} +my @list3 = list-of(3); #=> (0, 1, 2) + +# +# 6.2 Lambdas (or anonymous subroutines) +# + +# You can create a lambda by using a pointy block (`-> {}`), a +# block (`{}`) or creating a `sub` without a name. + +my &lambda1 = -> $argument { + "The argument passed to this lambda is $argument" +} + +my &lambda2 = { + "The argument passed to this lambda is $_" +} + +my &lambda3 = sub ($argument) { + "The argument passed to this lambda is $argument" +} + +=begin comment +Both pointy blocks and blocks are pretty much the same thing, except that +the former can take arguments, and that the latter can be mistaken as +a hash by the parser. That being said, blocks can declare what's known +as placeholders parameters through the twigils `$^` (for positional +parameters) and `$:` (for named parameters). More on them latern on. +=end comment + +my &mult = { $^numbers * $:times } +say mult 4, :times(6); #=> «24» + +# Both pointy blocks and blocks are quite versatile when working with functions +# that accepts other functions such as `map`, `grep`, etc. For example, +# we add 3 to each value of an array using the `map` function with a lambda: +my @nums = 1..4; +my @res1 = map -> $v { $v + 3 }, @nums; # pointy block, explicit parameter +my @res2 = map { $_ + 3 }, @nums; # block using an implicit parameter +my @res3 = map { $^val + 3 }, @nums; # block with placeholder parameter + +=begin comment +A sub (`sub {}`) has different semantics than a block (`{}` or `-> {}`): +A block doesn't have a "function context" (though it can have arguments), +which means that if you return from it, you're going to return from the +parent function. +=end comment + +# Compare: +sub is-in( @array, $elem ) { + say map({ return True if $_ == $elem }, @array); + say 'Hi'; +} + +# with: +sub truthy-array( @array ) { + say map sub ($i) { $i ?? return True !! return False }, @array; + say 'Hi'; +} + +=begin comment +In the `is-in` sub, the block will `return` out of the `is-in` sub once the +condition evaluates to `True`, the loop won't be run anymore and the +following statement won't be executed. The last statement is only executed +if the block never returns. + +On the contrary, the `truthy-array` sub will produce an array of `True` and +`False`, which will printed, and always execute the last execute statement. +Thus, the `return` only returns from the anonymous `sub` +=end comment + +=begin comment +The `anon` declarator can be used to create an anonymous sub from a +regular subroutine. The regular sub knows its name but its symbol is +prevented from getting installed in the lexical scope, the method table +and everywhere else. +=end comment +my $anon-sum = anon sub summation(*@a) { [+] @a } +say $anon-sum.name; # OUTPUT: «summation» +say $anon-sum(2, 3, 5); # OUTPUT: «10» +#say summation; # Error: Undeclared routine: ... + +# You can also use the Whatever Star to create an anonymous subroutine. +# (it'll stop at the furthest operator in the current expression). +# The following is the same as `{$_ + 3 }`, `-> { $a + 3 }`, +# `sub ($a) { $a + 3 }`, or even `{$^a + 3}` (more on this later). +my @arrayplus3v0 = map * + 3, @nums; + +# The following is the same as `-> $a, $b { $a + $b + 3 }`, +# `sub ($a, $b) { $a + $b + 3 }`, or `{ $^a + $^b + 3 }` (more on this later). +my @arrayplus3v1 = map * + * + 3, @nums; + +say (*/2)(4); # OUTPUT: «2», immediately execute the Whatever function created. +say ((*+3)/5)(5); # OUTPUT: «1.6», it works even in parens! + +# But if you need to have more than one argument (`$_`) in a block (without +# wanting to resort to `-> {}`), you can also either `$^` and `$:` which +# declared placeholder parameters or self-declared positional/named parameters. +say map { $^a + $^b + 3 }, @nums; + +# which is equivalent to the following which uses a `sub`: +map sub ($a, $b) { $a + $b + 3 }, @nums; + +# Placeholder parameters are sorted lexicographically so the following two +# statements are equivalent: +say sort { $^b <=> $^a }, @nums; +say sort -> $a, $b { $b <=> $a }, @nums; + +# +# 6.3 Multiple Dispatch +# + +# Raku can decide which variant of a `sub` to call based on the type of the +# arguments, or on arbitrary preconditions, like with a type or `where`: + +# with types: +multi sub sayit( Int $n ) { # note the `multi` keyword here + say "Number: $n"; +} +multi sayit( Str $s ) { # a multi is a `sub` by default + say "String: $s"; +} +sayit "foo"; # OUTPUT: «String: foo» +sayit 25; # OUTPUT: «Number: 25» +sayit True; # fails at *compile time* with "calling 'sayit' will never + # work with arguments of types ..." + +# with arbitrary preconditions (remember subsets?): +multi is-big(Int $n where * > 50) { "Yes!" } # using a closure +multi is-big(Int $n where {$_ > 50}) { "Yes!" } # similar to above +multi is-big(Int $ where 10..50) { "Quite." } # Using smart-matching +multi is-big(Int $) { "No" } + +subset Even of Int where * %% 2; +multi odd-or-even(Even) { "Even" } # Using the type. We don't name the argument. +multi odd-or-even($) { "Odd" } # "everything else" hence the $ variable + +# You can even dispatch based on the presence of positional and named arguments: +multi with-or-without-you($with) { + say "I wish I could but I can't"; +} +multi with-or-without-you(:$with) { + say "I can live! Actually, I can't."; +} +multi with-or-without-you { + say "Definitely can't live."; +} + +=begin comment +This is very, very useful for many purposes, like `MAIN` subs (covered +later), and even the language itself uses it in several places. + +For example, the `is` trait is actually a `multi sub` named `trait_mod:<is>`, +and it works off that. Thus, `is rw`, is simply a dispatch to a function with +this signature `sub trait_mod:<is>(Routine $r, :$rw!) {}` +=end comment + +#################################################### +# 7. About types... +#################################################### + +=begin comment +Raku is gradually typed. This means you can specify the type of your +variables/arguments/return types, or you can omit the type annotations in +in which case they'll default to `Any`. Obviously you get access to a few +base types, like `Int` and `Str`. The constructs for declaring types are +`subset`, `class`, `role`, etc. which you'll see later. + +For now, let us examine `subset` which is a "sub-type" with additional +checks. For example, "a very big integer is an `Int` that's greater than 500". +You can specify the type you're subtyping (by default, `Any`), and add +additional checks with the `where` clause. +=end comment +subset VeryBigInteger of Int where * > 500; + +# Or the set of the whole numbers: +subset WholeNumber of Int where * >= 0; +my WholeNumber $whole-six = 6; # OK +#my WholeNumber $nonwhole-one = -1; # Error: type check failed... + +# Or the set of Positive Even Numbers whose Mod 5 is 1. Notice we're +# using the previously defined WholeNumber subset. +subset PENFO of WholeNumber where { $_ %% 2 and $_ mod 5 == 1 }; +my PENFO $yes-penfo = 36; # OK +#my PENFO $no-penfo = 2; # Error: type check failed... + +#################################################### +# 8. Scoping +#################################################### + +=begin comment +In Raku, unlike many scripting languages, (such as Python, Ruby, PHP), +you must declare your variables before using them. The `my` declarator +we've used so far uses "lexical scoping". There are a few other declarators, +(`our`, `state`, ..., ) which we'll see later. This is called +"lexical scoping", where in inner blocks, you can access variables from +outer blocks. +=end comment + +my $file_scoped = 'Foo'; +sub outer { + my $outer_scoped = 'Bar'; + sub inner { + say "$file_scoped $outer_scoped"; + } + &inner; # return the function +} +outer()(); # OUTPUT: «Foo Bar» + +# As you can see, `$file_scoped` and `$outer_scoped` were captured. +# But if we were to try and use `$outer_scoped` outside the `outer` sub, +# the variable would be undefined (and you'd get a compile time error). + +#################################################### +# 9. Twigils +#################################################### + +=begin comment +There are many special `twigils` (composed sigils) in Raku. Twigils +define a variable's scope. +The `*` and `?` twigils work on standard variables: + * for dynamic variables + ? for compile-time variables + +The `!` and the `.` twigils are used with Raku's objects: + ! for attributes (instance attribute) + . for methods (not really a variable) +=end comment + +# +# `*` twigil: Dynamic Scope +# + +# These variables use the `*` twigil to mark dynamically-scoped variables. +# Dynamically-scoped variables are looked up through the caller, not through +# the outer scope. + +my $*dyn_scoped_1 = 1; +my $*dyn_scoped_2 = 10; + +sub say_dyn { + say "$*dyn_scoped_1 $*dyn_scoped_2"; +} + +sub call_say_dyn { + # Defines $*dyn_scoped_1 only for this sub. + my $*dyn_scoped_1 = 25; + + # Will change the value of the file scoped variable. + $*dyn_scoped_2 = 100; + + # $*dyn_scoped 1 and 2 will be looked for in the call. + say_dyn(); # OUTPUT: «25 100» + + # The call to `say_dyn` uses the value of $*dyn_scoped_1 from inside + # this sub's lexical scope even though the blocks aren't nested (they're + # call-nested). +} +say_dyn(); # OUTPUT: «1 10» + +# Uses $*dyn_scoped_1 as defined in `call_say_dyn` even though we are calling it +# from outside. +call_say_dyn(); # OUTPUT: «25 100» + +# We changed the value of $*dyn_scoped_2 in `call_say_dyn` so now its +# value has changed. +say_dyn(); # OUTPUT: «1 100» + +# TODO: Add information about remaining twigils + +#################################################### +# 10. Object Model +#################################################### + +=begin comment +To call a method on an object, add a dot followed by the method name: +`$object.method` + +Classes are declared with the `class` keyword. Attributes are declared +with the `has` keyword, and methods declared with the `method` keyword. + +Every attribute that is private uses the `!` twigil. For example: `$!attr`. +Immutable public attributes use the `.` twigil which creates a read-only +method named after the attribute. In fact, declaring an attribute with `.` +is equivalent to declaring the same attribute with `!` and then creating +a read-only method with the attribute's name. However, this is done for us +by Raku automatically. The easiest way to remember the `$.` twigil is +by comparing it to how methods are called. + +Raku's object model ("SixModel") is very flexible, and allows you to +dynamically add methods, change semantics, etc... Unfortunately, these will +not all be covered here, and you should refer to: +https://docs.raku.org/language/objects.html. +=end comment + +class Human { + has Str $.name; # `$.name` is immutable but with an accessor method. + has Str $.bcountry; # Use `$!bcountry` to modify it inside the class. + has Str $.ccountry is rw; # This attribute can be modified from outside. + has Int $!age = 0; # A private attribute with default value. + + method birthday { + $!age += 1; # Add a year to human's age + } + + method get-age { + return $!age; + } + + # This method is private to the class. Note the `!` before the + # method's name. + method !do-decoration { + return "$!name born in $!bcountry and now lives in $!ccountry." + } + + # This method is public, just like `birthday` and `get-age`. + method get-info { + # Invoking a method on `self` inside the class. + # Use `self!priv-method` for private method. + say self!do-decoration; + + # Use `self.public-method` for public method. + say "Age: ", self.get-age; + } +}; + +# Create a new instance of Human class. +# NOTE: Only attributes declared with the `.` twigil can be set via the +# default constructor (more later on). This constructor only accepts named +# arguments. +my $person1 = Human.new( + name => "Jord", + bcountry => "Togo", + ccountry => "Togo" +); + +# Make human 10 years old. +$person1.birthday for 1..10; + +say $person1.name; # OUTPUT: «Jord» +say $person1.bcountry; # OUTPUT: «Togo» +say $person1.ccountry; # OUTPUT: «Togo» +say $person1.get-age; # OUTPUT: «10» + +# This fails, because the `has $.bcountry`is immutable. Jord can't change +# his birthplace. +# $person1.bcountry = "Mali"; + +# This works because the `$.ccountry` is mutable (`is rw`). Now Jord's +# current country is France. +$person1.ccountry = "France"; + +# Calling methods on the instance objects. +$person1.birthday; #=> 1 +$person1.get-info; #=> Jord born in Togo and now lives in France. Age: 10 +# $person1.do-decoration; # This fails since the method `do-decoration` is private. + +# +# 10.1 Object Inheritance +# + +=begin comment +Raku also has inheritance (along with multiple inheritance). While +methods are inherited, submethods are not. Submethods are useful for +object construction and destruction tasks, such as `BUILD`, or methods that +must be overridden by subtypes. We will learn about `BUILD` later on. +=end comment + +class Parent { + has $.age; + has $.name; + + # This submethod won't be inherited by the Child class. + submethod favorite-color { + say "My favorite color is Blue"; + } + + # This method is inherited + method talk { say "Hi, my name is $!name" } +} + +# Inheritance uses the `is` keyword +class Child is Parent { + method talk { say "Goo goo ga ga" } + # This shadows Parent's `talk` method. + # This child hasn't learned to speak yet! +} + +my Parent $Richard .= new(age => 40, name => 'Richard'); +$Richard.favorite-color; # OUTPUT: «My favorite color is Blue» +$Richard.talk; # OUTPUT: «Hi, my name is Richard» +# $Richard is able to access the submethod and he knows how to say his name. + +my Child $Madison .= new(age => 1, name => 'Madison'); +$Madison.talk; # OUTPUT: «Goo goo ga ga», due to the overridden method. +# $Madison.favorite-color # does not work since it is not inherited. + +=begin comment +When you use `my T $var`, `$var` starts off with `T` itself in it, so you can +call `new` on it. (`.=` is just the dot-call and the assignment operator). +Thus, `$a .= b` is the same as `$a = $a.b`. Also note that `BUILD` (the method +called inside `new`) will set parent's properties too, so you can pass `val => +5`. +=end comment + +# +# 10.2 Roles, or Mixins +# + +# Roles are supported too (which are called Mixins in other languages) +role PrintableVal { + has $!counter = 0; + method print { + say $.val; + } +} + +# you "apply" a role (or mixin) with the `does` keyword: +class Item does PrintableVal { + has $.val; + + =begin comment + When `does`-ed, a `role` literally "mixes in" the class: + the methods and attributes are put together, which means a class + can access the private attributes/methods of its roles (but + not the inverse!): + =end comment + method access { + say $!counter++; + } + + =begin comment + However, this: method print {} is ONLY valid when `print` isn't a `multi` + with the same dispatch. This means a parent class can shadow a child class's + `multi print() {}`, but it's an error if a role does) + + NOTE: You can use a role as a class (with `is ROLE`). In this case, + methods will be shadowed, since the compiler will consider `ROLE` + to be a class. + =end comment +} + +#################################################### +# 11. Exceptions +#################################################### + +=begin comment +Exceptions are built on top of classes, in the package `X` (like `X::IO`). +In Raku, exceptions are automatically 'thrown': + +open 'foo'; # OUTPUT: «Failed to open file foo: no such file or directory» + +It will also print out what line the error was thrown at +and other error info. +=end comment + +# You can throw an exception using `die`. Here it's been commented out to +# avoid stopping the program's execution: +# die 'Error!'; # OUTPUT: «Error!» + +# Or more explicitly (commented out too): +# X::AdHoc.new(payload => 'Error!').throw; # OUTPUT: «Error!» + +=begin comment +In Raku, `orelse` is similar to the `or` operator, except it only matches +undefined variables instead of anything evaluating as `False`. +Undefined values include: `Nil`, `Mu` and `Failure` as well as `Int`, `Str` +and other types that have not been initialized to any value yet. +You can check if something is defined or not using the defined method: +=end comment +my $uninitialized; +say $uninitialized.defined; # OUTPUT: «False» + +=begin comment +When using `orelse` it will disarm the exception and alias $_ to that +failure. This will prevent it to being automatically handled and printing +lots of scary error messages to the screen. We can use the `exception` +method on the `$_` variable to access the exception +=end comment +open 'foo' orelse say "Something happened {.exception}"; + +# This also works: +open 'foo' orelse say "Something happened $_"; +# OUTPUT: «Something happened Failed to open file foo: no such file or directory» + +=begin comment +Both of those above work but in case we get an object from the left side +that is not a failure we will probably get a warning. We see below how we +can use try` and `CATCH` to be more specific with the exceptions we catch. +=end comment + +# +# 11.1 Using `try` and `CATCH` +# + +=begin comment +By using `try` and `CATCH` you can contain and handle exceptions without +disrupting the rest of the program. The `try` block will set the last +exception to the special variable `$!` (known as the error variable). +NOTE: This has no relation to $!variables seen inside class definitions. +=end comment + +try open 'foo'; +say "Well, I tried! $!" if defined $!; +# OUTPUT: «Well, I tried! Failed to open file foo: no such file or directory» + +=begin comment +Now, what if we want more control over handling the exception? +Unlike many other languages, in Raku, you put the `CATCH` block *within* +the block to `try`. Similar to how the `$_` variable was set when we +'disarmed' the exception with `orelse`, we also use `$_` in the CATCH block. +NOTE: The `$!` variable is only set *after* the `try` block has caught an +exception. By default, a `try` block has a `CATCH` block of its own that +catches any exception (`CATCH { default {} }`). +=end comment + +try { + my $a = (0 %% 0); + CATCH { + default { say "Something happened: $_" } + } +} +# OUTPUT: «Something happened: Attempt to divide by zero using infix:<%%>» + +# You can redefine it using `when`s (and `default`) to handle the exceptions +# you want to catch explicitly: + +try { + open 'foo'; + CATCH { + # In the `CATCH` block, the exception is set to the $_ variable. + when X::AdHoc { + say "Error: $_" + } + when X::Numeric::DivideByZero { + say "Error: $_"; + } + + =begin comment + Any other exceptions will be re-raised, since we don't have a `default`. + Basically, if a `when` matches (or there's a `default`), the + exception is marked as "handled" so as to prevent its re-throw + from the `CATCH` block. You still can re-throw the exception + (see below) by hand. + =end comment + default { + say "Any other error: $_" + } + } +} +# OUTPUT: «Failed to open file /dir/foo: no such file or directory» + +=begin comment +There are also some subtleties to exceptions. Some Raku subs return a +`Failure`, which is a wrapper around an `Exception` object which is +"unthrown". They're not thrown until you try to use the variables containing +them unless you call `.Bool`/`.defined` on them - then they're handled. +(the `.handled` method is `rw`, so you can mark it as `False` back yourself) +You can throw a `Failure` using `fail`. Note that if the pragma `use fatal` +is on, `fail` will throw an exception (like `die`). +=end comment + +my $value = 0/0; # We're not trying to access the value, so no problem. +try { + say 'Value: ', $value; # Trying to use the value + CATCH { + default { + say "It threw because we tried to get the fail's value!" + } + } +} + +=begin comment +There is also another kind of exception: Control exceptions. Those are "good" +exceptions, which happen when you change your program's flow, using operators +like `return`, `next` or `last`. You can "catch" those with `CONTROL` (not 100% +working in Rakudo yet). +=end comment + +#################################################### +# 12. Packages +#################################################### + +=begin comment +Packages are a way to reuse code. Packages are like "namespaces", and any +element of the six model (`module`, `role`, `class`, `grammar`, `subset` and +`enum`) are actually packages. (Packages are the lowest common denominator) +Packages are important - especially as Perl is well-known for CPAN, +the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network. +=end comment + +# You can use a module (bring its declarations into scope) with `use`: +use JSON::Tiny; # if you installed Rakudo* or Panda, you'll have this module +say from-json('[1]').perl; # OUTPUT: «[1]» + +=begin comment +You should not declare packages using the `package` keyword (unlike Perl 5). +Instead, use `class Package::Name::Here;` to declare a class, or if you only +want to export variables/subs, you can use `module` instead. +=end comment + +# If `Hello` doesn't exist yet, it'll just be a "stub", that can be redeclared +# as something else later. +module Hello::World { # bracketed form + # declarations here +} + +# The file-scoped form which extends until the end of the file. For +# instance, `unit module Parse::Text;` will extend until of the file. + +# A grammar is a package, which you could `use`. You will learn more about +# grammars in the regex section. +grammar Parse::Text::Grammar { +} + +# As said before, any part of the six model is also a package. +# Since `JSON::Tiny` uses its own `JSON::Tiny::Actions` class, you can use it: +my $actions = JSON::Tiny::Actions.new; + +# We'll see how to export variables and subs in the next part. + +#################################################### +# 13. Declarators +#################################################### + +=begin comment +In Raku, you get different behaviors based on how you declare a variable. +You've already seen `my` and `has`, we'll now explore the others. + +`our` - these declarations happen at `INIT` time -- (see "Phasers" below). +It's like `my`, but it also creates a package variable. All packagish +things such as `class`, `role`, etc. are `our` by default. +=end comment + +module Var::Increment { + # NOTE: `our`-declared variables cannot be typed. + our $our-var = 1; + my $my-var = 22; + + our sub Inc { + our sub available { # If you try to make inner `sub`s `our`... + # ... Better know what you're doing (Don't !). + say "Don't do that. Seriously. You'll get burned."; + } + + my sub unavailable { # `sub`s are `my`-declared by default + say "Can't access me from outside, I'm 'my'!"; + } + say ++$our-var; # Increment the package variable and output its value + } + +} + +say $Var::Increment::our-var; # OUTPUT: «1», this works! +say $Var::Increment::my-var; # OUTPUT: «(Any)», this will not work! + +say Var::Increment::Inc; # OUTPUT: «2» +say Var::Increment::Inc; # OUTPUT: «3», notice how the value of $our-var was retained. + +# Var::Increment::unavailable; # OUTPUT: «Could not find symbol '&unavailable'» + +# `constant` - these declarations happen at `BEGIN` time. You can use +# the `constant` keyword to declare a compile-time variable/symbol: +constant Pi = 3.14; +constant $var = 1; + +# And if you're wondering, yes, it can also contain infinite lists. +constant why-not = 5, 15 ... *; +say why-not[^5]; # OUTPUT: «5 15 25 35 45» + +# `state` - these declarations happen at run time, but only once. State +# variables are only initialized one time. In other languages such as C +# they exist as `static` variables. +sub fixed-rand { + state $val = rand; + say $val; +} +fixed-rand for ^10; # will print the same number 10 times + +# Note, however, that they exist separately in different enclosing contexts. +# If you declare a function with a `state` within a loop, it'll re-create the +# variable for each iteration of the loop. See: +for ^5 -> $a { + sub foo { + # This will be a different value for every value of `$a` + state $val = rand; + } + for ^5 -> $b { + # This will print the same value 5 times, but only 5. Next iteration + # will re-run `rand`. + say foo; + } +} + +#################################################### +# 14. Phasers +#################################################### + +=begin comment +Phasers in Raku are blocks that happen at determined points of time in +your program. They are called phasers because they mark a change in the +phase of a program. For example, when the program is compiled, a for loop +runs, you leave a block, or an exception gets thrown (The `CATCH` block is +actually a phaser!). Some of them can be used for their return values, +some of them can't (those that can have a "[*]" in the beginning of their +explanation text). Let's have a look! +=end comment + +# +# 14.1 Compile-time phasers +# +BEGIN { say "[*] Runs at compile time, as soon as possible, only once" } +CHECK { say "[*] Runs at compile time, as late as possible, only once" } + +# +# 14.2 Run-time phasers +# +INIT { say "[*] Runs at run time, as soon as possible, only once" } +END { say "Runs at run time, as late as possible, only once" } + +# +# 14.3 Block phasers +# +ENTER { say "[*] Runs everytime you enter a block, repeats on loop blocks" } +LEAVE { + say "Runs everytime you leave a block, even when an exception + happened. Repeats on loop blocks." +} + +PRE { + say "Asserts a precondition at every block entry, + before ENTER (especially useful for loops)"; + say "If this block doesn't return a truthy value, + an exception of type X::Phaser::PrePost is thrown."; +} + +# Example (commented out): +for 0..2 { + # PRE { $_ > 1 } # OUTPUT: «Precondition '{ $_ > 1 }' failed +} + +POST { + say "Asserts a postcondition at every block exit, + after LEAVE (especially useful for loops)"; + say "If this block doesn't return a truthy value, + an exception of type X::Phaser::PrePost is thrown, like PRE."; +} + +# Example (commented out): +for 0..2 { + # POST { $_ < 1 } # OUTPUT: «Postcondition '{ $_ < 1 }' failed +} + +# +# 14.4 Block/exceptions phasers +# +{ + KEEP { say "Runs when you exit a block successfully + (without throwing an exception)" } + UNDO { say "Runs when you exit a block unsuccessfully + (by throwing an exception)" } +} + +# +# 14.5 Loop phasers +# +for ^5 { + FIRST { say "[*] The first time the loop is run, before ENTER" } + NEXT { say "At loop continuation time, before LEAVE" } + LAST { say "At loop termination time, after LEAVE" } +} + +# +# 14.6 Role/class phasers +# +COMPOSE { + say "When a role is composed into a class. /!\ NOT YET IMPLEMENTED" +} + +# They allow for cute tricks or clever code...: +say "This code took " ~ (time - CHECK time) ~ "s to compile"; + +# ... or clever organization: +class DB { + method start-transaction { say "Starting transation!" } + method commit { say "Commiting transaction..." } + method rollback { say "Something went wrong. Rollingback!" } +} + +sub do-db-stuff { + my DB $db .= new; + $db.start-transaction; # start a new transaction + KEEP $db.commit; # commit the transaction if all went well + UNDO $db.rollback; # or rollback if all hell broke loose +} + +do-db-stuff(); + +#################################################### +# 15. Statement prefixes +#################################################### + +=begin comment +Those act a bit like phasers: they affect the behavior of the following +code. Though, they run in-line with the executable code, so they're in +lowercase. (`try` and `start` are theoretically in that list, but explained +elsewhere) NOTE: all of these (except start) don't need explicit curly +braces `{` and `}`. + +=end comment + +# +# 15.1 `do` - It runs a block or a statement as a term. +# + +# Normally you cannot use a statement as a value (or "term"). `do` helps +# us do it. With `do`, an `if`, for example, becomes a term returning a value. +=for comment :reason<this fails since `if` is a statement> +my $value = if True { 1 } + +# this works! +my $get-five = do if True { 5 } + +# +# 15.1 `once` - makes sure a piece of code only runs once. +# +for ^5 { + once say 1 +}; +# OUTPUT: «1», only prints ... once + +# Similar to `state`, they're cloned per-scope. +for ^5 { + sub { once say 1 }() +}; +# OUTPUT: «1 1 1 1 1», prints once per lexical scope. + +# +# 15.2 `gather` - co-routine thread. +# + +# The `gather` constructs allows us to `take` several values from an array/list, +# much like `do`. +say gather for ^5 { + take $_ * 3 - 1; + take $_ * 3 + 1; +} +# OUTPUT: «-1 1 2 4 5 7 8 10 11 13» + +say join ',', gather if False { + take 1; + take 2; + take 3; +} +# Doesn't print anything. + +# +# 15.3 `eager` - evaluates a statement eagerly (forces eager context). + +# Don't try this at home. This will probably hang for a while (and might crash) +# so commented out. +# eager 1..*; + +# But consider, this version which doesn't print anything +constant thricev0 = gather for ^3 { say take $_ }; +# to: +constant thricev1 = eager gather for ^3 { say take $_ }; # OUTPUT: «0 1 2» + +#################################################### +# 16. Iterables +#################################################### + +# Iterables are objects that can be iterated over for things such as +# the `for` construct. + +# +# 16.1 `flat` - flattens iterables. +# +say (1, 10, (20, 10) ); # OUTPUT: «(1 10 (20 10))», notice how nested + # lists are preserved +say (1, 10, (20, 10) ).flat; # OUTPUT: «(1 10 20 10)», now the iterable is flat + +# +# 16.2 `lazy` - defers actual evaluation until value is fetched by forcing lazy context. +# +my @lazy-array = (1..100).lazy; +say @lazy-array.is-lazy; # OUTPUT: «True», check for laziness with the `is-lazy` method. + +say @lazy-array; # OUTPUT: «[...]», List has not been iterated on! + +# This works and will only do as much work as is needed. +for @lazy-array { .print }; + +# (**TODO** explain that gather/take and map are all lazy) + +# +# 16.3 `sink` - an `eager` that discards the results by forcing sink context. +# +constant nilthingie = sink for ^3 { .say } #=> 0 1 2 +say nilthingie.perl; # OUTPUT: «Nil» + +# +# 16.4 `quietly` - suppresses warnings in blocks. +# +quietly { warn 'This is a warning!' }; # No output + +#################################################### +# 17. More operators thingies! +#################################################### + +# Everybody loves operators! Let's get more of them. + +# The precedence list can be found here: +# https://docs.raku.org/language/operators#Operator_Precedence +# But first, we need a little explanation about associativity: + +# +# 17.1 Binary operators +# + +my ($p, $q, $r) = (1, 2, 3); + +=begin comment +Given some binary operator § (not a Raku-supported operator), then: + +$p § $q § $r; # with a left-associative §, this is ($p § $q) § $r +$p § $q § $r; # with a right-associative §, this is $p § ($q § $r) +$p § $q § $r; # with a non-associative §, this is illegal +$p § $q § $r; # with a chain-associative §, this is ($p § $q) and ($q § $r)§ +$p § $q § $r; # with a list-associative §, this is `infix:<>` +=end comment + +# +# 17.2 Unary operators +# + +=begin comment +Given some unary operator § (not a Raku-supported operator), then: +§$p§ # with left-associative §, this is (§$p)§ +§$p§ # with right-associative §, this is §($p§) +§$p§ # with non-associative §, this is illegal +=end comment + +# +# 17.3 Create your own operators! +# + +=begin comment +Okay, you've been reading all of that, so you might want to try something +more exciting?! I'll tell you a little secret (or not-so-secret): +In Raku, all operators are actually just funny-looking subroutines. + +You can declare an operator just like you declare a sub. In the following +example, `prefix` refers to the operator categories (prefix, infix, postfix, +circumfix, and post-circumfix). +=end comment +sub prefix:<win>( $winner ) { + say "$winner Won!"; +} +win "The King"; # OUTPUT: «The King Won!» + +# you can still call the sub with its "full name": +say prefix:<!>(True); # OUTPUT: «False» +prefix:<win>("The Queen"); # OUTPUT: «The Queen Won!» + +sub postfix:<!>( Int $n ) { + [*] 2..$n; # using the reduce meta-operator... See below ;-)! +} +say 5!; # OUTPUT: «120» + +# Postfix operators ('after') have to come *directly* after the term. +# No whitespace. You can use parentheses to disambiguate, i.e. `(5!)!` + +sub infix:<times>( Int $n, Block $r ) { # infix ('between') + for ^$n { + # You need the explicit parentheses to call the function in `$r`, + # else you'd be referring at the code object itself, like with `&r`. + $r(); + } +} +3 times -> { say "hello" }; # OUTPUT: «hellohellohello» + +# It's recommended to put spaces around your infix operator calls. + +# For circumfix and post-circumfix ones +multi circumfix:<[ ]>( Int $n ) { + $n ** $n +} +say [5]; # OUTPUT: «3125» + +# Circumfix means 'around'. Again, no whitespace. + +multi postcircumfix:<{ }>( Str $s, Int $idx ) { + $s.substr($idx, 1); +} +say "abc"{1}; # OUTPUT: «b», after the term `"abc"`, and around the index (1) + +# Post-circumfix is 'after a term, around something' + +=begin comment +This really means a lot -- because everything in Raku uses this. +For example, to delete a key from a hash, you use the `:delete` adverb +(a simple named argument underneath). For instance, the following statements +are equivalent. +=end comment +my %person-stans = + 'Giorno Giovanna' => 'Gold Experience', + 'Bruno Bucciarati' => 'Sticky Fingers'; +my $key = 'Bruno Bucciarati'; +%person-stans{$key}:delete; +postcircumfix:<{ }>( %person-stans, 'Giorno Giovanna', :delete ); +# (you can call operators like this) + +=begin comment +It's *all* using the same building blocks! Syntactic categories +(prefix infix ...), named arguments (adverbs), ..., etc. used to build +the language - are available to you. Obviously, you're advised against +making an operator out of *everything* -- with great power comes great +responsibility. +=end comment + +# +# 17.4 Meta operators! +# + +=begin comment +Oh boy, get ready!. Get ready, because we're delving deep into the rabbit's +hole, and you probably won't want to go back to other languages after +reading this. (I'm guessing you don't want to go back at this point but +let's continue, for the journey is long and enjoyable!). + +Meta-operators, as their name suggests, are *composed* operators. Basically, +they're operators that act on another operators. + +The reduce meta-operator is a prefix meta-operator that takes a binary +function and one or many lists. If it doesn't get passed any argument, +it either returns a "default value" for this operator (a meaningless value) +or `Any` if there's none (examples below). Otherwise, it pops an element +from the list(s) one at a time, and applies the binary function to the last +result (or the first element of a list) and the popped element. +=end comment + +# To sum a list, you could use the reduce meta-operator with `+`, i.e.: +say [+] 1, 2, 3; # OUTPUT: «6», equivalent to (1+2)+3. + +# To multiply a list +say [*] 1..5; # OUTPUT: «120», equivalent to ((((1*2)*3)*4)*5). + +# You can reduce with any operator, not just with mathematical ones. +# For example, you could reduce with `//` to get first defined element +# of a list: +say [//] Nil, Any, False, 1, 5; # OUTPUT: «False» + # (Falsey, but still defined) +# Or with relational operators, i.e., `>` to check elements of a list +# are ordered accordingly: +say [>] 234, 156, 6, 3, -20; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# Default value examples: +say [*] (); # OUTPUT: «1», empty product +say [+] (); # OUTPUT: «0», empty sum +say [//]; # OUTPUT: «(Any)» + # There's no "default value" for `//`. + +# You can also use it with a function you made up, +# You can also surround using double brackets: +sub add($a, $b) { $a + $b } +say [[&add]] 1, 2, 3; # OUTPUT: «6» + +=begin comment +The zip meta-operator is an infix meta-operator that also can be used as a +"normal" operator. It takes an optional binary function (by default, it +just creates a pair), and will pop one value off of each array and call +its binary function on these until it runs out of elements. It returns an +array with all of these new elements. +=end comment +say (1, 2) Z (3, 4); # OUTPUT: «((1, 3), (2, 4))» +say 1..3 Z+ 4..6; # OUTPUT: «(5, 7, 9)» + +# Since `Z` is list-associative (see the list above), you can use it on more +# than one list. +(True, False) Z|| (False, False) Z|| (False, False); # (True, False) + +# And, as it turns out, you can also use the reduce meta-operator with it: +[Z||] (True, False), (False, False), (False, False); # (True, False) + +# And to end the operator list: + +=begin comment +The sequence operator (`...`) is one of Raku's most powerful features: +It's composed by the list (which might include a closure) you want Raku to +deduce from on the left and a value (or either a predicate or a Whatever Star +for a lazy infinite list) on the right that states when to stop. +=end comment + +# Basic arithmetic sequence +my @listv0 = 1, 2, 3...10; + +# This dies because Raku can't figure out the end +# my @list = 1, 3, 6...10; + +# As with ranges, you can exclude the last element (the iteration ends when +# the predicate matches). +my @listv1 = 1, 2, 3...^10; + +# You can use a predicate (with the Whatever Star). +my @listv2 = 1, 3, 9...* > 30; + +# Equivalent to the example above but using a block here. +my @listv3 = 1, 3, 9 ... { $_ > 30 }; + +# Lazy infinite list of fibonacci sequence, computed using a closure! +my @fibv0 = 1, 1, *+* ... *; + +# Equivalent to the above example but using a pointy block. +my @fibv1 = 1, 1, -> $a, $b { $a + $b } ... *; + +# Equivalent to the above example but using a block with placeholder parameters. +my @fibv2 = 1, 1, { $^a + $^b } ... *; + +=begin comment +In the examples with explicit parameters (i.e., $a and $b), $a and $b +will always take the previous values, meaning that for the Fibonacci sequence, +they'll start with $a = 1 and $b = 1 (values we set by hand), then $a = 1 +and $b = 2 (result from previous $a + $b), and so on. +=end comment + +=begin comment +# In the example we use a range as an index to access the sequence. However, +# it's worth noting that for ranges, once reified, elements aren't re-calculated. +# That's why, for instance, `@primes[^100]` will take a long time the first +# time you print it but then it will be instateneous. +=end comment +say @fibv0[^10]; # OUTPUT: «1 1 2 3 5 8 13 21 34 55» + +#################################################### +# 18. Regular Expressions +#################################################### + +=begin comment +I'm sure a lot of you have been waiting for this one. Well, now that you know +a good deal of Raku already, we can get started. First off, you'll have to +forget about "PCRE regexps" (perl-compatible regexps). + +IMPORTANT: Don't skip them because you know PCRE. They're different. Some +things are the same (like `?`, `+`, and `*`), but sometimes the semantics +change (`|`). Make sure you read carefully, because you might trip over a +new behavior. + +Raku has many features related to RegExps. After all, Rakudo parses itself. +We're first going to look at the syntax itself, then talk about grammars +(PEG-like), differences between `token`, `regex` and `rule` declarators, +and some more. Side note: you still have access to PCRE regexps using the +`:P5` modifier which we won't be discussing this in this tutorial, though. + +In essence, Raku natively implements PEG ("Parsing Expression Grammars"). +The pecking order for ambiguous parses is determined by a multi-level +tie-breaking test: + - Longest token matching: `foo\s+` beats `foo` (by 2 or more positions) + - Longest literal prefix: `food\w*` beats `foo\w*` (by 1) + - Declaration from most-derived to less derived grammars + (grammars are actually classes) + - Earliest declaration wins +=end comment +say so 'a' ~~ /a/; # OUTPUT: «True» +say so 'a' ~~ / a /; # OUTPUT: «True», more readable with some spaces! + +=begin comment +In all our examples, we're going to use the smart-matching operator against +a regexp. We're converting the result using `so` to a Boolean value because, +in fact, it's returning a `Match` object. They know how to respond to list +indexing, hash indexing, and return the matched string. The results of the +match are available in the `$/` variable (implicitly lexically-scoped). You +can also use the capture variables which start at 0: `$0`, `$1', `$2`... + +You can also note that `~~` does not perform start/end checking, meaning +the regexp can be matched with just one character of the string. We'll +explain later how you can do it. + +In Raku, you can have any alphanumeric as a literal, everything else has +to be escaped by using a backslash or quotes. +=end comment +say so 'a|b' ~~ / a '|' b /; # OUTPUT: «True», it wouldn't mean the same + # thing if `|` wasn't escaped. +say so 'a|b' ~~ / a \| b /; # OUTPUT: «True», another way to escape it. + +# The whitespace in a regex is actually not significant, unless you use the +# `:s` (`:sigspace`, significant space) adverb. +say so 'a b c' ~~ / a b c /; #=> `False`, space is not significant here! +say so 'a b c' ~~ /:s a b c /; #=> `True`, we added the modifier `:s` here. + +# If we use only one space between strings in a regex, Raku will warn us +# about space being not signicant in the regex: +say so 'a b c' ~~ / a b c /; # OUTPUT: «False» +say so 'a b c' ~~ / a b c /; # OUTPUT: «False» + +=begin comment +NOTE: Please use quotes or `:s` (`:sigspace`) modifier (or, to suppress this +warning, omit the space, or otherwise change the spacing). To fix this and make +the spaces less ambiguous, either use at least two spaces between strings +or use the `:s` adverb. +=end comment + +# As we saw before, we can embed the `:s` inside the slash delimiters, but we +# can also put it outside of them if we specify `m` for 'match': +say so 'a b c' ~~ m:s/a b c/; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# By using `m` to specify 'match', we can also use other delimiters: +say so 'abc' ~~ m{a b c}; # OUTPUT: «True» +say so 'abc' ~~ m[a b c]; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# `m/.../` is equivalent to `/.../`: +say 'raku' ~~ m/raku/; # OUTPUT: «True» +say 'raku' ~~ /raku/; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# Use the `:i` adverb to specify case insensitivity: +say so 'ABC' ~~ m:i{a b c}; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# However, whitespace is important as for how modifiers are applied +# (which you'll see just below) ... + +# +# 18.1 Quantifiers - `?`, `+`, `*` and `**`. +# + +# `?` - zero or one match +say so 'ac' ~~ / a b c /; # OUTPUT: «False» +say so 'ac' ~~ / a b? c /; # OUTPUT: «True», the "b" matched 0 times. +say so 'abc' ~~ / a b? c /; # OUTPUT: «True», the "b" matched 1 time. + +# ... As you read before, whitespace is important because it determines which +# part of the regex is the target of the modifier: +say so 'def' ~~ / a b c? /; # OUTPUT: «False», only the "c" is optional +say so 'def' ~~ / a b? c /; # OUTPUT: «False», whitespace is not significant +say so 'def' ~~ / 'abc'? /; # OUTPUT: «True», the whole "abc" group is optional + +# Here (and below) the quantifier applies only to the "b" + +# `+` - one or more matches +say so 'ac' ~~ / a b+ c /; # OUTPUT: «False», `+` wants at least one 'b' +say so 'abc' ~~ / a b+ c /; # OUTPUT: «True», one is enough +say so 'abbbbc' ~~ / a b+ c /; # OUTPUT: «True», matched 4 "b"s + +# `*` - zero or more matches +say so 'ac' ~~ / a b* c /; # OUTPU: «True», they're all optional +say so 'abc' ~~ / a b* c /; # OUTPU: «True» +say so 'abbbbc' ~~ / a b* c /; # OUTPU: «True» +say so 'aec' ~~ / a b* c /; # OUTPU: «False», "b"(s) are optional, not replaceable. + +# `**` - (Unbound) Quantifier +# If you squint hard enough, you might understand why exponentation is used +# for quantity. +say so 'abc' ~~ / a b**1 c /; # OUTPU: «True», exactly one time +say so 'abc' ~~ / a b**1..3 c /; # OUTPU: «True», one to three times +say so 'abbbc' ~~ / a b**1..3 c /; # OUTPU: «True» +say so 'abbbbbbc' ~~ / a b**1..3 c /; # OUTPU: «Fals», too much +say so 'abbbbbbc' ~~ / a b**3..* c /; # OUTPU: «True», infinite ranges are ok + +# +# 18.2 `<[]>` - Character classes +# + +# Character classes are the equivalent of PCRE's `[]` classes, but they use a +# more raku-ish syntax: +say 'fooa' ~~ / f <[ o a ]>+ /; # OUTPUT: «fooa» + +# You can use ranges (`..`): +say 'aeiou' ~~ / a <[ e..w ]> /; # OUTPUT: «ae» + +# Just like in normal regexes, if you want to use a special character, escape +# it (the last one is escaping a space which would be equivalent to using +# ' '): +say 'he-he !' ~~ / 'he-' <[ a..z \! \ ]> + /; # OUTPUT: «he-he !» + +# You'll get a warning if you put duplicate names (which has the nice effect +# of catching the raw quoting): +'he he' ~~ / <[ h e ' ' ]> /; +# Warns "Repeated character (') unexpectedly found in character class" + +# You can also negate character classes... (`<-[]>` equivalent to `[^]` in PCRE) +say so 'foo' ~~ / <-[ f o ]> + /; # OUTPUT: «False» + +# ... and compose them: +# any letter except "f" and "o" +say so 'foo' ~~ / <[ a..z ] - [ f o ]> + /; # OUTPUT: «False» + +# no letter except "f" and "o" +say so 'foo' ~~ / <-[ a..z ] + [ f o ]> + /; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# the + doesn't replace the left part +say so 'foo!' ~~ / <-[ a..z ] + [ f o ]> + /; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# +# 18.3 Grouping and capturing +# + +# Group: you can group parts of your regexp with `[]`. Unlike PCRE's `(?:)`, +# these groups are *not* captured. +say so 'abc' ~~ / a [ b ] c /; # OUTPUT: «True», the grouping does nothing +say so 'foo012012bar' ~~ / foo [ '01' <[0..9]> ] + bar /; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# The previous line returns `True`. The regex matches "012" one or more time +# (achieved by the the `+` applied to the group). + +# But this does not go far enough, because we can't actually get back what +# we matched. + +# Capture: The results of a regexp can be *captured* by using parentheses. +say so 'fooABCABCbar' ~~ / foo ( 'A' <[A..Z]> 'C' ) + bar /; # OUTPUT: «True» +# (using `so` here, see `$/` below) + +# So, starting with the grouping explanations. As we said before, our `Match` +# object is stored inside the `$/` variable: +say $/; # Will either print the matched object or `Nil` if nothing matched. + +# As we also said before, it has array indexing: +say $/[0]; # OUTPUT: «｢ABC｣ ｢ABC｣», + +# The corner brackets (｢..｣) represent (and are) `Match` objects. In the +# previous example, we have an array of them. + +say $0; # The same as above. + +=begin comment +Our capture is `$0` because it's the first and only one capture in the +regexp. You might be wondering why it's an array, and the answer is simple: +Some captures (indexed using `$0`, `$/[0]` or a named one) will be an array +if and only if they can have more than one element. Thus any capture with +`*`, `+` and `**` (whatever the operands), but not with `?`. +Let's use examples to see that: + +NOTE: We quoted A B C to demonstrate that the whitespace between them isn't +significant. If we want the whitespace to *be* significant there, we can use the +`:sigspace` modifier. +=end comment +say so 'fooABCbar' ~~ / foo ( "A" "B" "C" )? bar /; # OUTPUT: «True» +say $/[0]; # OUTPUT: «｢ABC｣» +say $0.WHAT; # OUTPUT: «(Match)» + # There can't be more than one, so it's only a single match object. + +say so 'foobar' ~~ / foo ( "A" "B" "C" )? bar /; # OUTPUT: «True» +say $0.WHAT; # OUTPUT: «(Any)», this capture did not match, so it's empty. + +say so 'foobar' ~~ / foo ( "A" "B" "C" ) ** 0..1 bar /; #=> OUTPUT: «True» +say $0.WHAT; # OUTPUT: «(Array)», A specific quantifier will always capture + # an Array, be a range or a specific value (even 1). + +# The captures are indexed per nesting. This means a group in a group will be +# nested under its parent group: `$/[0][0]`, for this code: +'hello-~-world' ~~ / ( 'hello' ( <[ \- \~ ]> + ) ) 'world' /; +say $/[0].Str; # OUTPUT: «hello~» +say $/[0][0].Str; # OUTPUT: «~» + +=begin comment +This stems from a very simple fact: `$/` does not contain strings, integers +or arrays, it only contains `Match` objects. These contain the `.list`, `.hash` +and `.Str` methods but you can also just use `match<key>` for hash access +and `match[idx]` for array access. + +In the following example, we can see `$_` is a list of `Match` objects. +Each of them contain a wealth of information: where the match started/ended, +the "ast" (see actions later), etc. You'll see named capture below with +grammars. +=end comment +say $/[0].list.perl; # OUTPUT: «(Match.new(...),).list» + +# Alternation - the `or` of regexes +# WARNING: They are DIFFERENT from PCRE regexps. +say so 'abc' ~~ / a [ b | y ] c /; # OUTPU: «True», Either "b" or "y". +say so 'ayc' ~~ / a [ b | y ] c /; # OUTPU: «True», Obviously enough... + +# The difference between this `|` and the one you're used to is +# LTM ("Longest Token Matching") strategy. This means that the engine will +# always try to match as much as possible in the string. +say 'foo' ~~ / fo | foo /; # OUTPUT: «foo», instead of `fo`, because it's longer. + +=begin comment +To decide which part is the "longest", it first splits the regex in two parts: + + * The "declarative prefix" (the part that can be statically analyzed) + which includes alternations (`|`), conjunctions (`&`), sub-rule calls (not + yet introduced), literals, characters classes and quantifiers. + + * The "procedural part" includes everything else: back-references, + code assertions, and other things that can't traditionnaly be represented + by normal regexps. + +Then, all the alternatives are tried at once, and the longest wins. +=end comment + +# Examples: +# DECLARATIVE | PROCEDURAL +/ 'foo' \d+ [ <subrule1> || <subrule2> ] /; + +# DECLARATIVE (nested groups are not a problem) +/ \s* [ \w & b ] [ c | d ] /; + +# However, closures and recursion (of named regexes) are procedural. +# There are also more complicated rules, like specificity (literals win +# over character classes). + +# NOTE: The alternation in which all the branches are tried in order +# until the first one matches still exists, but is now spelled `||`. +say 'foo' ~~ / fo || foo /; # OUTPUT: «fo», in this case. + +#################################################### +# 19. Extra: the MAIN subroutine +#################################################### + +=begin comment +The `MAIN` subroutine is called when you run a Raku file directly. It's +very powerful, because Raku actually parses the arguments and pass them +as such to the sub. It also handles named argument (`--foo`) and will even +go as far as to autogenerate a `--help` flag. +=end comment + +sub MAIN($name) { + say "Hello, $name!"; +} +=begin comment +Supposing the code above is in file named cli.raku, then running in the command +line (e.g., $ raku cli.raku) produces: +Usage: + cli.raku <name> +=end comment + +=begin comment +And since MAIN is a regular Raku sub, you can have multi-dispatch: +(using a `Bool` for the named argument so that we can do `--replace` +instead of `--replace=1`. The presence of `--replace` indicates truthness +while its absence falseness). For example: + + # convert to IO object to check the file exists + subset File of Str where *.IO.d; + + multi MAIN('add', $key, $value, Bool :$replace) { ... } + multi MAIN('remove', $key) { ... } + multi MAIN('import', File, Str :$as) { ... } # omitting parameter name + +Thus $ raku cli.raku produces: +Usage: + cli.raku [--replace] add <key> <value> + cli.raku remove <key> + cli.raku [--as=<Str>] import <File> + +As you can see, this is *very* powerful. It even went as far as to show inline +the constants (the type is only displayed if the argument is `$`/is named). +=end comment + +#################################################### +# 20. APPENDIX A: +#################################################### + +=begin comment +It's assumed by now you know the Raku basics. This section is just here to +list some common operations, but which are not in the "main part" of the +tutorial to avoid bloating it up. +=end comment + +# +# 20.1 Operators +# + +# Sort comparison - they return one value of the `Order` enum: `Less`, `Same` +# and `More` (which numerify to -1, 0 or +1 respectively). +say 1 <=> 4; # OUTPUT: «More», sort comparison for numerics +say 'a' leg 'b'; # OUTPUT: «Lessre», sort comparison for string +say 1 eqv 1; # OUTPUT: «Truere», sort comparison using eqv semantics +say 1 eqv 1.0; # OUTPUT: «False» + +# Generic ordering +say 3 before 4; # OUTPUT: «True» +say 'b' after 'a'; # OUTPUT: «True» + +# Short-circuit default operator - similar to `or` and `||`, but instead +# returns the first *defined* value: +say Any // Nil // 0 // 5; # OUTPUT: «0» + +# Short-circuit exclusive or (XOR) - returns `True` if one (and only one) of +# its arguments is true +say True ^^ False; # OUTPUT: «True» + +=begin comment +Flip flops. These operators (`ff` and `fff`, equivalent to P5's `..` +and `...`) are operators that take two predicates to test: They are `False` +until their left side returns `True`, then are `True` until their right +side returns `True`. Similar to ranges, you can exclude the iteration when +it become `True`/`False` by using `^` on either side. Let's start with an +example : +=end comment + +for <well met young hero we shall meet later> { + # by default, `ff`/`fff` smart-match (`~~`) against `$_`: + if 'met' ^ff 'meet' { # Won't enter the if for "met" + .say # (explained in details below). + } + + if rand == 0 ff rand == 1 { # compare variables other than `$_` + say "This ... probably will never run ..."; + } +} + +=begin comment +This will print "young hero we shall meet" (excluding "met"): the flip-flop +will start returning `True` when it first encounters "met" (but will still +return `False` for "met" itself, due to the leading `^` on `ff`), until it +sees "meet", which is when it'll start returning `False`. +=end comment + +=begin comment +The difference between `ff` (awk-style) and `fff` (sed-style) is that `ff` +will test its right side right when its left side changes to `True`, and can +get back to `False` right away (*except* it'll be `True` for the iteration +that matched) while `fff` will wait for the next iteration to try its right +side, once its left side changed: +=end comment + +# The output is due to the right-hand-side being tested directly (and returning +# `True`). "B"s are printed since it matched that time (it just went back to +# `False` right away). +.say if 'B' ff 'B' for <A B C B A>; # OUTPUT: «B B», + +# In this case the right-hand-side wasn't tested until `$_` became "C" +# (and thus did not match instantly). +.say if 'B' fff 'B' for <A B C B A>; #=> «B C B», + +# A flip-flop can change state as many times as needed: +for <test start print it stop not printing start print again stop not anymore> { + # exclude both "start" and "stop", + .say if $_ eq 'start' ^ff^ $_ eq 'stop'; # OUTPUT: «print it print again» +} + +# You might also use a Whatever Star, which is equivalent to `True` for the +# left side or `False` for the right, as shown in this example. +# NOTE: the parenthesis are superfluous here (sometimes called "superstitious +# parentheses"). Once the flip-flop reaches a number greater than 50, it'll +# never go back to `False`. +for (1, 3, 60, 3, 40, 60) { + .say if $_ > 50 ff *; # OUTPUT: «6034060» +} + +# You can also use this property to create an `if` that'll not go through the +# first time. In this case, the flip-flop is `True` and never goes back to +# `False`, but the `^` makes it *not run* on the first iteration +for <a b c> { .say if * ^ff *; } # OUTPUT: «bc» + +# The `===` operator, which uses `.WHICH` on the objects to be compared, is +# the value identity operator whereas the `=:=` operator, which uses `VAR()` on +# the objects to compare them, is the container identity operator. +``` + +If you want to go further and learn more about Raku, you can: + +- Read the [Raku Docs](https://docs.raku.org/). This is a great +resource on Raku. If you are looking for something, use the search bar. +This will give you a dropdown menu of all the pages referencing your search +term (Much better than using Google to find Raku documents!). + +- Read the [Raku Advent Calendar](http://perl6advent.wordpress.com/). This +is a great source of Raku snippets and explanations. If the docs don't +describe something well enough, you may find more detailed information here. +This information may be a bit older but there are many great examples and +explanations. Posts stopped at the end of 2015 when the language was declared +stable and Raku 6.c was released. + +- Come along on `#raku` at `irc.freenode.net`. The folks here are +always helpful. + +- Check the [source of Raku's functions and +classes](https://github.com/rakudo/rakudo/tree/nom/src/core). Rakudo is +mainly written in Raku (with a lot of NQP, "Not Quite Perl", a Raku subset +easier to implement and optimize). + +- Read [the language design documents](https://design.raku.org/). They explain +Raku from an implementor point-of-view, but it's still very interesting. + diff --git a/reason.html.markdown b/reason.html.markdown index 62d809cf..b8a2215d 100644 --- a/reason.html.markdown +++ b/reason.html.markdown @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ let maxPassengers = firstTrip.capacity; /* If you define the record type in a different file, you have to reference the filename, if trainJourney was in a file called Trips.re */ -let secondTrip: Trips.firstTrip = { +let secondTrip: Trips.trainJourney = { destination: "Paris", capacity: 50, averageSpeed: 150.0, diff --git a/ru-ru/c++-ru.html.markdown b/ru-ru/c++-ru.html.markdown index 35994749..3acfafa3 100644 --- a/ru-ru/c++-ru.html.markdown +++ b/ru-ru/c++-ru.html.markdown @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ int main(int argc, char** argv) // Аргументы командной строки, переданные в программу, хранятся в переменных // argc и argv, так же, как и в C. // argc указывает на количество аргументов, - // а argv является массивом C-подобных строк (char*), который непосредсвенно + // а argv является массивом C-подобных строк (char*), который непосредственно // содержит аргументы. // Первым аргументом всегда передается имя программы. - // argc и argv могут быть опущены, если вы не планируете работать с аругментами - // коммандной строки. + // argc и argv могут быть опущены, если вы не планируете работать с аргументами + // командной строки. // Тогда сигнатура функции будет иметь следующий вид: int main() // Возвращаемое значение 0 указывает на успешное завершение программы. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ void foo() int main() { - // Включает все функци из пространства имен Second в текущую область видимости. + // Включает все функции из пространства имен Second в текущую область видимости. // Обратите внимание, что простой вызов foo() больше не работает, // так как теперь не ясно, вызываем ли мы foo из пространства имен Second, или // из глобальной области видимости. @@ -471,6 +471,7 @@ int main() { // членам\методам без открытых или защищенных методов для этого. class OwnedDog : public Dog { +public: void setOwner(const std::string& dogsOwner); // Переопределяем поведение функции печати для всех OwnedDog. Смотрите @@ -582,10 +583,10 @@ public: // Во время компиляции компилятор фактически генерирует копии каждого шаблона // с замещенными параметрами, поэтому полное определение класса должно присутствовать -// при каждом вызове. Именно поэтому классы шаблонов полностью определены в +// при каждом вызове. Именно поэтому шаблоны классов полностью определены в // заголовочных файлах. -// Чтобы создать экземпляр класса шаблона на стеке: +// Чтобы создать экземпляр шаблона класса на стеке: Box<int> intBox; // и вы можете использовать его, как и ожидалось: @@ -605,7 +606,7 @@ boxOfBox.insert(intBox); // http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Typename // (да-да, это ключевое слово имеет собственную страничку на вики). -// Аналогичным образом, шаблонная функция: +// Аналогичным образом, шаблон функции: template<class T> void barkThreeTimes(const T& input) { @@ -622,7 +623,7 @@ Dog fluffy; fluffy.setName("Fluffy"); barkThreeTimes(fluffy); // Печатает "Fluffy barks" три раза. -//Параметры шаблона не должны быть классами: +// Параметры шаблона не должны быть классами: template<int Y> void printMessage() { cout << "Learn C++ in " << Y << " minutes!" << endl; @@ -680,7 +681,7 @@ catch (...) // некоторого ресурса неразрывно совмещается с инициализацией, а освобождение - // с уничтожением объекта. -// Чтобы понять, на сколько это полезно, +// Чтобы понять, насколько это полезно, // рассмотрим функцию, которая использует обработчик файлов в С: void doSomethingWithAFile(const char* filename) { @@ -796,7 +797,7 @@ void doSomethingWithAFile(const std::string& filename) // - Контейнеры - стандартная библиотека связанных списков, векторы // (т.е. самоизменяемые массивы), хэш-таблицы и все остальное автоматически // уничтожается сразу же, когда выходит за пределы области видимости. -// - Ипользование мьютексов lock_guard и unique_lock +// - Использование мьютексов lock_guard и unique_lock // Контейнеры с пользовательскими классами в качестве ключей требуют // сравнивающих функций в самом объекте или как указатель на функцию. Примитивы diff --git a/ru-ru/c-ru.html.markdown b/ru-ru/c-ru.html.markdown index 44e7ad3b..ba3c19ee 100644 --- a/ru-ru/c-ru.html.markdown +++ b/ru-ru/c-ru.html.markdown @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ int main() { // sizeof(obj) возвращает размер объекта obj в байтах. printf("%zu\n", sizeof(int)); // => 4 (на большинстве машин int занимает 4 байта) - // Если аргуметом sizeof будет выражение, то этот аргумент вычисляется + // Если аргументом sizeof будет выражение, то этот аргумент вычисляется // ещё во время компиляции кода (кроме динамических массивов). int a = 1; // size_t это беззнаковый целый тип который использует как минимум 2 байта @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ int main() { // Это работает, потому что при обращении к имени массива возвращается // указатель на первый элемент. // Например, когда массив передаётся в функцию или присваивается указателю, он - // неяввно преобразуется в указатель. + // неявно преобразуется в указатель. // Исключения: когда массив является аргументом для оператор '&': int arr[10]; int (*ptr_to_arr)[10] = &arr; // &arr не является 'int *'! @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ int main() { // Работа с памятью с помощью указателей может давать неожиданные и // непредсказуемые результаты. - printf("%d\n", *(my_ptr + 21)); // => Напечатает кто-нибудь-знает-что? + printf("%d\n", *(my_ptr + 21)); // => Напечатает кто-нибудь знает, что? // Скорей всего программа вылетит. // Когда вы закончили работать с памятью, которую ранее выделили, вам необходимо @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ void function_1() { // Можно получить доступ к структуре и через указатель (*my_rec_ptr).width = 30; - // ... или ещё лучше: используйте оператор -> для лучшей читабельночти + // ... или ещё лучше: используйте оператор -> для лучшей читабельности my_rec_ptr->height = 10; // то же что и "(*my_rec_ptr).height = 10;" } @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ void str_reverse_through_pointer(char *str_in) { Лучше всего найдите копию [K&R, aka "The C Programming Language"](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_C_Programming_Language) Это **книга** написанная создателями Си. Но будьте осторожны, она содержит идеи которые больше не считаются хорошими. -Другой хороший ресурс: [Learn C the hard way](http://c.learncodethehardway.org/book/). +Другой хороший ресурс: [Learn C the hard way](http://learncodethehardway.org/c/). Если у вас появился вопрос, почитайте [compl.lang.c Frequently Asked Questions](http://c-faq.com). diff --git a/ru-ru/go-ru.html.markdown b/ru-ru/go-ru.html.markdown index 6c8622cc..37592258 100644 --- a/ru-ru/go-ru.html.markdown +++ b/ru-ru/go-ru.html.markdown @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ package main // Import предназначен для указания зависимостей этого файла. import ( "fmt" // Пакет в стандартной библиотеке Go - "io/ioutil" // Реализация функций ввод/ввывода. + "io/ioutil" // Реализация функций ввод/вывода. "net/http" // Да, это веб-сервер! "strconv" // Конвертирование типов в строки и обратно m "math" // Импортировать math под локальным именем m. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ func learnErrorHandling() { // c – это тип данных channel (канал), объект для конкурентного взаимодействия. func inc(i int, c chan int) { - c <- i + 1 // когда channel слева, <- являтся оператором "отправки". + c <- i + 1 // когда channel слева, <- является оператором "отправки". } // Будем использовать функцию inc для конкурентной инкрементации чисел. diff --git a/ru-ru/rust-ru.html.markdown b/ru-ru/rust-ru.html.markdown index 7bd2809a..9293a40e 100644 --- a/ru-ru/rust-ru.html.markdown +++ b/ru-ru/rust-ru.html.markdown @@ -6,36 +6,33 @@ contributors: - ["P1start", "http://p1start.github.io/"] translators: - ["Anatolii Kosorukov", "https://github.com/java1cprog"] + - ["Vasily Starostin", "https://github.com/Basil22"] lang: ru-ru --- -Rust сочетает в себе низкоуровневый контроль над производительностью с удобством высокого уровня и предоставляет гарантии -безопасности. -Он достигает этих целей, не требуя сборщика мусора или времени выполнения, что позволяет использовать библиотеки Rust как замену -для C-библиотек. +Язык Rust разработан в Mozilla Research. Он сочетает низкоуровневую производительность с удобством языка высокого уровня и одновременно гарантирует безопасность памяти. -Первый выпуск Rust, 0.1, произошел в январе 2012 года, и в течение 3 лет развитие продвигалось настолько быстро, что до -недавнего времени использование стабильных выпусков было затруднено, и вместо этого общий совет заключался в том, чтобы -использовать последние сборки. +Он достигает этих целей без сборщика мусора или сложной среды выполнения, что позволяет использовать библиотеки Rust как прямую замену +C-библиотек. И наоборот, Rust умеет использовать готовые С-библиотеки как есть, без накладных расходов. -15 мая 2015 года был выпущен Rust 1.0 с полной гарантией обратной совместимости. Усовершенствования времени компиляции и -других аспектов компилятора в настоящее время доступны в ночных сборках. Rust приняла модель выпуска на поезде с регулярными выпусками каждые шесть недель. Rust 1.1 beta был доступен одновременно с выпуском Rust 1.0. +Первый выпуск Rust, 0.1, произошел в январе 2012 года. В течение 3 лет развитие продвигалось настолько быстро, что язык серьезно менялся без сохранения совместимости. Это дало возможность обкатать и отполировать синтаксис и возможности языка. -Хотя Rust является языком относительно низкого уровня, Rust имеет некоторые функциональные концепции, которые обычно -встречаются на языках более высокого уровня. Это делает Rust не только быстрым, но и простым и эффективным для ввода кода. +15 мая 2015 года был выпущен Rust 1.0 с полной гарантией обратной совместимости. Сборка поставляется в трех вариантах: стабильная версия, бета-версия, ночная версия. Все нововведения языка сперва обкатываются на ночной и бета-версиях, и только потом попадают в стабильную. Выход очередной версии происходит раз в 6 недель. В 2018 году вышло второе большое обновление языка, добавившее ему новых возможностей. + +Хотя Rust является языком относительно низкого уровня, он имеет все возможности высокоуровневых языков: процедурное, объектное, функциональное, шаблонное и другие виды программирования. На данный момент Rust является одним из самых мощных (а может быть и самым) по возможностям среди статически типизированных языков. Это делает Rust не только быстрым, но и простым и эффективным для разработки сложного кода. ```rust -// Это однострочный комментарии +// Это однострочный комментарий // /// Так выглядит комментарий для документации /// # Examples /// -/// +/// ``` /// let seven = 7 -/// +/// ``` /////////////// // 1. Основы // @@ -63,10 +60,9 @@ fn main() { let y: i32 = 13i32; let f: f64 = 1.3f64; - // Автоматическое выявление типа данных + // Автоматическое выведение типа данных // В большинстве случаев компилятор Rust может вычислить - // тип переменной, поэтому - // вам не нужно писать явные аннотации типа. + // тип переменной, поэтому вам не нужно явно указывать тип. let implicit_x = 1; let implicit_f = 1.3; @@ -87,12 +83,11 @@ fn main() { // Печать на консоль println!("{} {}", f, x); // 1.3 hello world - // `String` – изменяемя строка + // `String` – изменяемая строка let s: String = "hello world".to_string(); - // Строковый срез - неизменяемый вид в строки - // Это в основном неизменяемая пара указателей на строку - - // Это указатель на начало и конец строкового буфера + // Строковый срез - неизменяемое представление части строки + // Представляет собой пару из указателя на начало фрагмента и его длины let s_slice: &str = &s; @@ -130,7 +125,7 @@ fn main() { // 2. Типы // ////////////// - // Struct + // Структура struct Point { x: i32, y: i32, @@ -154,6 +149,8 @@ fn main() { let up = Direction::Up; // Перечисление с полями + // В отличие от C и C++ компилятор автоматически следит за тем, + // какой именно тип хранится в перечислении. enum OptionalI32 { AnI32(i32), Nothing, @@ -175,7 +172,7 @@ fn main() { // Методы // impl<T> Foo<T> { - fn get_bar(self) -> T { + fn get_bar(self) -> T { self.bar } } @@ -198,9 +195,9 @@ fn main() { let another_foo = Foo { bar: 1 }; println!("{:?}", another_foo.frobnicate()); // Some(1) - ///////////////////////// - // 3. Поиск по шаблону // - ///////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////// + // 3. Сопоставление по шаблону // + ///////////////////////////////// let foo = OptionalI32::AnI32(1); match foo { @@ -223,9 +220,9 @@ fn main() { println!("The second number is Nothing!"), } - ///////////////////// + ////////////////////////////////////////////// // 4. Управление ходом выполнения программы // - ///////////////////// + ////////////////////////////////////////////// // `for` loops/iteration let array = [1, 2, 3]; @@ -233,7 +230,7 @@ fn main() { println!("{}", i); } - // Отрезки + // Диапазоны for i in 0u32..10 { print!("{} ", i); } @@ -266,12 +263,12 @@ fn main() { break; } - ///////////////////////////////// + ////////////////////////////////// // 5. Защита памяти и указатели // - ///////////////////////////////// + ////////////////////////////////// // Владеющий указатель – такой указатель может быть только один - // Это значит, что при вызоде из блока переменная автоматически становится недействительной. + // Это значит, что при выходе из блока переменная автоматически становится недействительной. let mut mine: Box<i32> = Box::new(3); *mine = 5; // dereference // Здесь, `now_its_mine` получает во владение `mine`. Т.е. `mine` была перемещена. diff --git a/ru-ru/yaml-ru.html.markdown b/ru-ru/yaml-ru.html.markdown index 6eb580d9..0f805681 100644 --- a/ru-ru/yaml-ru.html.markdown +++ b/ru-ru/yaml-ru.html.markdown @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ YAML как язык сериализации данных предназнач # Скалярные величины # ###################### -# Наш корневой объект (который продолжается для всего документа) будет соответствовать +# Наш корневой объект (который продолжается до конца документа) будет соответствовать # типу map, который в свою очередь соответствует словарю, хешу или объекту в других языках. key: value another_key: Другое значение ключа. diff --git a/ruby.html.markdown b/ruby.html.markdown index d77672ab..3fc2ed2d 100644 --- a/ruby.html.markdown +++ b/ruby.html.markdown @@ -23,6 +23,15 @@ contributors: ```ruby # This is a comment +=begin +This is a multi-line comment. +The beginning line must start with "=begin" +and the ending line must start with "=end". + +You can do this, or start each line in +a multi-line comment with the # character. +=end + # In Ruby, (almost) everything is an object. # This includes numbers... 3.class #=> Integer @@ -410,7 +419,7 @@ def guests(&block) end # The 'call' method on the Proc is similar to calling 'yield' when a block is -# present. The arguments passed to 'call' will be forwarded to the block as arugments. +# present. The arguments passed to 'call' will be forwarded to the block as arguments. guests { |n| "You have #{n} guests." } # => "You have 4 guests." diff --git a/sass.html.markdown b/sass.html.markdown index 224db80e..860e550a 100644 --- a/sass.html.markdown +++ b/sass.html.markdown @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ This tutorial is written using SCSS. If you're already familiar with CSS3, you'll be able to pick up Sass relatively quickly. It does not provide any new styling properties but rather the tools to write your CSS more efficiently and make maintenance much easier. -```sass +```scss //Single line comments are removed when Sass is compiled to CSS. diff --git a/smalltalk.html.markdown b/smalltalk.html.markdown index ae7ecb0e..faf826f3 100644 --- a/smalltalk.html.markdown +++ b/smalltalk.html.markdown @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ The most basic operation is to send a message to an object `anObject aMessage` There are three sorts of messages -- unary - a single string that may be several words conjoined in what we call camelcase form, with no arguments. For example 'size', 'reverseBytes', 'convertToLargerFormatPixels' +- unary - a single symbol that may be several words conjoined in what we call camelcase form, with no arguments. For example 'size', 'reverseBytes', 'convertToLargerFormatPixels' - binary - a small set of symbols of the sort often used for arithmetic operations in most languages, requiring a single argument. For example '+', '//', '@'. We do not use traditional arithmetic precedence, something to keep an eye on. - keyword - the general form where multiple arguments can be passed. As with the unary form we use camelcase to join words together but arguments are inserted in the midst of the message with colons used to separate them lexically. For example 'setTemperature:', 'at:put:', 'drawFrom:to:lineWidth:fillColor:' @@ -38,21 +38,23 @@ There are three sorts of messages `result := myObject doSomethingWith: thatObject` We are sending the message 'doSomethingWith:' to myObject. This happens to be a message that has a single argument but that's not important yet. 'myObject' is a 'MyExampleClass' instance so the system looks at the list of messages understood by MyExampleClass + - beClever - doWierdThing: - doSomethingWith In searching we see what initially looks like a match - but no, it lacks the final colon. So we find the super class of MyExampleClass - BigExampleClass. Which has a list of known messages of its own + - beClever - doSomethingWith: - buildCastleInAir - annoyUserByDoing: -We find a proper exact match and start to execute the code -``` +We find a proper exact match and start to execute the code: + +```smalltalk doSomethingWith: argumentObject -"A comment about what this code is meant to do and any known limitations, problems, where it might be further documented etc" -self size > 4 ifTrue: [^argumentObject sizeRelatingTo: self]. + self size > 4 ifTrue: [^argumentObject sizeRelatingTo: self]. ``` Everything here except the `^` involves sending more messages. Event the `ifTrue:` that you might think is a language control structure is just Smalltalk code. @@ -94,7 +96,7 @@ Taken from [Smalltalk Cheatsheet](http://www.angelfire.com/tx4/cus/notes/smallta `"Period (.) is the statement separator. Not required on last line of a method"` #### Transcript: -``` +```smalltalk Transcript clear. "clear to transcript window" Transcript show: 'Hello World'. "output string in transcript window" Transcript nextPutAll: 'Hello World'. "output string in transcript window" @@ -108,26 +110,17 @@ Transcript endEntry. "flush the output buffer" ``` #### Assignment: -``` +```smalltalk | x y | x _ 4. "assignment (Squeak) <-" x := 5. "assignment" x := y := z := 6. "compound assignment" x := (y := 6) + 1. x := Object new. "bind to allocated instance of a class" -x := 123 class. "discover the object class" -x := Integer superclass. "discover the superclass of a class" -x := Object allInstances. "get an array of all instances of a class" -x := Integer allSuperclasses. "get all superclasses of a class" -x := 1.2 hash. "hash value for object" -y := x copy. "copy object" -y := x shallowCopy. "copy object (not overridden)" -y := x deepCopy. "copy object and instance vars" -y := x veryDeepCopy. "complete tree copy using a dictionary" ``` #### Constants: -``` +```smalltalk | b | b := true. "true constant" b := false. "false constant" @@ -147,7 +140,7 @@ x := #('abc' 2 $a). "mixing of types allowed" ``` #### Booleans: -``` +```smalltalk | b x y | x := 1. y := 2. b := (x = y). "equals" @@ -185,7 +178,7 @@ b := $A isLowercase. "test if lower case character" ``` #### Arithmetic expressions: -``` +```smalltalk | x | x := 6 + 3. "addition" x := 6 - 3. "subtraction" @@ -241,7 +234,7 @@ x := 100 atRandom. "quick random number" ``` #### Bitwise Manipulation: -``` +```smalltalk | b x | x := 16rFF bitAnd: 16r0F. "and bits" x := 16rF0 bitOr: 16r0F. "or bits" @@ -257,7 +250,7 @@ b := 16rFF noMask: 16r0F. "test if all bits set in mask clear in recei ``` #### Conversion: -``` +```smalltalk | x | x := 3.99 asInteger. "convert number to integer (truncates in Squeak)" x := 3.99 asFraction. "convert number to fraction" @@ -281,7 +274,7 @@ x := 15 storeStringBase: 16. - `^`expression terminates block & method (exits all nested blocks) - blocks intended for long term storage should not contain `^` -``` +```smalltalk | x y z | x := [ y := 1. z := 2. ]. x value. "simple block usage" x := [ :argOne :argTwo | argOne, ' and ' , argTwo.]. "set up block with argument passing" @@ -304,7 +297,7 @@ Transcript show: (x value: 'First' value: 'Second'); cr. "use block with argu - private (methods private to class) - instance-creation (class methods for creating instance) -``` +```smalltalk | x | x := 2 sqrt. "unary message" x := 2 raisedTo: 10. "keyword message" @@ -319,7 +312,7 @@ x := 3 + 2; * 100. "result=300. Sends message to same ``` #### Conditional Statements: -``` +```smalltalk | x | x > 10 ifTrue: [Transcript show: 'ifTrue'; cr]. "if then" x > 10 ifFalse: [Transcript show: 'ifFalse'; cr]. "if else" @@ -359,7 +352,7 @@ result := (switch at: $B) value. ``` #### Iteration statements: -``` +```smalltalk | x y | x := 4. y := 1. [x > 0] whileTrue: [x := x - 1. y := y * 2]. "while true loop" @@ -371,7 +364,7 @@ x timesRepeat: [y := y * 2]. "times repeat loop (i := 1 to x ``` #### Character: -``` +```smalltalk | x y | x := $A. "character assignment" y := x isLowercase. "test if lower case" @@ -391,7 +384,7 @@ y := $A max: $B. ``` #### Symbol: -``` +```smalltalk | b x y | x := #Hello. "symbol assignment" y := 'String', 'Concatenation'. "symbol concatenation (result is string)" @@ -413,7 +406,7 @@ y := x asSet. "convert symbol to set collect ``` #### String: -``` +```smalltalk | b x y | x := 'This is a string'. "string assignment" x := 'String', 'Concatenation'. "string concatenation" @@ -447,7 +440,7 @@ Fixed length collection - ByteArray: Array limited to byte elements (0-255) - WordArray: Array limited to word elements (0-2^32) -``` +```smalltalk | b x y sum max | x := #(4 3 2 1). "constant array" x := Array with: 5 with: 4 with: 3 with: 2. "create array with up to 4 elements" @@ -490,7 +483,7 @@ y := x asSet. "convert to set collection" #### OrderedCollection: acts like an expandable array -``` +```smalltalk | b x y sum max | x := OrderedCollection with: 4 with: 3 with: 2 with: 1. "create collection with up to 4 elements" @@ -537,7 +530,7 @@ y := x asSet. "convert to set collection" #### SortedCollection: like OrderedCollection except order of elements determined by sorting criteria -``` +```smalltalk | b x y sum max | x := SortedCollection with: 4 with: 3 with: 2 with: 1. "create collection with up to 4 elements" @@ -583,7 +576,7 @@ y := x asSet. "convert to set collection" #### Bag: like OrderedCollection except elements are in no particular order -``` +```smalltalk | b x y sum max | x := Bag with: 4 with: 3 with: 2 with: 1. "create collection with up to 4 elements" x := Bag new. "allocate collection" @@ -619,7 +612,7 @@ like Bag except duplicates not allowed #### IdentitySet: uses identity test (== rather than =) -``` +```smalltalk | b x y sum max | x := Set with: 4 with: 3 with: 2 with: 1. "create collection with up to 4 elements" x := Set new. "allocate collection" @@ -649,7 +642,7 @@ y := x asSet. "convert to set collection" ``` #### Interval: -``` +```smalltalk | b x y sum max | x := Interval from: 5 to: 10. "create interval object" x := 5 to: 10. @@ -679,7 +672,7 @@ y := x asSet. "convert to set collection" ``` #### Associations: -``` +```smalltalk | x y | x := #myVar->'hello'. y := x key. @@ -690,7 +683,7 @@ y := x value. #### IdentityDictionary: uses identity test (== rather than =) -``` +```smalltalk | b x y | x := Dictionary new. "allocate collection" x add: #a->4; @@ -757,7 +750,7 @@ Smalltalk removeKey: #CMRDictionary ifAbsent: []. "remove user dictionary fr ``` #### Internal Stream: -``` +```smalltalk | b x ios | ios := ReadStream on: 'Hello read stream'. ios := ReadStream on: 'Hello read stream' from: 1 to: 5. @@ -785,7 +778,7 @@ b := ios atEnd. ``` #### FileStream: -``` +```smalltalk | b x ios | ios := FileStream newFileNamed: 'ios.txt'. ios nextPut: $H; cr. @@ -805,7 +798,7 @@ ios close. ``` #### Date: -``` +```smalltalk | x y | x := Date today. "create date for today" x := Date dateAndTimeNow. "create date from current time/date" @@ -839,7 +832,7 @@ b := (x <= Date today). "comparison" ``` #### Time: -``` +```smalltalk | x y | x := Time now. "create time from current time" x := Time dateAndTimeNow. "create time from current time/date" @@ -859,7 +852,7 @@ b := (x <= Time now). "comparison" ``` #### Point: -``` +```smalltalk | x y | x := 200@100. "obtain a new point" y := x x. "x coordinate" @@ -884,12 +877,12 @@ x := 20@5 dotProduct: 10@2. "sum of product (x1*x2 + y1*y2)" ``` #### Rectangle: -``` +```smalltalk Rectangle fromUser. ``` #### Pen: -``` +```smalltalk | myPen | Display restoreAfter: [ Display fillWhite. @@ -917,7 +910,7 @@ Display height. "get display height" ``` #### Dynamic Message Calling/Compiling: -``` +```smalltalk | receiver message result argument keyword1 keyword2 argument1 argument2 | "unary message" @@ -957,7 +950,7 @@ result := (Message ``` #### Class/Meta-Class: -``` +```smalltalk | b x | x := String name. "class name" x := String category. "organization category" @@ -990,7 +983,7 @@ Object withAllSubclasses size. "get total number of class entries" ``` #### Debugging: -``` +```smalltalk | a b x | x yourself. "returns receiver" String browse. "browse specified class" @@ -1013,8 +1006,13 @@ Transcript show: a, b; cr. ``` #### Miscellaneous -``` +```smalltalk | x | +x := 1.2 hash. "hash value for object" +y := x copy. "copy object" +y := x shallowCopy. "copy object (not overridden)" +y := x deepCopy. "copy object and instance vars" +y := x veryDeepCopy. "complete tree copy using a dictionary" "Smalltalk condenseChanges." "compress the change file" x := FillInTheBlank request: 'Prompt Me'. "prompt user for input" Utilities openCommandKeyHelp diff --git a/sql.html.markdown b/sql.html.markdown index 2bece208..5edf0f7c 100644 --- a/sql.html.markdown +++ b/sql.html.markdown @@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ Structured Query Language (SQL) is an ISO standard language for creating and wor Implementations typically provide a command line prompt where you can enter the commands shown here interactively, and they also offer a way to execute a series of these commands stored in a script file. (Showing that you’re done with the interactive prompt is a good example of something that isn’t standardized--most SQL implementations support the keywords QUIT, EXIT, or both.) -Several of these sample commands assume that the [MySQL employee sample database](https://dev.mysql.com/doc/employee/en/) available on [github](https://github.com/datacharmer/test_db) has already been loaded. The github files are scripts of commands, similar to the relevant commands below, that create and populate tables of data about a fictional company’s employees. The syntax for running these scripts will depend on the SQL implementation you are using. A utility that you run from the operating system prompt is typical. +Several of these sample commands assume that the [MySQL employee sample database](https://dev.mysql.com/doc/employee/en/) available on [github](https://github.com/datacharmer/test_db) has already been loaded. The github files are scripts of commands, similar to the relevant commands below, that create and populate tables of data about a fictional company’s employees. The syntax for running these scripts will depend on the SQL implementation you are using. A utility that you run from the operating system prompt is typical. ```sql -- Comments start with two hyphens. End each command with a semicolon. -- SQL is not case-sensitive about keywords. The sample commands here --- follow the convention of spelling them in upper-case because it makes +-- follow the convention of spelling them in upper-case because it makes -- it easier to distinguish them from database, table, and column names. -- Create and delete a database. Database and table names are case-sensitive. @@ -26,47 +26,47 @@ DROP DATABASE someDatabase; -- List available databases. SHOW DATABASES; --- Use a particular existing database. +-- Use a particular existing database. USE employees; -- Select all rows and columns from the current database's departments table. --- Default activity is for the interpreter to scroll the results on your screen. +-- Default activity is for the interpreter to scroll the results on your screen. SELECT * FROM departments; --- Retrieve all rows from the departments table, --- but only the dept_no and dept_name columns. +-- Retrieve all rows from the departments table, +-- but only the dept_no and dept_name columns. -- Splitting up commands across lines is OK. SELECT dept_no, dept_name FROM departments; --- Retrieve all departments columns, but just 5 rows. +-- Retrieve all departments columns, but just 5 rows. SELECT * FROM departments LIMIT 5; -- Retrieve dept_name column values from the departments --- table where the dept_name value has the substring 'en'. +-- table where the dept_name value has the substring 'en'. SELECT dept_name FROM departments WHERE dept_name LIKE '%en%'; -- Retrieve all columns from the departments table where the dept_name --- column starts with an 'S' and has exactly 4 characters after it. +-- column starts with an 'S' and has exactly 4 characters after it. SELECT * FROM departments WHERE dept_name LIKE 'S____'; -- Select title values from the titles table but don't show duplicates. SELECT DISTINCT title FROM titles; --- Same as above, but sorted (case-sensitive) by the title values. +-- Same as above, but sorted (case-sensitive) by the title values. SELECT DISTINCT title FROM titles ORDER BY title; -- Show the number of rows in the departments table. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM departments; -- Show the number of rows in the departments table that --- have 'en' as a substring of the dept_name value. +-- have 'en' as a substring of the dept_name value. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM departments WHERE dept_name LIKE '%en%'; --- A JOIN of information from multiple tables: the titles table shows --- who had what job titles, by their employee numbers, from what +-- A JOIN of information from multiple tables: the titles table shows +-- who had what job titles, by their employee numbers, from what -- date to what date. Retrieve this information, but instead of the --- employee number, use the employee number as a cross-reference to +-- employee number, use the employee number as a cross-reference to -- the employees table to get each employee's first and last name -- instead. (And only get 10 rows.) @@ -85,12 +85,12 @@ WHERE TABLE_TYPE='BASE TABLE'; -- for how you specify the columns, such as their datatypes. CREATE TABLE tablename1 (fname VARCHAR(20), lname VARCHAR(20)); --- Insert a row of data into the table tablename1. This assumes that the --- table has been defined to accept these values as appropriate for it. +-- Insert a row of data into the table tablename1. This assumes that the +-- table has been defined to accept these values as appropriate for it. INSERT INTO tablename1 VALUES('Richard','Mutt'); -- In tablename1, change the fname value to 'John' --- for all rows that have an lname value of 'Mutt'. +-- for all rows that have an lname value of 'Mutt'. UPDATE tablename1 SET fname='John' WHERE lname='Mutt'; -- Delete rows from the tablename1 table @@ -100,6 +100,11 @@ DELETE FROM tablename1 WHERE lname like 'M%'; -- Delete all rows from the tablename1 table, leaving the empty table. DELETE FROM tablename1; --- Remove the entire tablename1 table. +-- Remove the entire tablename1 table. DROP TABLE tablename1; ``` + +## Further Reading + +* [Codecademy - SQL](https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-sql) A good introduction to SQL in a "learn by doing it" format. +* [Database System Concepts](https://www.db-book.com) book's Chapter 3 - Introduction to SQL has an in depth explanation of SQL concepts. diff --git a/swift.html.markdown b/swift.html.markdown index c2fb3471..689c5191 100644 --- a/swift.html.markdown +++ b/swift.html.markdown @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ let multiLineString = """ This is a multi-line string. It's called that because it takes up multiple lines (wow!) Any indentation beyond the closing quotation marks is kept, the rest is discarded. - You can include " or "" in multi-line strings because the delimeter is three "s. + You can include " or "" in multi-line strings because the delimiter is three "s. """ // Arrays @@ -159,12 +159,12 @@ let `class` = "keyword" or contains nil (no value) to indicate that a value is missing. Nil is roughly equivalent to `null` in other languages. A question mark (?) after the type marks the value as optional of that type. - + If a type is not optional, it is guaranteed to have a value. - + Because Swift requires every property to have a type, even nil must be explicitly stored as an Optional value. - + Optional<T> is an enum, with the cases .none (nil) and .some(T) (the value) */ @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ let someOptionalString4 = String?.none //nil To access the value of an optional that has a value, use the postfix operator !, which force-unwraps it. Force-unwrapping is like saying, "I know that this optional definitely has a value, please give it to me." - + Trying to use ! to access a non-existent optional value triggers a runtime error. Always make sure that an optional contains a non-nil value before using ! to force-unwrap its value. @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ if someOptionalString != nil { // Swift supports "optional chaining," which means that you can call functions // or get properties of optional values and they are optionals of the appropriate type. // You can even do this multiple times, hence the name "chaining." - + let empty = someOptionalString?.isEmpty // Bool? // if-let structure - @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ func say(_ message: String) { } say("Hello") -// Default parameters can be ommitted when calling the function. +// Default parameters can be omitted when calling the function. func printParameters(requiredParameter r: Int, optionalParameter o: Int = 10) { print("The required parameter was \(r) and the optional parameter was \(o)") } @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ func testGuard() { return // guard statements MUST exit the scope that they are in. // They generally use `return` or `throw`. } - + print("number is \(aNumber)") } testGuard() @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ enum Furniture { case desk(height: Int) // Associate with String and Int case chair(String, Int) - + func description() -> String { //either placement of let is acceptable switch self { @@ -591,15 +591,15 @@ print(chair.description()) // "Chair of Foo with 40 cm" - Define initializers to set up their initial state - Be extended to expand their functionality beyond a default implementation - Conform to protocols to provide standard functionality of a certain kind - + Classes have additional capabilities that structures don't have: - Inheritance enables one class to inherit the characteristics of another. - Type casting enables you to check and interpret the type of a class instance at runtime. - Deinitializers enable an instance of a class to free up any resources it has assigned. - Reference counting allows more than one reference to a class instance. - + Unless you need to use a class for one of these reasons, use a struct. - + Structures are value types, while classes are reference types. */ @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ print(chair.description()) // "Chair of Foo with 40 cm" struct NamesTable { let names: [String] - + // Custom subscript subscript(index: Int) -> String { return names[index] @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ class Shape { class Rect: Shape { var sideLength: Int = 1 - + // Custom getter and setter property var perimeter: Int { get { @@ -640,16 +640,16 @@ class Rect: Shape { sideLength = newValue / 4 } } - + // Computed properties must be declared as `var`, you know, cause' they can change var smallestSideLength: Int { return self.sideLength - 1 } - + // Lazily load a property // subShape remains nil (uninitialized) until getter called lazy var subShape = Rect(sideLength: 4) - + // If you don't need a custom getter and setter, // but still want to run code before and after getting or setting // a property, you can use `willSet` and `didSet` @@ -659,19 +659,19 @@ class Rect: Shape { print(someIdentifier) } } - + init(sideLength: Int) { self.sideLength = sideLength // always super.init last when init custom properties super.init() } - + func shrink() { if sideLength > 0 { sideLength -= 1 } } - + override func getArea() -> Int { return sideLength * sideLength } @@ -692,6 +692,11 @@ print(mySquare.sideLength) // 4 // cast instance let aShape = mySquare as Shape +// downcast instance: +// Because downcasting can fail, the result can be an optional (as?) or an implicitly unwrpped optional (as!). +let anOptionalSquare = aShape as? Square // This will return nil if aShape is not a Square +let aSquare = aShape as! Square // This will throw a runtime error if aShape is not a Square + // compare instances, not the same as == which compares objects (equal to) if mySquare === mySquare { print("Yep, it's mySquare") @@ -703,13 +708,13 @@ class Circle: Shape { override func getArea() -> Int { return 3 * radius * radius } - + // Place a question mark postfix after `init` is an optional init // which can return nil init?(radius: Int) { self.radius = radius super.init() - + if radius <= 0 { return nil } @@ -813,7 +818,7 @@ for _ in 0..<10 { - Internal: Accessible and subclassible in the module it is declared in. - Fileprivate: Accessible and subclassible in the file it is declared in. - Private: Accessible and subclassible in the enclosing declaration (think inner classes/structs/enums) - + See more here: https://docs.swift.org/swift-book/LanguageGuide/AccessControl.html */ @@ -878,11 +883,11 @@ extension Int { var doubled: Int { return self * 2 } - + func multipliedBy(num: Int) -> Int { return num * self } - + mutating func multiplyBy(num: Int) { self *= num } @@ -904,7 +909,7 @@ func findIndex<T: Equatable>(array: [T], valueToFind: T) -> Int? { } return nil } -findIndex(array: [1, 2, 3, 4], valueToFind: 3) // 2 +findIndex(array: [1, 2, 3, 4], valueToFind: 3) // Optional(2) // You can extend types with generics as well extension Array where Array.Element == Int { @@ -965,18 +970,18 @@ func fakeFetch(value: Int) throws -> String { guard 7 == value else { throw MyError.reallyBadValue(msg: "Some really bad value") } - + return "test" } func testTryStuff() { // assumes there will be no error thrown, otherwise a runtime exception is raised let _ = try! fakeFetch(value: 7) - + // if an error is thrown, then it proceeds, but if the value is nil // it also wraps every return value in an optional, even if its already optional let _ = try? fakeFetch(value: 7) - + do { // normal try operation that provides error handling via `catch` block try fakeFetch(value: 1) diff --git a/ta_in/css-ta.html.markdown b/ta_in/css-ta.html.markdown index cbe88f1e..4ea7f959 100644 --- a/ta_in/css-ta.html.markdown +++ b/ta_in/css-ta.html.markdown @@ -233,6 +233,48 @@ css முன்னுரிமை பின்வருமாறு * `B` இது அடுத்தது. * `D` இதுவே கடைசி . +## Media Queries [மீடியா குரிஸ்] + +CSS மீடியா குரிஸ் CSS 3 அம்சங்கள். பயன்படுத்தும் கணினி, கைபேசி அல்லது சாதனத்தின் பிஸேல் டென்சிட்டிக்கு ஏற்றவாறு மீடியா குரிஸ் விதிகளை பயன்படுத்தலாம். + +```css +/* அனைத்து டேவிஸ்களுக்கும் பொதுவான விதி */ +h1 { + font-size: 2em; + color: white; + background-color: black; +} + +/* பிரிண்ட் செய்யும்போது h1 கலர் மாற்ற */ +@media print { + h1 { + color: black; + background-color: white; + } +} + +/* 480 பிஸேல்ளுக்கு மேல் சிகிரீன் அளவு உள்ள சாதனத்தில் எழுத்து அளவு மிகை படுத்த */ +@media screen and (min-width: 480px) { + h1 { + font-size: 3em; + font-weight: normal; + } +} +``` + +மீடியா குரிஸ் வழங்கும் அம்சங்கள் : +`width`, `height`, `device-width`, `device-height`, `orientation`, `aspect-ratio`, `device-aspect-ratio`, `color`, `color-index`, `monochrome`, `resolution`, `scan`, `grid`. இவையுள் பெரும்பான்மை `min-` அல்லது `max-` வுடன் பயன்படுத்தலாம் . + +`resolution` பழைய சாதனங்களில் பயன்படாது, எனவே `device-pixel-ratio` பயன்படுத்தவும். + +பல கைபேசி மற்றும் கணினிகள், வீடு கணினி திரை அளவு காட்ட முற்படும். எனவே `viewport` மெட்டா டேக் பயன்படுத்தவும். + +```html +<head> + <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width; initial-scale=1.0"> +</head> +``` + ## css அம்சங்களின் பொருந்தகூடிய தன்மை பெரும்பாலான css 2 வின் அம்சங்கள் எல்லா உலாவிகளிலும் , கருவிகளிலும் உள்ளன. ஆனால் முன்கூட்டியே அந்த அம்சங்களை பரிசோதிப்பது நல்லது. diff --git a/ta_in/xml-ta.html.markdown b/ta_in/xml-ta.html.markdown index d782399d..13aa9255 100644 --- a/ta_in/xml-ta.html.markdown +++ b/ta_in/xml-ta.html.markdown @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ contributors: - ["João Farias", "https://github.com/JoaoGFarias"] translators: - ["Rasendran Kirushan", "https://github.com/kirushanr"] + - ["Sridhar Easwaran", "https://github.com/sridhareaswaran"] lang: in-ta --- @@ -14,6 +15,57 @@ XML ஆனது ஒரு கட்டமைப்பு மொழி ஆகு HTML போல் அன்றி , XML ஆனது தகவலை மட்டும் கொண்டு செல்ல்கிறது + +## சில வரையறை மற்றும் முன்னுரை + +பல கூறுகளால் அமைக்கப்பட்டது. ஒவொரு கூறுகளிலும் அட்ட்ரிபூட்க்கள் இருக்கும், அவை அந்தந்த கூறுகளை வரையறுக்க பயன்படும். மேலும் அந்த கூறுகளை தகவல் அல்லது கிளை கூறுகள் இருக்கலாம். அணைத்து கோப்புகளிலும் ரூட்/ஆரம்ப கூறு இருக்கும், அது தனக்குள் கிளை கூறுகளை கொண்டுருக்கும். + +XML பாகுபடுத்தி மிகவும் கண்டிப்பான வீதிகளைக்கொண்டது. [XML தொடரியல் விதிகளை அறிய] (http://www.w3schools.com/xml/xml_syntax.asp). + + +```xml +<!-- இது ஒரு XML குறிப்ப --> +<!-- குறிப்புக்கள் +பலவரி இருக்கலாம் --> + +<!-- கூறுகள்/Elements --> +<!-- Element எனப்படுவது அடிப்படை கூறு. அவை இருவகைப்பாடு. காலியான கூறு: --> +<element1 attribute="value" /> <!-- காலியான கூறு - உள்ளடக்கம் இல்லாதது --> +<!-- மற்றும் காலி-இல்லாத கூறு : --> +<element2 attribute="value">Content</element2> +<!-- கூற்றின் பெயர் எழுத்துக்கள் மற்றும் எண் கொண்டு மட்டுமே இருக்கவேண்டும்.. --> + +<empty /> <!-- காலியான கூறு - உள்ளடக்கம் இல்லாதது --> + +<notempty> <!-- காலி-இல்லாத கூற - துவக்கம் --> + <!-- உள்ளடக்கம் --> +</notempty> <!-- முடிவு --> + +<!-- கூற்றின் பெயர்கள் எழுத்து வடிவுணர்வு கொண்டது--> +<element /> +<!-- ஓட்றது அல்ல --> +<eLEMENT /> + +<!-- Attributes/பண்புகளை --> +<!-- Attribute ஒரு மதிப்பு இணை --> +<element attribute="value" another="anotherValue" many="space-separated list" /> +<!-- ஒரு கூற்றில் Attribute ஒருமுறைதான் தோன்றும். அது ஒரேயொரு பணப்பை கொண்டிருக்கும் --> + +<!-- கீழை கூறுகள் --> +<!-- ஒரு கூரானது பல கீழை கூறுகளை கொண்டிருக்கலாம் : --> +<parent> + <child>Text</child> + <emptysibling /> +</parent> + +<!-- XML இடைவெளி கான்கெடுக்கப்படும். --> +<child> + Text +</child> +<!-- ஓட்றது அல்ல --> +<child>Text</child> +``` + * XML வாக்கிய அமைப்பு diff --git a/th-th/typescript.th.html.markdown b/th-th/typescript.th.html.markdown index fc2a823b..5395c2a7 100644 --- a/th-th/typescript.th.html.markdown +++ b/th-th/typescript.th.html.markdown @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ interface Person { } var p1: Person = { name: "Tyrone", age: 42 }; -p1.age = 25; // Error แน่นอน เพราะ p1.x ถูกกำหนดเป็น read-only +p1.age = 25; // Error แน่นอน เพราะ p1.age ถูกกำหนดเป็น read-only var p2 = { name: "John", age: 60 }; // สังเกตว่า p2 ไม่ได้กำหนดเป็น Person var p3: Person = p2; // ทำได้ เป็น read-only alias ของ p2 และกำหนดเป็น Person diff --git a/tr-tr/c-tr.html.markdown b/tr-tr/c-tr.html.markdown index 6042a609..4ef12527 100644 --- a/tr-tr/c-tr.html.markdown +++ b/tr-tr/c-tr.html.markdown @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ typedef void (*my_fnp_type)(char *); [K&R, aka "The C Programming Language"](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_C_Programming_Language)'in bir kopyasını bulundurmak mükemmel olabilir -Diğer bir iyi kaynak ise [Learn C the hard way](http://c.learncodethehardway.org/book/) +Diğer bir iyi kaynak ise [Learn C the hard way](http://learncodethehardway.org/c/) It's very important to use proper spacing, indentation and to be consistent with your coding style in general. Readable code is better than clever code and fast code. For a good, sane coding style to adopt, see the diff --git a/typescript.html.markdown b/typescript.html.markdown index cf2111d5..7e857cc0 100644 --- a/typescript.html.markdown +++ b/typescript.html.markdown @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ This article will focus only on TypeScript extra syntax, as opposed to [JavaScript](/docs/javascript). To test TypeScript's compiler, head to the -[Playground] (http://www.typescriptlang.org/Playground) where you will be able +[Playground](https://www.typescriptlang.org/play) where you will be able to type code, have auto completion and directly see the emitted JavaScript. ```ts @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ interface Person { } var p1: Person = { name: "Tyrone", age: 42 }; -p1.age = 25; // Error, p1.x is read-only +p1.age = 25; // Error, p1.age is read-only var p2 = { name: "John", age: 60 }; var p3: Person = p2; // Ok, read-only alias for p2 @@ -257,8 +257,24 @@ for (const i in list) { console.log(i); // 0, 1, 2 } +// Type Assertion +let foo = {} // Creating foo as an empty object +foo.bar = 123 // Error: property 'bar' does not exist on `{}` +foo.baz = 'hello world' // Error: property 'baz' does not exist on `{}` +// Because the inferred type of foo is `{}` (an object with 0 properties), you +// are not allowed to add bar and baz to it. However with type assertion, +// the following will pass: + +interface Foo { + bar: number; + baz: string; +} + +let foo = {} as Foo; // Type assertion here +foo.bar = 123; +foo.baz = 'hello world' ``` diff --git a/uk-ua/cypher-ua.html.markdown b/uk-ua/cypher-ua.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0911793b --- /dev/null +++ b/uk-ua/cypher-ua.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +--- +language: cypher +filename: LearnCypher-ua.cql +contributors: + - ["Théo Gauchoux", "https://github.com/TheoGauchoux"] +translators: + - ["AstiaSun", "https://github.com/AstiaSun"] +lang: uk-ua +--- + +Cypher - це мова запитів Neo4j для спрощення роботи з графами. Вона повторює синтаксис SQL та перемішує його з таким собі ascii стилем для відображення структури графа. +Цей навчальний матеріал передбачає, що ви вже знайомі із концепцією графів, зобрема що таке вершини та зв'язки між ними. + +[Деталі тут](https://neo4j.com/developer/cypher-query-language/) + + +Вершини +--- + +**Відображує запис у графі.** + +`()` +Таким чином у запиті позначається пуста *вершина*. Використовується зазвичай для того, щоб позначити, що вона є, проте це не так вже й важливо для запиту. + +`(n)` +Це вершина, яка має назву **n**, до неї можна повторно звертатись у запиті. Звернення до вершини **n** починається з нижнього підкреслення та використовує camelCase (верблюжий регіст). + +`(p:Person)` +Можна також додати *ярлик* до вершини, в данному випадку - **Person**. Це як тип / клас / категорія. Назва *ярлика* починається з великої літери та використовує верблюжу нотацію. + +`(p:Person:Manager)` +Вершина може мати кілька *ярликів*. + +`(p:Person {name : 'Théo Gauchoux', age : 22})` +Вершина також може мати різні *властивості*, в данному випадку - **name** та **age**. Також мають починатися з великої літери та використовувати верблюжу нотацію. + +Наступні типи дозволяється використовувати у властивостях: + + - Чиселиний + - Булевий + - Рядок + - Списки попередніх примітивних типів + +*Увага! В Cypher не існує типу, що відображає час. Замість нього можна використовувати рядок із визначеним шаблоном або чисельне відображення певної дати.* + +`p.name` +За допомогою крапки можна звернутись до властивості вершини. + + +Зв'язки (або ребра) +--- + +**Сполучають дві вершини** + +`[:KNOWS]` +Це *зв'язок* з *ярликом* **KNOWS**. Це такий же самий *ярлик* як і у вершини. Починається з великої літери та використовує ВЕРХНІЙ\_РЕГІСТР\_ІЗ\_ЗМІЇНОЮ\_НОТАЦІЄЮ. + +`[k:KNOWS]` +Це той же самий *зв'язок*, до якого можна звертатись через змінну **k**. Можна подалі використовувати у запиті, хоч це і не обов'язково. + +`[k:KNOWS {since:2017}]` +Той же *зв'язок*, але вже із *властивостями* (як у *вершини*), в данному випадку властивість - це **since**. + +`[k:KNOWS*..4]` +Це структурна інформація, яку використовують *шляхи*, які розглянуті нижче. В данному випадку, **\*..4** говорить: "Сумістити шаблон із зв'язком **k**, що повторюватиметься від одного до чотирьох разів." + + +Шляхи +--- + +**Спосіб поєднувати вершини та зв'язки.** + +`(a:Person)-[:KNOWS]-(b:Person)` +Шлях описує, що вершини **a** та **b** знають (knows) один одного. + +`(a:Person)-[:MANAGES]->(b:Person)` +Шлях може бути направленим. Цей описує, що **а** є менеджером **b**. + +`(a:Person)-[:KNOWS]-(b:Person)-[:KNOWS]-(c:Person)` +Можна створювати ланцюги зі зв'язків. Цей шлях описує друга друга (**a** знає **b**, який в свою чергу знає **c**). + +`(a:Person)-[:MANAGES]->(b:Person)-[:MANAGES]->(c:Person)` +Ланцюг, аналогічно, також може бути направленим. Шлях описує, що **a** - бос **b** і супер бос для **c**. + +Шаблони, які часто використовуються (з документації Neo4j): + +``` +// Друг-мого-друга +(user)-[:KNOWS]-(friend)-[:KNOWS]-(foaf) + +// Найкоротший шлях +path = shortestPath( (user)-[:KNOWS*..5]-(other) ) + +// Спільна фільтрація +(user)-[:PURCHASED]->(product)<-[:PURCHASED]-()-[:PURCHASED]->(otherProduct) + +// Навігація по дереву +(root)<-[:PARENT*]-(leaf:Category)-[:ITEM]->(data:Product) + +``` + + +Запити на створення +--- + +Створити нову вершину: +``` +CREATE (a:Person {name:"Théo Gauchoux"}) +RETURN a +``` +*`RETURN` дозволяє повернути результат після виконання запиту. Можна повертати кілька значень, наприклад, `RETURN a, b`.* + +Створити новий зв'язок (із двома вершинами): +``` +CREATE (a:Person)-[k:KNOWS]-(b:Person) +RETURN a,k,b +``` + +Запити на знаходження +--- + +Знайти всі вершини: +``` +MATCH (n) +RETURN n +``` + +Знайти вершини за ярликом: +``` +MATCH (a:Person) +RETURN a +``` + +Знайти вершини за ярликом та властивістю: +``` +MATCH (a:Person {name:"Théo Gauchoux"}) +RETURN a +``` + +Знайти вершини відповідно до зв'язків (ненаправлених): +``` +MATCH (a)-[:KNOWS]-(b) +RETURN a,b +``` + +Знайти вершини відповідно до зв'язків (направлених): +``` +MATCH (a)-[:MANAGES]->(b) +RETURN a,b +``` + +Знайти вершини за допомогою `WHERE`: +``` +MATCH (p:Person {name:"Théo Gauchoux"})-[s:LIVES_IN]->(city:City) +WHERE s.since = 2015 +RETURN p,state +``` + +Можна використовувати вираз `MATCH WHERE` разом із операцією `CREATE`: +``` +MATCH (a), (b) +WHERE a.name = "Jacquie" AND b.name = "Michel" +CREATE (a)-[:KNOWS]-(b) +``` + + +Запити на оновлення +--- + +Оновити окрему властивість вершини: +``` +MATCH (p:Person) +WHERE p.name = "Théo Gauchoux" +SET p.age = 23 +``` + +Оновити всі властивості вершини: +``` +MATCH (p:Person) +WHERE p.name = "Théo Gauchoux" +SET p = {name: "Michel", age: 23} +``` + +Додати нову властивіcть до вершини: +``` +MATCH (p:Person) +WHERE p.name = "Théo Gauchoux" +SET p + = {studies: "IT Engineering"} +``` + +Повісити ярлик на вершину: +``` +MATCH (p:Person) +WHERE p.name = "Théo Gauchoux" +SET p:Internship +``` + + +Запити на видалення +--- + +Видалити окрему вершину (пов'язані ребра повинні бути видалені перед цим): +``` +MATCH (p:Person)-[relationship]-() +WHERE p.name = "Théo Gauchoux" +DELETE relationship, p +``` + +Видалити властивість певної вершини: +``` +MATCH (p:Person) +WHERE p.name = "Théo Gauchoux" +REMOVE p.age +``` + +*Зверніть увагу, що ключове слово `REMOVE` це не те саме, що й `DELETE`!* + +Видалити ярлик певної вершини: +``` +MATCH (p:Person) +WHERE p.name = "Théo Gauchoux" +DELETE p:Person +``` + +Видалити всю базу даних: +``` +MATCH (n) +OPTIONAL MATCH (n)-[r]-() +DELETE n, r +``` + +*Так, це `rm -rf /` на мові Cypher !* + + +Інші корисні запити +--- + +`PROFILE` +Перед виконанням, показати план виконання запитів. + +`COUNT(e)` +Порахувати елементи (вершини та зв'язки), що відповідають **e**. + +`LIMIT x` +Обмежити результат до x перших результатів. + + +Особливі підказки +--- + +- У мові Cypher існують лише однорядкові коментарі, що позначаються двійним слешем : // Коментар +- Можна виконати скрипт Cypher, збережений у файлі **.cql** прямо в Neo4j (прямо як імпорт). Проте, не можна мати мати кілька виразів в цьому файлі (розділених **;**). +- Використовуйте командний рядок Neo4j для написання запитів Cypher, це легко і швидко. +- Cypher планує бути стандартною мовою запитів для всіх графових баз даних (більш відома як **OpenCypher**). diff --git a/uk-ua/go-ua.html.markdown b/uk-ua/go-ua.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f980f7b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/uk-ua/go-ua.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +--- +name: Go +category: language +language: Go +filename: learngo-ua.go +contributors: + - ["Sonia Keys", "https://github.com/soniakeys"] + - ["Christopher Bess", "https://github.com/cbess"] + - ["Jesse Johnson", "https://github.com/holocronweaver"] + - ["Quint Guvernator", "https://github.com/qguv"] + - ["Jose Donizetti", "https://github.com/josedonizetti"] + - ["Alexej Friesen", "https://github.com/heyalexej"] + - ["Clayton Walker", "https://github.com/cwalk"] + - ["Leonid Shevtsov", "https://github.com/leonid-shevtsov"] +translators: + - ["AstiaSun", "https://github.com/AstiaSun"] +lang: uk-ua +--- + +Go був створений для того, щоб виконати задачу. Це не останній тренд в теорії мов програмування, а спосіб вирішення реальних проблем. + +Він увібрав принципи з імперативних мов зі статичною типізацією. +Go швидко компілюється та виконується, а його багатопоточність легка для +вивчення, оскільки багатоядерні CPU стали буденністю. Ця мова програмування успішно використовується у кодах великих продуктів (~100 мільйонів в Google, Inc.) + +Go має чудову стандартну бібліотеку та чимале ком'юніті. + +```go +// Однорядковий коментар +/* Багато- + рядковий коментар */ + +// Кожен файл вихідного коду має починатись із ключового слова package. +// main - це спеціальна назва, що оголошує виконуваний код, а не бібліотеку. +package main + +// import оголошує бібліотеки, що використовуються в даному файлі. +import ( + "fmt" // Пакет стандартної бібліотеки Go. + "io/ioutil" // Цей пакет реалізує деякі I/O функції утиліт. + m "math" // Бібліотека математичних операцій з локальним псевдонімом m. + "net/http" // Так, веб сервер! + "os" // Функції операційної системи, такі як робота з файловою системою. + "strconv" // Перетворення текстових змінних. +) + +// Оголошення функції. +// Функція main - особлива. Це вхідна точка для виконуваних програм. +// Ви можете любити це, або ж ненавидіти, але Go використовує фігурні дужки. +func main() { + // Println виводить рядок в stdout. + // Ця функція входить у пакет fmt. + fmt.Println("Hello world!") + + // Викликати іншу функцію з цього файлу. + beyondHello() +} + +// Аргументи функцій описуються у круглих дужках. +// Навіть якщо ніякі аргументи не передаються, пусті круглі дужки - обов`язкові. +func beyondHello() { + var x int // Оголошення змінної. Перед використанням змінні обов'язково мають бути оголошені. + x = 3 // Присвоєння значення. + // "Короткі" оголошення використовують := щоб окреслити тип, оголосити та присвоїти значення. + y := 4 + sum, prod := learnMultiple(x, y) // Функція повертає два значення. + fmt.Println("sum:", sum, "prod:", prod) // Просто вивід. + learnTypes() // < y хвилин, потрібно вивчити більше! +} + +/* <- багаторядковий коментар +Функції можуть мати параметри та повертати довільну кількість значень. +В цьому прикладі `x`, `y` - це аргументи, а `sum`, `prod` - це змінні, що повертаються. +Зверніть увагу, що `x` та `sum` мають тип `int`. +*/ +func learnMultiple(x, y int) (sum, prod int) { + return x + y, x * y // Повернути два значення. +} + +// Кілька вбудованих типів та літералів. +func learnTypes() { + // Короткі оголошення зазвичай виконують все, що необхідно. + str := "Вчи Go!" // рядок (string). + + s2 := `"Необроблений" текст +може містити переноси рядків.` // Також має тип рядок. + + // Не ASCII символи. Go використовує UTF-8. + g := 'Σ' // руничний тип, псевдонім для int32, містить позицію юнікод кода. + + f := 3.14195 // float64, IEEE-754 64-бітне число з плаваючою крапкою. + c := 3 + 4i // complex128, комплексні числа, що являють собою два float64. + + // Синтаксис ініціалізації з var. + var u uint = 7 // Беззнаковий цілочисельний тип, проте розмір залежить від імплементації, так само як і int. + var pi float32 = 22. / 7 + + // Синтаксис перетворення типів з коротким оголошенням. + n := byte('\n') // Байт - це переіменований uint8. + + // Розмір масива фіксований протягом часу виконання. + var a4 [4]int // Масив з 4 чисел, всі проініціалізовані 0. + a5 := [...]int{3, 1, 5, 10, 100} // Масив проініціалізованих чисел з фіксованим розміром у + // п'ять елементів, що мають значення 3, 1, 5, 10, та 100. + + // Зрізи мають динамічний розмір. Переваги є і у масивів, й у зрізів, проте + // останні використовуються частіше. + s3 := []int{4, 5, 9} // Порівняйте з a5. Тут немає трьокрапки. + s4 := make([]int, 4) // Виділяє пам'ять для зрізу з 4 чисел, проініціалізованих 0. + var d2 [][]float64 // Декларація, нічого не виділяється. + bs := []byte("a slice") // Синтаксис переведення у інший тип. + + // Оскільки зрізи динамічні, до них можна додавати елементи за необхідністю. + // Для цієї операції використовується вбудована функція append(). + // Перший аргумент - це зріз, до якого додається елемент. Зазвичай + // змінна масиву оновлюється на місці, як у прикладі нижче. + s := []int{1, 2, 3} // В результаті отримуємо зріз із 3 чисел. + s = append(s, 4, 5, 6) // додаємо 3 елементи. Зріз тепер довжини 6. + fmt.Println(s) // Оновлений зріз тепер має значення [1 2 3 4 5 6] + + // Щоб об'єднати два зрізи, замість того, щоб проходитись по всім елементам, + // можна передати посилання на зріз із трьокрапкою, як у прикладі нижче. Таким чином, + // зріз розпакується і його елементи додадуться до зріза s. + s = append(s, []int{7, 8, 9}...) + fmt.Println(s) // Оновлений зріз тепер дорівнює [1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9] + + p, q := learnMemory() // Оголошує змінні p, q, що є вказівниками на числа. + fmt.Println(*p, *q) // * іде попереду вказівника. Таким чином, виводяться числа. + + // Асоціативний масив (map) - це динамічно розширюваний тип даних, як хеш + // або словник в інших мовах програмування + m := map[string]int{"three": 3, "four": 4} + m["one"] = 1 + + // В Go змінні, які не використовуються, вважаються помилкою. + // Нижнє підкреслення дозволяє "використати" змінну, але проігнорувати значення. + _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = str, s2, g, f, u, pi, n, a5, s4, bs + // Зазвичай це використовується, щоб проігнорувати значення, що повертає функція. + // Наприклад, в скрипті нашвидкоруч можна проігнорувати помилку, яку повертає + // функція os.Create, вважаючи, що файл буде створений за будь-яких умов. + file, _ := os.Create("output.txt") + fmt.Fprint(file, "Приклад, як відбувається запис у файл.") + file.Close() + + // Вивід значень змінних. + fmt.Println(s, c, a4, s3, d2, m) + + learnFlowControl() // Рухаємось далі. +} + +// Навідміну від більшості інших мов програмування, функції в Go підтримують +// іменоване значення, що повертається. +// Змінні, значення яких повертається функцією, вказуються із зазначенням типу при +// оголошенні функції. Таким чином, можна з легкістю повернути їхні значення в різних +// точках коду, не перелічуючи їх після ключового слова return. +func learnNamedReturns(x, y int) (z int) { + z = x * y + return // z не потрібно вказувати, при оголошенні описано змінну для повернення. +} + +// Go використовує сміттєзбірник. В ньому використовуються вказівники, проте немає +// операцій з вказівниками. Можлива помилка при використовуванні вказівника nil, але не +// при збільшенні значення вказівника (перехід по адресам пам'яті). +func learnMemory() (p, q *int) { + // Іменовані змінні, що повертаються, p та q, мають тип вказівника на чисельне значення. + p = new(int) // Вбудована функція виділяє нову пам'ять. + // Виділена адреса пам'яті чисельного типу int ініціалізовується 0, p більше не nil. + s := make([]int, 20) // Виділити пам'ять для 20 чисел у вигляді суцільного блоку в пам'яті. + s[3] = 7 // Присвоїти значення одному з них. + r := -2 // Оголосити нову локальну змінну. + return &s[3], &r // Оператор & повертає адресу в пам'яті об'єкта. +} + +func expensiveComputation() float64 { + return m.Exp(10) +} + +func learnFlowControl() { + // if твердження вимагає фігурні дужки, але не вимагає округлих. + if true { + fmt.Println("Кажу ж") + } + // Форматування стандартизовано командою командного рядка "go fmt". + if false { + // Pout. + } else { + // Gloat. + } + // Використання перемикача (switch) замість ланцюга if-тверджень. + x := 42.0 + switch x { + case 0: + case 1: + case 42: + // Кейси не "провалюються". Натомість, є ключове слово `fallthrough`: + // https://github.com/golang/go/wiki/Switch#fall-through (англ) + case 43: + // Недоступний. + default: + // Кейс за замовчуванням не обов'язковий. + } + // Як і if, формат оголошення циклу for не вимагає круглих дужок: + // Змінні, оголошені всередині if та for - належать цій області видимості. + for x := 0; x < 3; x++ { // ++ - це твердження. + fmt.Println("iteration", x) + } + // Тут x == 42. + + // For - це єдиний цикл в Go, проте він має кілька різних форм. + for { // Ініціалізація циклу. + break // Упс, помилково зайшли. + continue // Недоступне твердження. + } + + // Можна використовувати діапазони, зрізи, рядки, асоціативні масиви, або ж + // канал для ітерації в циклі. Діапазон (range) повертає один (канал) або два + // значення (масив, зріз, рядок та асоціативний масив). + for key, value := range map[string]int{"one": 1, "two": 2, "three": 3} { + // для кожної пари в асоціативному масиві, надрукувати ключ та значення + fmt.Printf("key=%s, value=%d\n", key, value) + } + // якщо потрібне тільки значення, можна застосувати нижнє підкреслення як ключ + for _, name := range []string{"Bob", "Bill", "Joe"} { + fmt.Printf("Hello, %s\n", name) + } + + // так само, як і з циклом for, оператор := в розгалуженні означає оголосити + // локальну змінну в області видимості if та присвоїти значення. Далі + // значення змінної проходить перевірку y > x. + if y := expensiveComputation(); y > x { + x = y + } + // Літерали функцій - це замикання + xBig := func() bool { + return x > 10000 // Посилання на x, що був оголошений раніше, перед switch. + } + x = 99999 + fmt.Println("xBig:", xBig()) // true + x = 1.3e3 // Тобто, тепер x == 1300 + fmt.Println("xBig:", xBig()) // false тепер. + + // Функція може бути оголошена та викликана в одному рядку, поводячи себе + // як аргумент функції, але за наступних умов: + // 1) літерал функції негайно викликається за допомогою () + // 2) тип значення, що повертається, точно відповідає очікуваному типу аргументу + fmt.Println("Add + double two numbers: ", + func(a, b int) int { + return (a + b) * 2 + }(10, 2)) // Викликаємо з аргументами 10 та 2 + // => Додати + подвоїти два числа: 24 + + // Коли вам це знадобиться, ви полюбите це + goto love +love: + + learnFunctionFactory() // функція, що повертає функцію - це весело(3)(3) + learnDefer() // Швидкий обхід до важливого ключового слова. + learnInterfaces() // Тут на вас чекає крута штука! +} + +func learnFunctionFactory() { + // Два наступних твердження роблять однакові дії, але другий приклад частіше + // застосовується + fmt.Println(sentenceFactory("summer")("A beautiful", "day!")) + + d := sentenceFactory("summer") + fmt.Println(d("A beautiful", "day!")) + fmt.Println(d("A lazy", "afternoon!")) +} + +// Декоратори звична річ для багатьох мов програмування. В Go їх можна реалізувати +// за допомогою літералів функцій, що приймають аргументи. +func sentenceFactory(mystring string) func(before, after string) string { + return func(before, after string) string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s %s %s", before, mystring, after) // новий рядок + } +} + +func learnDefer() (ok bool) { + // твердження defer змушує функцію посилатись на список. Список + // збережених викликів виконується ПІСЛЯ того, як оточуюча функція закінчує + // виконання. + defer fmt.Println("відкладені твердження виконуються у зворотньому порядку (LIFO).") + defer fmt.Println("\nЦей рядок надрукується першим, тому що") + // Відкладення зазвичай використовується для того, щоб закрити файл. Таким чином, + // функція, що закриває файл, залишається близькою до функції, що відкриває файл. + return true +} + +// Оголошує Stringer як тип інтерфейсу з одним методом, String. +type Stringer interface { + String() string +} + +// Оголошує pair як структуру з двома полями, цілими числами x та y. +type pair struct { + x, y int +} + +// Оголошує метод для типу pair. pair тепер реалізує Stringer, оскільки pair оголосив +// всі методи в цьому інтерфейсі. +func (p pair) String() string { // p тепер називається "приймачем" + // Sprintf - ще одна функція з пакету fmt. + // Крапка використовується, щоб звернутись до полів об'єкту p. + return fmt.Sprintf("(%d, %d)", p.x, p.y) +} + +func learnInterfaces() { + // Синтаксис з використанням фігурних дужок називається "літералом структури". + // Він застосовується до ініціалізованої структури. Оператор := оголошує + // та ініціалізує p цією структурою. + p := pair{3, 4} + fmt.Println(p.String()) // Викликає метод String об'єкта p типу pair. + var i Stringer // Оголошує і інтерфейсного типу Stringer. + i = p // Допустиме, оскільки pair реалізує Stringer + // Викликає метод String об'єкта і, що має тип Stringer. Виводить те ж саме, що й + // аналогічний метод вище. + fmt.Println(i.String()) + + // Функції з бібліотеки fmt викликають метод String, щоб запросити у об'єкта + // своє представлення, яке можна надрукувати. + fmt.Println(p) // Виводить те ж саме, що й раніше. + fmt.Println(i) // Виводить те ж саме, що й раніше. + + learnVariadicParams("great", "learning", "here!") +} + +// Кількість аргументів функції може бути змінною. +func learnVariadicParams(myStrings ...interface{}) { + // Пройтись по значенням всіх аргументів. + // _ - це ігнорування порядкового номеру аргумента в масиві. + for _, param := range myStrings { + fmt.Println("param:", param) + } + + // Передати значення аргументів як параметр змінної величини. + fmt.Println("params:", fmt.Sprintln(myStrings...)) + + learnErrorHandling() +} + +func learnErrorHandling() { + // Ідіома ", ok"використовується, щоб перевірити виконання команди без помилок. + m := map[int]string{3: "three", 4: "four"} + if x, ok := m[1]; !ok { // ok буде мати значення false, тому що 1 не знаходиться + // в асоціативному масиві. + fmt.Println("немає таких") + } else { + fmt.Print(x) // x буде мати значення 1, якщо 1 знаходиться в m. + } + // Значення помилки повідомляє не тільки, що все добре, але й може розповісти + // більше про проблему. + if _, err := strconv.Atoi("non-int"); err != nil { // _ ігнорує значення + // виводить помилку 'strconv.ParseInt: parsing "non-int": invalid syntax' + fmt.Println(err) + } + // Ми розглянемо інтерфейси дещо пізніше. А поки, розглянемо багатопоточність. + learnConcurrency() +} + +// Канал с - це потокозохищений об'єкт для спілкування між потоками. +func inc(i int, c chan int) { + c <- i + 1 // Оператор <- виконує операцію "надіслати",якщо змінна каналу + // знаходиться зліва від нього. +} + +// inc виконує збільшення значення на 1. Ми використаємо його, щоб збільшувати +// числа рівночасно. +func learnConcurrency() { + // вже знайома функція make, яка раніше використовувалась для виділення пам'яті, + // тут використовується для створення каналу. Make виділяє пам'ять та ініціалізує + // зрізи, асоційовані масиви та канали. Новостворений канал буде передавати + // цілочисельні значення. + c := make(chan int) + // Запустити три одночасні ґорутини. Числа будуть збільшуватись рівночасно, імовірно + // паралельно якщо пристрій здатний до цього та правильно сконфігурований. + // Всі три ґорутини надсилають значення в один канал. + go inc(0, c) // Твердження go запускає нову ґорутину. + go inc(10, c) + go inc(-805, c) + // Читаємо три результати з каналу та друкуємо їх. + // Порядок результатів - невідомий! + fmt.Println(<-c, <-c, <-c) // якщо канал знаходиться справа від оператора <-, + // він виконує функцію "приймача". + + cs := make(chan string) // Ще один канал, який примає рядки. + ccs := make(chan chan string) // Канал каналів рядків. + go func() { c <- 84 }() // Запустимо нову ґорутину, щоб надіслати значення в канал с. + go func() { cs <- "wordy" }() // Надсилаємо "wordy" в канал cs. + // Ключове слово select має синтаксис, подібний до switch, проте кожен кейс + // включає в себе операцію з каналом. Він обирає довільний кейс з наявних, які готові + // комунікувати (передавати дані). + select { + case i := <-c: // Отримане значення може бути присвоєно змінній, + fmt.Printf("it's a %T", i) + case <-cs: // або значення може бути проігнороване. + fmt.Println("it's a string") + case <-ccs: // Пустий канал, не готовий комунікувати. + fmt.Println("Не відбудеться.") + } + // На цьому етапі, значення було прочитане або з с або з cs. Одна з двох + // ґорутин завершилась, але інша все ще заблокована. + + learnWebProgramming() // Go вміє й у веб. Так, ти хочеш зробити це. +} + +// Лиш одна функція з пакету http запускає веб сервер. +func learnWebProgramming() { + + // перший аргумент ListenAndServe - це TCP адреса, який сервер буде слухати. + // Другий аргумент - це інтерфейс, а точніше http.Handler. + go func() { + err := http.ListenAndServe(":8080", pair{}) + fmt.Println(err) // не ігноруйте помилки + }() + + requestServer() +} + +// pair матиме тип http.Handler, якщо реалізувати один його метод, ServeHTTP. +func (p pair) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) { + // Відповідати на запити можна методом, що належить http.ResponseWriter. + w.Write([]byte("Ти вивчив Go за Y хвилин!")) +} + +func requestServer() { + resp, err := http.Get("http://localhost:8080") + fmt.Println(err) + defer resp.Body.Close() + body, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body) + fmt.Printf("\nWebserver said: `%s`", string(body)) +} +``` + +## Подальше вивчення + +Основним джерелом всієї інформації про Go залишається [офіційна веб-сторінка](http://golang.org/). Там можна знайти уроки, інтерактивно пограти та багато про що почитати. +Окрім туру, у [документації](https://golang.org/doc/) міститься інформація як писати чистий та ефективний код на Go, документація пакетів та окремих команд, а також історія релізів. + +Надзвичайно рекомендується ознайомитись із визначенням мови. Вона легко читається та на диво коротка (в порівнянні з іншими сучасними мовами). + +Можна погратись з кодом вище на [Go playground](https://play.golang.org/p/tnWMjr16Mm). Спробуй змінити його та запустити із свого браузера. Поміть, що можна використовувати [https://play.golang.org](https://play.golang.org) як [REPL](https://uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/REPL) до тестів та коду в твоєму браузері, без встановлення Go. + +В списку для прочитання новачкам в Go - [вихідний код стандартної бібліотеки](http://golang.org/src/pkg/). Код всеосяжно задокоментований, тому є найкращим прикладом з боку зручного для прочитання та швидкості розуміння коду на цій мові програмування. Приведений стиль та ідіоми Go. +Крім того, можна просто натиснути на назву функції в [документації](http://golang.org/pkg/), щоб перейти до її реалізації. + +Іншим прекрасним посиланням для вивчення Go є [Go by example](https://gobyexample.com/). + +Go Mobile додає підтримку мобільних платформ (Android та iOS). Можна написати нативний код на Go для мобільних застосунків або написати бібліотеку, що міститиме прив'язки (bindings) з пакету Go, які можуть бути викликані з Java (Android) та Objective-C (iOS). Деталі можна дізнатись на [веб-сторінці Go Mobile](https://github.com/golang/go/wiki/Mobile). diff --git a/uk-ua/kotlin-ua.html.markdown b/uk-ua/kotlin-ua.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e79cc48 --- /dev/null +++ b/uk-ua/kotlin-ua.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,464 @@ +--- +language: kotlin +filename: LearnKotlin-uk.kt +lang: uk-ua +contributors: + - ["S Webber", "https://github.com/s-webber"] +translators: + - ["AstiaSun", "https://github.com/AstiaSun"] +--- + +Kotlin - це мова програмування зі статичною типізацією для JVM, Android та браузера. +Вона має 100% сумісність із Java. + +[Детальніше](https://kotlinlang.org/) + +```kotlin +// Однорядкові коментарі починаються з // +/* +Такий вигляд мають багаторядкові коментарі +*/ + +// Ключове слово package працює так само, як і в Java. +package com.learnxinyminutes.kotlin + +/* +Точкою входу для програм на Kotlin є функція під назвою main. +Вона приймає масив із аргументів, що були передані через командний рядок. +Починаючи з Kotlin 1.3, функція main може бути оголошена без параметрів взагалі. +*/ +fun main(args: Array<String>) { + /* + Оголошення змінних відбувається за допомогою ключових слів var або val. + Відмінність між ними полягає в тому, що значення змінних, оголошених через + val, не можна змінювати. Водночас, змінній "var" можна переприсвоїти нове + значення в подальшому. + */ + val fooVal = 10 // більше ми не можемо змінити значення fooVal на інше + var fooVar = 10 + fooVar = 20 // fooVar може змінювати значення + + /* + В більшості випадків Kotlin може визначати, якого типу змінна, тому не + потрібно щоразу точно вказувати її тип. + Тип змінної вказується наступним чином: + */ + val foo: Int = 7 + + /* + Рядки мають аналогічне з Java представлення. Спеціальні символи + позначаються за допомогою зворотнього слеша. + */ + val fooString = "My String Is Here!" + val barString = "Printing on a new line?\nNo Problem!" + val bazString = "Do you want to add a tab?\tNo Problem!" + println(fooString) + println(barString) + println(bazString) + + /* + Необроблений рядок розмежовується за допомогою потрійних лапок ("""). + Необроблені рядки можуть містити переніс рядка (не спеціальний символ \n) та + будь-які інші символи. + */ + val fooRawString = """ +fun helloWorld(val name : String) { + println("Hello, world!") +} +""" + println(fooRawString) + + /* + Рядки можуть містити шаблонні вирази. + Шаблонний вираз починається із символа доллара "$". + */ + val fooTemplateString = "$fooString has ${fooString.length} characters" + println(fooTemplateString) // => My String Is Here! has 18 characters + + /* + Щоб змінна могла мати значення null, потрібно це додатково вказати. + Для цього після оголошеного типу змінної додається спеціальний символ "?". + Отримати значення такої змінної можна використавши оператор "?.". + Оператор "?:" застосовується, щоб оголосити альтернативне значення змінної + у випадку, якщо вона буде рівна null. + */ + var fooNullable: String? = "abc" + println(fooNullable?.length) // => 3 + println(fooNullable?.length ?: -1) // => 3 + fooNullable = null + println(fooNullable?.length) // => null + println(fooNullable?.length ?: -1) // => -1 + + /* + Функції оголошуються з використанням ключового слова fun. + Аргументи функції перелічуються у круглих дужках після назви функції. + Аргументи можуть мати значення за замовчуванням. Тип значення, що повертатиметься + функцією, вказується після оголошення аргументів за необхідністю. + */ + fun hello(name: String = "world"): String { + return "Hello, $name!" + } + println(hello("foo")) // => Hello, foo! + println(hello(name = "bar")) // => Hello, bar! + println(hello()) // => Hello, world! + + /* + Аргументи функції можуть бути помічені ключовим словом vararg. Це дозволяє + приймати довільну кількість аргументів функції зазначеного типу. + */ + fun varargExample(vararg names: Int) { + println("Argument has ${names.size} elements") + } + varargExample() // => Argument has 0 elements + varargExample(1) // => Argument has 1 elements + varargExample(1, 2, 3) // => Argument has 3 elements + + /* + Коли функція складається з одного виразу, фігурні дужки не є обов'язковими. + Тіло функції вказується після оператора "=". + */ + fun odd(x: Int): Boolean = x % 2 == 1 + println(odd(6)) // => false + println(odd(7)) // => true + + // Якщо тип значення, що повертається функцією, може бути однозначно визначено, + // його непотрібно вказувати. + fun even(x: Int) = x % 2 == 0 + println(even(6)) // => true + println(even(7)) // => false + + // Функції можуть приймати інші функції як аргументи, а також повертати інші функції. + fun not(f: (Int) -> Boolean): (Int) -> Boolean { + return {n -> !f.invoke(n)} + } + // Іменовані функції можуть бути вказані як аргументи за допомогою оператора "::". + val notOdd = not(::odd) + val notEven = not(::even) + // Лямбда-вирази також можуть бути аргументами функції. + val notZero = not {n -> n == 0} + /* + Якщо лямбда-вираз приймає лише один параметр, його оголошення може бути пропущене + (разом із ->). Всередині виразу до цього параметра можна звернутись через + змінну "it". + */ + val notPositive = not {it > 0} + for (i in 0..4) { + println("${notOdd(i)} ${notEven(i)} ${notZero(i)} ${notPositive(i)}") + } + + // Ключове слово class використовується для оголошення класів. + class ExampleClass(val x: Int) { + fun memberFunction(y: Int): Int { + return x + y + } + + infix fun infixMemberFunction(y: Int): Int { + return x * y + } + } + /* + Щоб створити новий об'єкт, потрібно викликати конструктор класу. + Зазначте, що в Kotlin немає ключового слова new. + */ + val fooExampleClass = ExampleClass(7) + // Методи класу викликаються через крапку. + println(fooExampleClass.memberFunction(4)) // => 11 + /* + Якщо функція була позначена ключовим словом infix, тоді її можна викликати через + інфіксну нотацію. + */ + println(fooExampleClass infixMemberFunction 4) // => 28 + + /* + Класи даних - це лаконічний спосіб створювати класи, що містимуть тільки дані. + Методи "hashCode"/"equals" та "toString" автоматично генеруються. + */ + data class DataClassExample (val x: Int, val y: Int, val z: Int) + val fooData = DataClassExample(1, 2, 4) + println(fooData) // => DataClassExample(x=1, y=2, z=4) + + // Класи даних також мають функцію "copy". + val fooCopy = fooData.copy(y = 100) + println(fooCopy) // => DataClassExample(x=1, y=100, z=4) + + // Об'єкти можуть бути деструктурувані кількома способами. + val (a, b, c) = fooCopy + println("$a $b $c") // => 1 100 4 + + // деструктурування у циклі for + for ((a, b, c) in listOf(fooData)) { + println("$a $b $c") // => 1 100 4 + } + + val mapData = mapOf("a" to 1, "b" to 2) + // Map.Entry також деструктурувуються + for ((key, value) in mapData) { + println("$key -> $value") + } + + // Функція із "with" працює майже так само як це ж твердження у JavaScript. + data class MutableDataClassExample (var x: Int, var y: Int, var z: Int) + val fooMutableData = MutableDataClassExample(7, 4, 9) + with (fooMutableData) { + x -= 2 + y += 2 + z-- + } + println(fooMutableData) // => MutableDataClassExample(x=5, y=6, z=8) + + /* + Список можна створити використовуючи функцію listOf. + Список буде незмінним, тобто елементи не можна буде додавати або видаляти. + */ + val fooList = listOf("a", "b", "c") + println(fooList.size) // => 3 + println(fooList.first()) // => a + println(fooList.last()) // => c + // доступ до елементів здійснюється через їхні порядковий номер. + println(fooList[1]) // => b + + // Змінні списки можна створити використовуючи функцію mutableListOf. + val fooMutableList = mutableListOf("a", "b", "c") + fooMutableList.add("d") + println(fooMutableList.last()) // => d + println(fooMutableList.size) // => 4 + + // Функція setOf створює об'єкт типу множина. + val fooSet = setOf("a", "b", "c") + println(fooSet.contains("a")) // => true + println(fooSet.contains("z")) // => false + + // mapOf створює асоціативний масив. + val fooMap = mapOf("a" to 8, "b" to 7, "c" to 9) + // Доступ до значень в асоціативних масивах здійснюється через їхні ключі. + println(fooMap["a"]) // => 8 + + /* + Послідовності представлені як колекції лінивих обчислень. Функція generateSequence + створює послідовність. + */ + val fooSequence = generateSequence(1, { it + 1 }) + val x = fooSequence.take(10).toList() + println(x) // => [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10] + + // Приклад використання послідовностей, генерація чисел Фібоначчі: + fun fibonacciSequence(): Sequence<Long> { + var a = 0L + var b = 1L + + fun next(): Long { + val result = a + b + a = b + b = result + return a + } + + return generateSequence(::next) + } + val y = fibonacciSequence().take(10).toList() + println(y) // => [1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55] + + // Kotlin має функції вищого порядку для роботи з колекціями. + val z = (1..9).map {it * 3} + .filter {it < 20} + .groupBy {it % 2 == 0} + .mapKeys {if (it.key) "even" else "odd"} + println(z) // => {odd=[3, 9, 15], even=[6, 12, 18]} + + // Цикл for може використовуватись з будь-чим, що має ітератор. + for (c in "hello") { + println(c) + } + + // Принцип роботи циклів "while" не відрізняється від інших мов програмування. + var ctr = 0 + while (ctr < 5) { + println(ctr) + ctr++ + } + do { + println(ctr) + ctr++ + } while (ctr < 10) + + /* + if може бути використаний як вираз, що повертає значення. Тому тернарний + оператор ?: не потрібний в Kotlin. + */ + val num = 5 + val message = if (num % 2 == 0) "even" else "odd" + println("$num is $message") // => 5 is odd + + // "when" використовується як альтернатива ланцюгам "if-else if". + val i = 10 + when { + i < 7 -> println("first block") + fooString.startsWith("hello") -> println("second block") + else -> println("else block") + } + + // "when" може приймати аргумент. + when (i) { + 0, 21 -> println("0 or 21") + in 1..20 -> println("in the range 1 to 20") + else -> println("none of the above") + } + + // "when" також може використовуватись як функція, що повертає значення. + var result = when (i) { + 0, 21 -> "0 or 21" + in 1..20 -> "in the range 1 to 20" + else -> "none of the above" + } + println(result) + + /* + Тип об'єкта можна перевірити використавши оператор is. Якщо перевірка проходить + успішно, тоді можна використовувати об'єкт як данний тип не приводячи до нього + додатково. + */ + fun smartCastExample(x: Any) : Boolean { + if (x is Boolean) { + // x тепер має тип Boolean + return x + } else if (x is Int) { + // x тепер має тип Int + return x > 0 + } else if (x is String) { + // x тепер має тип String + return x.isNotEmpty() + } else { + return false + } + } + println(smartCastExample("Hello, world!")) // => true + println(smartCastExample("")) // => false + println(smartCastExample(5)) // => true + println(smartCastExample(0)) // => false + println(smartCastExample(true)) // => true + + // Smartcast (розумне приведення) також працює з блоком when + fun smartCastWhenExample(x: Any) = when (x) { + is Boolean -> x + is Int -> x > 0 + is String -> x.isNotEmpty() + else -> false + } + + /* + Розширення - це ще один спосіб розширити функціонал класу. + Подібні методи розширення реалізовані у С#. + */ + fun String.remove(c: Char): String { + return this.filter {it != c} + } + println("Hello, world!".remove('l')) // => Heo, word! +} + +// Класи перелічення також подібні до тих типів, що і в Java. +enum class EnumExample { + A, B, C // Константи перелічення розділені комами. +} +fun printEnum() = println(EnumExample.A) // => A + +// Оскільки кожне перелічення - це об'єкт класу enum, воно може бути +// проініціалізоване наступним чином: +enum class EnumExample(val value: Int) { + A(value = 1), + B(value = 2), + C(value = 3) +} +fun printProperty() = println(EnumExample.A.value) // => 1 + +// Кожне перелічення має властивості, які дозволяють отримати його ім'я +// та порядок (позицію) в класі enum: +fun printName() = println(EnumExample.A.name) // => A +fun printPosition() = println(EnumExample.A.ordinal) // => 0 + +/* +Ключове слово object можна використати для створення об'єкту сінглтону. Об'єкт не +можна інстанціювати, проте на його унікальний екземпляр можна посилатись за іменем. +Подібна можливість є в сінглтон об'єктах у Scala. +*/ +object ObjectExample { + fun hello(): String { + return "hello" + } + + override fun toString(): String { + return "Hello, it's me, ${ObjectExample::class.simpleName}" + } +} + + +fun useSingletonObject() { + println(ObjectExample.hello()) // => hello + // В Kotlin, "Any" - це корінь ієрархії класів, так само, як і "Object" у Java. + val someRef: Any = ObjectExample + println(someRef) // => Hello, it's me, ObjectExample +} + + +/* +Оператор перевірки на те, що об'єкт не рівний null, (!!) перетворює будь-яке значення в ненульовий тип і кидає виняток, якщо значення рівне null. +*/ +var b: String? = "abc" +val l = b!!.length + +// Далі - приклади перевизначення методів класу Any в класі-насліднику +data class Counter(var value: Int) { + // перевизначити Counter += Int + operator fun plusAssign(increment: Int) { + this.value += increment + } + + // перевизначити Counter++ та ++Counter + operator fun inc() = Counter(value + 1) + + // перевизначити Counter + Counter + operator fun plus(other: Counter) = Counter(this.value + other.value) + + // перевизначити Counter * Counter + operator fun times(other: Counter) = Counter(this.value * other.value) + + // перевизначити Counter * Int + operator fun times(value: Int) = Counter(this.value * value) + + // перевизначити Counter in Counter + operator fun contains(other: Counter) = other.value == this.value + + // перевизначити Counter[Int] = Int + operator fun set(index: Int, value: Int) { + this.value = index + value + } + + // перевизначити виклик екземпляру Counter + operator fun invoke() = println("The value of the counter is $value") + +} +// Можна також перевизначити оператори через методи розширення. +// перевизначити -Counter +operator fun Counter.unaryMinus() = Counter(-this.value) + +fun operatorOverloadingDemo() { + var counter1 = Counter(0) + var counter2 = Counter(5) + counter1 += 7 + println(counter1) // => Counter(value=7) + println(counter1 + counter2) // => Counter(value=12) + println(counter1 * counter2) // => Counter(value=35) + println(counter2 * 2) // => Counter(value=10) + println(counter1 in Counter(5)) // => false + println(counter1 in Counter(7)) // => true + counter1[26] = 10 + println(counter1) // => Counter(value=36) + counter1() // => The value of the counter is 36 + println(-counter2) // => Counter(value=-5) +} +``` + +### Подальше вивчення + +* [Уроки Kotlin](https://kotlinlang.org/docs/tutorials/) +* [Спробувати попрацювати з Kotlin в браузері](https://play.kotlinlang.org/) +* [Список корисних посилань](http://kotlin.link/) diff --git a/uk-ua/mips-ua.html.markdown b/uk-ua/mips-ua.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d4517fe --- /dev/null +++ b/uk-ua/mips-ua.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,366 @@ +--- +language: "MIPS Assembly" +filename: MIPS.asm +contributors: + - ["Stanley Lim", "https://github.com/Spiderpig86"] +translators: + - ["AstiaSun", "https://github.com/AstiaSun"] +lang: uk-ua +--- + +Мова ассемблера MIPS (англ. Microprocessor without Interlocked Pipeline Stages) була написана для роботи з мікропроцесорами MIPS, парадигма яких була описана в 1981 році [Джоном Геннессі](https://uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/Джон_Лерой_Геннессі). Ці RISC процесори використовуються у таких вбудованих системах, як маршрутизатори та мережеві шлюзи. + +[Детальніше](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIPS_architecture) + +```asm +# Коментарі позначені як'#' + +# Всі символи після '#' ігноруються лексичним аналізатором асемблера. + +# Зазвичай програми поділяються на .data та .text частини + +.data # У цьому розділі дані зберігаються у пам'яті, виділеній в RAM, подібно до змінних + # в мовах програмування вищого рівня + + # Змінна оголошується наступним чином: [назва]: .[тип] [значення] + # Наприклад: + hello_world: .asciiz "Hello World\n" # Оголосити текстову змінну + num1: .word 42 # word - це чисельний тип 32-бітного розряду + + arr1: .word 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 # Масив чисел + arr2: .byte 'a', 'b' # Масив буквених символів (розмір кожного - 1 байт) + buffer: .space 60 # Виділити місце в RAM + # (не очищується, тобто не заповнюється 0) + + # Розміри типів даних + _byte: .byte 'a' # 1 байт + _halfword: .half 53 # 2 байти + _word: .word 3 # 4 байти + _float: .float 3.14 # 4 байти + _double: .double 7.0 # 8 байтів + + .align 2 # Вирівнювання пам'яті даних, де число + # показує кількість байтів, вирівнених + # у степені 2. (.align 2 означає + # чисельне (word) вирівнювання оскільки + # 2^2 = 4 байти) + +.text # Розділ, що містить інструкції та + # логіку програми + +.globl _main # Оголошує назву інструкції як + # глобальну, тобто, яка є доступною для + # всіх інших файлів + + _main: # програми MIPS виконують інструкції + # послідовно, тобто першочергово код + # буде виконуватись після цієї позначки + + # Виведемо на екран "hello world" + la $a0, hello_world # Завантажує адресу тексту у пам'яті + li $v0, 4 # Завантажує значення системної + # команди (вказуючи тип функціоналу) + syscall # Виконує зазначену системну команду + # з обраним аргументом ($a0) + + # Регістри (використовуються, щоб тримати дані протягом виконання програми) + # $t0 - $t9 # Тимчасові регістри використовуються + # для проміжних обчислень всередині + # підпрограм (не зберігаються між + # викликами функцій) + + # $s0 - $s7 # Збережені регістри, у яких значення + # зберігаються між викликами підпрограм. + # Зазвичай зберігаються у стеку. + + # $a0 - $a3 # Регістри для передачі аргументів для + # підпрограм + # $v0 - $v1 # Регістри для значень, що повертаються + # від викликаної функції + + # Типи інструкції завантаження / збереження + la $t0, label # Скопіювати адресу в пам'яті, де + # зберігається значення змінної label + # в регістр $t0 + lw $t0, label # Скопіювати чисельне значення з пам'яті + lw $t1, 4($s0) # Скопіювати чисельне значення з адреси + # пам'яті регістра зі зміщенням в + # 4 байти (адреса + 4) + lb $t2, label # Скопіювати буквений символ в частину + # нижчого порядку регістра $t2 + lb $t2, 0($s0) # Скопіювати буквений символ з адреси + # в $s0 із зсувом 0 + # Подібне використання і 'lh' для halfwords + + sw $t0, label # Зберегти чисельне значення в адресу в + # пам'яті, що відповідає змінній label + sw $t0, 8($s0) # Зберегти чисельне значення в адресу, + # що зазначена у $s0, та зі зсувом у 8 байтів + # Така ж ідея використання 'sb' та 'sh' для буквених символів та halfwords. + # 'sa' не існує + + +### Математичні операції ### + _math: + # Пам'ятаємо, що попередньо потрібно завантажити дані в пам'ять + lw $t0, num # Із розділа з даними + li $t0, 5 # Або безпосередньо з константи + li $t1, 6 + add $t2, $t0, $t1 # $t2 = $t0 + $t1 + sub $t2, $t0, $t1 # $t2 = $t0 - $t1 + mul $t2, $t0, $t1 # $t2 = $t0 * $t1 + div $t2, $t0, $t1 # $t2 = $t0 / $t1 (Може не підтримуватись + # деякими версіями MARS) + div $t0, $t1 # Виконує $t0 / $t1. Отримати частку можна + # за допомогою команди 'mflo', остаток - 'mfhi' + + # Бітовий зсув + sll $t0, $t0, 2 # Побітовий зсув вліво на 2. Біти вищого порядку + # не зберігаються, нищого - заповнюються 0 + sllv $t0, $t1, $t2 # Зсув вліво зі змінною кількістю у + # регістрі + srl $t0, $t0, 5 # Побітовий зсув вправо на 5 (не зберігає + # біти, біти зліва заповнюються 0) + srlv $t0, $t1, $t2 # Зсув вправо зі змінною кількістю у + # регістрі + sra $t0, $t0, 7 # Побітовий арифметичний зсув вправо + # (зберігає біти) + srav $t0, $t1, $t2 # Зсув вправо зі змінною кількістю у + # регістрі зі збереження значеннь бітів + + # Побітові операції + and $t0, $t1, $t2 # Побітове І (AND) + andi $t0, $t1, 0xFFF # Побітове І з безпосереднім значенням + or $t0, $t1, $t2 # Побітове АБО (OR) + ori $t0, $t1, 0xFFF # Побітове АБО з безпосереднім значенням + xor $t0, $t1, $t2 # Побітова виключна диз'юнкція (XOR) + xori $t0, $t1, 0xFFF # Побітове XOR з безпосереднім значенням + nor $t0, $t1, $t2 # Побітова стрілка Пірса (NOR) + +## Розгалуження ## + _branching: + # В основному інструкції розгалуження мають наступну форму: + # <instr> <reg1> <reg2> <label> + # де label - це назва змінної, в яку ми хочемо перейти, якщо зазначене твердження + # правдиве + + beq $t0, $t1, reg_eq # Перейдемо у розгалуження reg_eq + # якщо $t0 == $t1, інакше - + # виконати наступний рядок + bne $t0, $t1, reg_neq # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 != $t1 + b branch_target # Розгалуження без умови завжди виконується + beqz $t0, req_eq_zero # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 == 0 + bnez $t0, req_neq_zero # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 != 0 + bgt $t0, $t1, t0_gt_t1 # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 > $t1 + bge $t0, $t1, t0_gte_t1 # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 >= $t1 + bgtz $t0, t0_gt0 # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 > 0 + blt $t0, $t1, t0_gt_t1 # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 < $t1 + ble $t0, $t1, t0_gte_t1 # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 <= $t1 + bltz $t0, t0_lt0 # Розгалужується, якщо $t0 < 0 + slt $s0, $t0, $t1 # Інструкція, що посилає сигнал коли + # $t0 < $t1, результат зберігається в $s0 + # (1 - правдиве твердження) + + # Просте твердження якщо (if) + # if (i == j) + # f = g + h; + # f = f - i; + + # Нехай $s0 = f, $s1 = g, $s2 = h, $s3 = i, $s4 = j + bne $s3, $s4, L1 # if (i !=j) + add $s0, $s1, $s2 # f = g + h + + L1: + sub $s0, $s0, $s3 # f = f - i + + # Нижче наведений приклад знаходження максимального значення з 3 чисел + # Пряма трансляція в Java з логіки MIPS: + # if (a > b) + # if (a > c) + # max = a; + # else + # max = c; + # else + # max = b; + # else + # max = c; + + # Нехай $s0 = a, $s1 = b, $s2 = c, $v0 = повернути регістр + ble $s0, $s1, a_LTE_b # якщо (a <= b) розгалуження(a_LTE_b) + ble $s0, $s2, max_C # якщо (a > b && a <=c) розгалуження(max_C) + move $v0, $s1 # інакше [a > b && a > c] max = a + j done # Перейти в кінець програми + + a_LTE_b: # Мітка розгалуження, коли a <= b + ble $s1, $s2, max_C # якщо (a <= b && b <= c) розгалуження(max_C) + move $v0, $s1 # якщо (a <= b && b > c) max = b + j done # Перейти в кінець програми + + max_C: + move $v0, $s2 # max = c + + done: # Кінець програми + +## Цикли ## + _loops: + # Цикл складається з умови виходу та з інструкції переходу після його завершення + li $t0, 0 + while: + bgt $t0, 10, end_while # Коли $t0 менше 10, продовжувати ітерації + addi $t0, $t0, 1 # Збільшити значення + j while # Перейти на початок циклу + end_while: + + # Транспонування 2D матриці + # Припустимо, що $a0 зберігає адресу цілочисельної матриці розмірністю 3 x 3 + li $t0, 0 # Лічильник для i + li $t1, 0 # Лічильник для j + matrix_row: + bgt $t0, 3, matrix_row_end + + matrix_col: + bgt $t1, 3, matrix_col_end + + # ... + + addi $t1, $t1, 1 # Збільшити лічильник стовпця (col) + matrix_col_end: + + # ... + + addi $t0, $t0, 1 + matrix_row_end: + +## Функції ## + _functions: + # Функції - це процедури, що викликаються, приймають аргументи та повертають значення + + main: # Програма починається з головної функції + jal return_1 # jal збереже поточний ПЦ (програмний центр) в $ra, + # а потім перейде до return_1 + + # Як передати аргументи? + # По-перше, ми маємо передати значення аргументів у регістри аргументів + li $a0, 1 + li $a1, 2 + jal sum # Тепер ми можемо викликати функцію + + # Як щодо рекурсії? + # Тут потрібно дещо більше роботи оскільки ми маємо впевнитись, що ми збережемо + # та зчитаємо попередній ПЦ в $ra, оскільки jal автоматично перепише її при виклику + li $a0, 3 + jal fact + + li $v0, 10 + syscall + + # Ця функція повертає 1 + return_1: + li $v0, 1 # Завантажити val в регіст $v0 + jr $ra # Повернутись до попереднього ПЦ і продовжити виконання + + + # Функція з двома аргументами + sum: + add $v0, $a0, $a1 + jr $ra # Повернутись + + # Рекурсивна функція, яка знаходить факторіал + fact: + addi $sp, $sp, -8 # Виділити місце в стеку + sw $s0, ($sp) # Зберегти регістр, що містить поточне число + sw $ra, 4($sp) # Зберегти попередній ПЦ + + li $v0, 1 # Проініціалізувати значення, що повертатиметься + beq $a0, 0, fact_done # Закінчити, якщо параметр 0 + + # Інакше, продовжити рекурсію + move $s0, $a0 # Скопіювати $a0 в $s0 + sub $a0, $a0, 1 + jal fact + + mul $v0, $s0, $v0 # Множення + + fact_done: + lw $s0, ($sp) + lw $ra, ($sp) # Відновити ПЦ + addi $sp, $sp, 8 + + jr $ra + +## Макроси ## + _macros: + # Макроси надзвичайно корисні для заміни блоків коду, що повторюються, за допомогою + # однієї змінної, для покращення читабельності + # Це не заміна функцій. + # Вони мають бути оголошені перед використанням + + # Макрос для виведення нових рядків (оскільки операція досить часто виконується) + .macro println() + la $a0, newline # Значення нового рядка зберігатиметься тут + li $v0, 4 + syscall + .end_macro + + println() # Асемблер скопіює цей блок коду сюди + # перед тим, як виконувати його + + # Можна передавати параметри у макроси. + # Параметри позначаються знаком '%' з довільною назвою + .macro print_int(%num) + li $v0, 1 + lw $a0, %num + syscall + .end_macro + + li $t0, 1 + print_int($t0) + + # Значення також можна передавати безпосередньо в макроси + .macro immediates(%a, %b) + add $t0, %a, %b + .end_macro + + immediates(3, 5) + + # Одночасно із назвами змінних + .macro print(%string) + la $a0, %string + li $v0, 4 + syscall + .end_macro + + print(hello_world) + +## Масиви ## +.data + list: .word 3, 0, 1, 2, 6 # Це масив чисел + char_arr: .asciiz "hello" # Це текстовий масив + buffer: .space 128 # Виділяє блок пам'яті, що + # автоматично не очищується + # Ці блоки пам'яті вирівнені + # вирівнені поруч один з одним + +.text + la $s0, list # Завантажити адресу списку + li $t0, 0 # Лічильник + li $t1, 5 # Довжина списку + + loop: + bgt $t0, $t1, end_loop + + lw $a0, ($s0) + li $v0, 1 + syscall # Вивести число + + addi $s0, $s0, 4 # Розмір числа - 4 байти + addi $t0, $t0, 1 # Збільшити + j loop + end_loop: + +## Включення ## +# Потрібно для імпорту сторонніх файлів у програму (насправді, код з цього файлу +# копіюється та вставляється в місце, де оголошений імпорт) +.include "somefile.asm" + +``` diff --git a/vimscript.html.markdown b/vimscript.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e023713 --- /dev/null +++ b/vimscript.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,651 @@ +--- +language: Vimscript +filename: learnvimscript.vim +contributors: + - ["HiPhish", "http://hiphish.github.io/"] +--- + +```vim +" ############## +" Introduction +" ############## +" +" Vim script (also called VimL) is the subset of Vim's ex-commands which +" supplies a number of features one one would expect from a scripting language, +" such as values, variables, functions or loops. Always keep in the back of +" your mind that a Vim script file is just a sequence of ex-commands. It is +" very common for a script to mix programming-language features and raw +" ex-commands. +" +" You can run Vim script directly by entering the commands in command-mode +" (press `:` to enter command-mode), or you can write them to a file (without +" the leading `:`) and source it in a running Vim instance (`:source +" path/to/file`). Some files are sourced automatically as part of your +" configuration (see |startup|). This guide assumes that you are familiar +" with ex-commands and will only cover the scripting. Help topics to the +" relevant manual sections are included. +" +" See |usr_41.txt| for the official introduction to Vim script. A comment is +" anything following an unmatched `"` until the end of the line, and `|` +" separates instructions (what `;` does in most other languages). References to +" the manual as surrounded with `|`, such as |help.txt|. + +" This is a comment + +" The vertical line '|' (pipe) separates commands +echo 'Hello' | echo 'world!' + +" Putting a comment after a command usually works +pwd " Displays the current working directory + +" Except for some commands it does not; use the command delemiter before the +" comment (echo assumes that the quotation mark begins a string) +echo 'Hello world!' | " Displays a message + +" Line breaks can be escaped by pacing a backslash as the first non-whitespace +" character on the *following* line. Only works in script files, not on the +" command line +echo " Hello + \ world " + +echo [1, + \ 2] + +echo { + \ 'a': 1, + \ 'b': 2 +\} + + +" ####### +" Types +" ####### +" +" For an overview of types see |E712|. For an overview of operators see +" |expression-syntax| + +" Numbers (|expr-number|) +" ####### + +echo 123 | " Decimal +echo 0b1111011 | " Binary +echo 0173 | " Octal +echo 0x7B | " Hexadecimal +echo 123.0 | " Floating-point +echo 1.23e2 | " Floating-point (scientific notation) + +" Note that an *integer* number with a leading `0` is in octal notation. The +" usual arithmetic operations are supported. + +echo 1 + 2 | " Addition +echo 1 - 2 | " Subtraction +echo - 1 | " Negation (unary minus) +echo + 1 | " Unary plus (does nothing really, but still legal) +echo 1 * 2 | " Multiplication +echo 1 / 2 | " Division +echo 1 % 2 | " Modulo (remainder) + +" Booleans (|Boolean|) +" ######## +" +" The number 0 is false, every other number is true. Strings are implicitly +" converted to numbers (see below). There are two pre-defined semantic +" constants. + +echo v:true | " Evaluates to 1 or the string 'v:true' +echo v:false | " Evaluates to 0 or the string 'v:false' + +" Boolean values can result from comparison of two objects. + +echo x == y | " Equality by value +echo x != y | " Unequality +echo x > y | " Greater than +echo x >= y | " Greater than or equal +echo x < y | " Smaller than +echo x <= y | " Smaller than or equal +echo x is y | " Instance identity (lists and dictionaries) +echo x isnot y | " Instance non-identity (lists and dictionaries) + +" Strings are compared based on their alphanumerical ordering +" echo 'a' < 'b'. Case sensitivity depends on the setting of 'ignorecase' +" +" Explicit case-sensitivity is specified by appending '#' (match case) or '?' +" (ignore case) to the operator. Prefer explicity case sensitivity when writing +" portable scripts. + +echo 'a' < 'B' | " True or false depending on 'ignorecase' +echo 'a' <? 'B' | " True +echo 'a' <# 'B' | " False + +" Regular expression matching +echo "hi" =~ "hello" | " Regular expression match, uses 'ignorecase' +echo "hi" =~# "hello" | " Regular expression match, case sensitive +echo "hi" =~? "hello" | " Regular expression match, case insensitive +echo "hi" !~ "hello" | " Regular expression unmatch, use 'ignorecase' +echo "hi" !~# "hello" | " Regular expression unmatch, case sensitive +echo "hi" !~? "hello" | " Regular expression unmatch, case insensitive + +" Boolean operations are possible. + +echo v:true && v:false | " Logical AND +echo v:true || v:false | " Logical OR +echo ! v:true | " Logical NOT +echo v:true ? 'yes' : 'no' | " Ternary operator + + +" Strings (|String|) +" ####### +" +" An ordered zero-indexed sequence of bytes. The encoding of text into bytes +" depends on the option |'encoding'|. + +" Literal constructors +echo "Hello world\n" | " The last two characters stand for newline +echo 'Hello world\n' | " The last two characters are literal +echo 'Let''s go!' | " Two single quotes become one quote character + +" Single-quote strings take all characters are literal, except two single +" quotes, which are taken to be a single quote in the string itself. See +" |expr-quote| for all possible escape sequences. + +" String concatenation +" The .. operator is preferred, but only supported in since Vim 8.1.1114 +echo 'Hello ' . 'world' | " String concatenation +echo 'Hello ' .. 'world' | " String concatenation (new variant) + +" String indexing +echo 'Hello'[0] | " First byte +echo 'Hello'[1] | " Second byte +echo 'Hellö'[4] | " Returns a byte, not the character 'ö' + +" Substrings (second index is inclusive) +echo 'Hello'[:] | " Copy of entire string +echo 'Hello'[1:3] | " Substring, second to fourth byte +echo 'Hello'[1:-2] | " Substring until second to last byte +echo 'Hello'[1:] | " Substring with starting index +echo 'Hello'[:2] | " Substring with ending index +echo 'Hello'[-2:] | " Substring relative to end of string + +" A negative index is relative to the end of the string. See +" |string-functions| for all string-related functions. + +" Lists (|List|) +" ##### +" +" An ordered zero-indexed heterogeneous sequence of arbitrary Vim script +" objects. + +" Literal constructor +echo [] | " Empty list +echo [1, 2, 'Hello'] | " List with elements +echo [1, 2, 'Hello', ] | " Trailing comma permitted +echo [[1, 2], 'Hello'] | " Lists can be nested arbitrarily + +" List concatenation +echo [1, 2] + [3, 4] | " Creates a new list + +" List indexing, negative is relative to end of list (|list-index|) +echo [1, 2, 3, 4][2] | " Third element +echo [1, 2, 3, 4][-1] | " Last element + +" List slicing (|sublist|) +echo [1, 2, 3, 4][:] | " Shallow copy of entire list +echo [1, 2, 3, 4][:2] | " Sublist until third item (inclusive) +echo [1, 2, 3, 4][2:] | " Sublist from third item (inclusive) +echo [1, 2, 3, 4][:-2] | " Sublist until second-to-last item (inclusive) + +" All slicing operations create new lists. To modify a list in-place use list +" functions (|list-functions|) or assign directly to an item (see below about +" variables). + + +" Dictionaries (|Dictionary|) +" ############ +" +" An unordered sequence of key-value pairs, keys are always strings (numbers +" are implicitly converted to strings). + +" Dictionary literal +echo {} | " Empty dictionary +echo {'a': 1, 'b': 2} | " Dictionary literal +echo {'a': 1, 'b': 2, } | " Trailing comma permitted +echo {'x': {'a': 1, 'b': 2}} | " Nested dictionary + +" Indexing a dictionary +echo {'a': 1, 'b': 2}['a'] | " Literal index +echo {'a': 1, 'b': 2}.a | " Syntactic sugar for simple keys + +" See |dict-functions| for dictionary manipulation functions. + + +" Funcref (|Funcref|) +" ####### +" +" Reference to a function, uses the function name as a string for construction. +" When stored in a variable the name of the variable has the same restrictions +" as a function name (see below). + +echo function('type') | " Reference to function type() +" Note that `funcref('type')` will throw an error because the argument must be +" a user-defined function; see further below for defining your own functions. +echo funcref('type') | " Reference by identity, not name +" A lambda (|lambda|) is an anonymous function; it can only contain one +" expression in its body, which is also its implicit return value. +echo {x -> x * x} | " Anonymous function +echo function('substitute', ['hello']) | " Partial function + + +" Regular expression (|regular-expression|) +" ################## +" +" A regular expression pattern is generally a string, but in some cases you can +" also use a regular expression between a pair of delimiters (usually `/`, but +" you can choose anything). + +" Substitute 'hello' for 'Hello' +substitute/hello/Hello/ + + +" ########################### +" Implicit type conversions +" ########################### +" +" Strings are converted to numbers, and numbers to strings when necessary. A +" number becomes its decimal notation as a string. A string becomes its +" numerical value if it can be parsed to a number, otherwise it becomes zero. + +echo "1" + 1 | " Number +echo "1" .. 1 | " String +echo "0xA" + 1 | " Number + +" Strings are treated like numbers when used as booleans +echo "true" ? 1 : 0 | " This string is parsed to 0, which is false + +" ########### +" Variables +" ########### +" +" Variables are bound within a scope; if no scope is provided a default is +" chosen by Vim. Use `:let` and `:const` to bind a value and `:unlet` to unbind +" it. + +let b:my_var = 1 | " Local to current buffer +let w:my_var = 1 | " Local to current window +let t:my_var = 1 | " Local to current tab page +let g:my_var = 1 | " Global variable +let l:my_var = 1 | " Local to current function (see functions below) +let s:my_var = 1 | " Local to current script file +let a:my_arg = 1 | " Function argument (see functions below) + +" The Vim scope is read-only +echo v:true | " Special built-in Vim variables (|v:var|) + +" Access special Vim memory like variables +let @a = 'Hello' | " Register +let $PATH='' | " Environment variable +let &textwidth = 79 | " Option +let &l:textwidth = 79 | " Local option +let &g:textwidth = 79 | " Global option + +" Access scopes as dictionaries (can be modified like all dictionaries) +" See the |dict-functions|, especially |get()|, for access and manipulation +echo b: | " All buffer variables +echo w: | " All window variables +echo t: | " All tab page variables +echo g: | " All global variables +echo l: | " All local variables +echo s: | " All script variables +echo a: | " All function arguments +echo v: | " All Vim variables + +" Constant variables +const x = 10 | " See |:const|, |:lockvar| + +" Function reference variables have the same restrictions as function names +let IsString = {x -> type(x) == type('')} | " Global: capital letter +let s:isNumber = {x -> type(x) == type(0)} | " Local: any name allowed + +" When omitted the scope `g:` is implied, except in functions, there `l:` is +" implied. + + +" Multiple value binding (list unpacking) +" ####################################### +" +" Assign values of list to multiple variables (number of items must match) +let [x, y] = [1, 2] + +" Assign the remainer to a rest variable (note the semicolon) +let [mother, father; children] = ['Alice', 'Bob', 'Carol', 'Dennis', 'Emily'] + + +" ############## +" Flow control +" ############## + +" Conditional (|:if|, |:elseif|, |:else|, |:endif|) +" ########### +" +" Conditions are set between `if` and `endif`. They can be nested. + +let condition = v:true + +if condition + echo 'First condition' +elseif another_condition + echo 'Second condition' +else + echo 'Fail' +endif + +" Loops (|:for|, |:endfor|, |:while|, |:endwhile|, |:break|, |:continue|) +" ##### +" +" Two types of loops: `:for` and `:while`. Use `:continue` to skip to the next +" iteration, `:break` to break out of the loop. + +" For-loop (|:for|, |:endfor|) +" ======== +" +" For-loops iterate over lists and nothing else. If you want to iterate over +" another sequence you need to use a function which will create a list. + +" Iterate over a list +for person in ['Alice', 'Bob', 'Carol', 'Dennis', 'Emily'] + echo 'Hello ' .. person +endfor + +" Iterate over a nested list by unpacking it +for [x, y] in [[1, 0], [0, 1], [-1, 0], [0, -1]] + echo 'Position: x =' .. x .. ', y = ' .. y +endfor + +" Iterate over a range of numbers +for i in range(10, 0, -1) " Count down from 10 + echo 'T minus' .. i +endfor + +" Iterate over the keys of a dictionary +for symbol in keys({'π': 3.14, 'e': 2.71}) + echo 'The constant ' .. symbol .. ' is a transcendent number' +endfor + +" Iterate over the values of a dictionary +for value in values({'π': 3.14, 'e': 2.71}) + echo 'The value ' .. value .. ' approximates a transcendent number' +endfor + +" Iterate over the keys and values of a dictionary +for [symbol, value] in items({'π': 3.14, 'e': 2.71}) + echo 'The number ' .. symbol .. ' is approximately ' .. value +endfor + +" While-loops (|:while|, |:endwhile|) + +let there_yet = v:true +while !there_yet + echo 'Are we there yet?' +endwhile + + +" Exception handling (|exception-handling|) +" ################## +" +" Throw new exceptions as strings, catch them by pattern-matching a regular +" expression against the string + +" Throw new exception +throw "Wrong arguments" + +" Guard against an exception (the second catch matches any exception) +try + source path/to/file +catch /Cannot open/ + echo 'Looks like that file does not exist' +catch /.*/ + echo 'Something went wrong, but I don't know what' +finally + echo 'I'm done trying' +endtry + + +" ########## +" Functions +" ########## + +" Defining functions (|:function|, |:endfunction|) +" ################## + +" Unscoped function names have to start with a capital letter +function! AddNumbersLoudly(x, y) + " Use a: scope to access arguments + echo 'Adding' .. a:x .. 'and' .. a:y | " A side effect + return a:x + a:y | " A return value +endfunction + +" Scoped function names may start with a lower-case letter +function! s:addNumbersLoudly(x, y) + echo 'Adding' .. a:x .. 'and' .. a:y + return a:x + a:y +endfunction + +" Without the exclamation mark it would be an error to re-define a function, +" with the exclamation mark the new definition can replace the old one. Since +" Vim script files can be reloaded several times over the course of a session +" it is best to use the exclamation mark unless you really know what you are +" doing. + +" Function definitions can have special qualifiers following the argument list. + +" Range functions define two implicit arguments, which will be set to the range +" of the ex-command +function! FirstAndLastLine() range + echo [a:firstline, a:lastline] +endfunction + +" Prints the first and last line that match a pattern (|cmdline-ranges|) +/^#!/,/!#$/call FirstAndLastLine() + +" Aborting functions, abort once error occurs (|:func-abort|) +function! SourceMyFile() abort + source my-file.vim | " Try sourcing non-existing file + echo 'This will never be printed' +endfunction + +" Closures, functions carrying values from outer scope (|:func-closure|) +function! MakeAdder(x) + function! Adder(n) closure + return a:n + a:x + endfunction + return funcref('Adder') +endfunction +let AddFive = MakeAdder(5) +echo AddFive(3) | " Prints 8 + +" Dictionary functions, poor man's OOP methods (|Dictionary-function|) +function! Mylen() dict + return len(self.data) | " Implicit variable self +endfunction +let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3], 'len': function("Mylen")} +echo mydict.len() + +" Alternatively, more concise +let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]} +function! mydict.len() + return len(self.data) +endfunction + +" Calling functions (|:call|) +" ################# + +" Call a function for its return value, and possibly for its side effects +let animals = keys({'cow': 'moo', 'dog': 'woof', 'cat': 'meow'}) + +" Call a function for its side effects only, ignore potential result +call sign_undefine() + +" The call() function calls a function reference and passes parameters as a +" list, and returns the function's result. +echo call(function('get'), [{'a': 1, 'b': 2}, 'c', 3]) | " Prints 3 + +" Recall that Vim script is embedded within the ex-commands, that is why we +" cannot just call a function directly, we have to use the `:call` ex-command. + +" Function namespaces (|write-library-script|, |autoload|) +" ################### + +" Must be defined in autoload/foo/bar.vim +" Namspaced function names do not have to start with a capital letter +function! foo#bar#log(value) + echomsg value +endfunction + +call foo#bar#log('Hello') + + +" ############################# +" Frequently used ex-commands +" ############################# + + +" Sourcing runtime files (|'runtimepath'|) +" ###################### + +" Source first match among runtime paths +runtime plugin/my-plugin.vim + + +" Defining new ex-commands (|40.2|, |:command|) +" ######################## + +" First argument here is the name of the command, rest is the command body +command! SwapAdjacentLines normal! ddp + +" The exclamation mark works the same as with `:function`. User-defined +" commands must start with a capital letter. The `:command` command can take a +" number of attributes (some of which have their own parameters with `=`), such +" as `-nargs`, all of them start with a dash to set them apart from the command +" name. + +:command -nargs=1 Error echoerr <args> + + +" Defining auto-commands (|40.3|, |autocmd|, |autocommand-events|) +" ###################### + +" The arguments are "events", "patterns", rest is "commands" +autocmd BufWritePost $MYVIMRC source $MYVIMRC + +" Events and patterns are separated by commas with no space between. See +" |autocmd-events| for standard events, |User| for custom events. Everything +" else are the ex-commands which will be executed. + +" Auto groups +" =========== +" +" When a file is sourced multiple times the auto-commands are defined anew, +" without deleting the old ones, causing auto-commands to pile up over time. +" Use auto-groups and the following ritual to guard against this. + +augroup auto-source | " The name of the group is arbitrary + autocmd! | " Deletes all auto-commands in the current group + autocmd BufWritePost $MYVIMRC source $MYVIMRC +augroup END | " Switch back to default auto-group + +" It is also possible to assign a group directly. This is useful if the +" definition of the group is in one script and the definition of the +" auto-command is in another script. + +" In one file +augroup auto-source + autocmd! +augroup END + +" In another file +autocmd auto-source BufWritePost $MYVIMRC source $MYVIMRC + +" Executing (run-time macros of sorts) +" #################################### + +" Sometimes we need to construct an ex-command where part of the command is not +" known until runtime. + +let line = 3 | " Line number determined at runtime +execute line .. 'delete' | " Delete a line + +" Executing normal-mode commands +" ############################## +" +" Use `:normal` to play back a sequence of normal mode commands from the +" command-line. Add an exclamation mark to ignore user mappings. + +normal! ggddGp | " Transplant first line to end of buffer + +" Window commands can be used with :normal, or with :wincmd if :normal would +" not work +wincmd L | " Move current window all the way to the right + + +" ########################### +" Frequently used functions +" ########################### + +" Feature check +echo has('nvim') | " Running Neovim +echo has('python3') | " Support for Python 3 plugins +echo has('unix') | " Running on a Unix system +echo has('win32') | " Running on a Windows system + + +" Test if something exists +echo exists('&mouse') | " Option (exists only) +echo exists('+mouse') | " Option (exists and works) +echo exists('$HOSTNAME') | " Environment variable +echo exists('*strftime') | " Built-in function +echo exists('**s:MyFunc') | " User-defined function +echo exists('bufcount') | " Variable (scope optional) +echo exists('my_dict["foo"]') | " Variable (dictionary entry) +echo exists('my_dict["foo"]') | " Variable (dictionary entry) +echo exists(':Make') | " Command +echo exists("#CursorHold") | " Auto-command defined for event +echo exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz") | " Event and pattern +echo exists("#filetypeindent") | " Auto-command group +echo exists("##ColorScheme") | " Auto-commnand supported for event + +" Various dynamic values (see |expand()|) +echo expand('%') | " Current file name +echo expand('<cword>') | " Current word under cursor +echo expand('%:p') | " Modifier are possible + +" Type tests +echo type(my_var) == type(0) | " Number +echo type(my_var) == type('') | " String +echo type(my_var) == type([]) | " List +echo type(my_var) == type({}) | " Dictionary +echo type(my_var) == type(function('type')) | " Funcref + +" Format strings +echo printf('%d in hexadecimal is %X', 123, 123) + + +" ##################### +" Tricks of the trade +" ##################### + +" Source guard +" ############ + +" Prevent a file from being source multiple times; users can set the variable +" in their configuration to prevent the plugin from loading at all. +if exists('g:loaded_my_plugin') + finish +endif +let g:loaded_my_plugin = v:true + +" Default values +" ############## + +" Get a default value: if the user defines a variable use it, otherwise use a +" hard-coded default. Uses the fact that a scope is also a dictionary. +let s:greeting = get(g:, 'my_plugin_greeting', 'Hello') +``` diff --git a/wasm.html.markdown b/wasm.html.markdown index 98bfc000..aba2084f 100644 --- a/wasm.html.markdown +++ b/wasm.html.markdown @@ -222,6 +222,91 @@ contributors: ) ) (export "apply_cos64" (func $apply_cos64)) + + ;; Wasm is a stack-based language, but for returning values more complicated + ;; than an int/float, a separate memory stack has to be manually managed. One + ;; approach is to use a mutable global to store the stack_ptr. We give + ;; ourselves 1MiB of memstack and grow it downwards. + ;; + ;; Below is a demonstration of how this C code **might** be written by hand + ;; + ;; typedef struct { + ;; int a; + ;; int b; + ;; } sum_struct_t; + ;; + ;; sum_struct_t sum_struct_create(int a, int b) { + ;; return (sum_struct_t){a, b}; + ;; } + ;; + ;; int sum_local() { + ;; sum_struct_t s = sum_struct_create(40, 2); + ;; return s.a + s.b; + ;; } + + ;; Unlike C, we must manage our own memory stack. We reserve 1MiB + (global $memstack_ptr (mut i32) (i32.const 65536)) + + ;; Structs can only be returned by reference + (func $sum_struct_create + (param $sum_struct_ptr i32) + (param $var$a i32) + (param $var$b i32) + ;; c// sum_struct_ptr->a = a; + (i32.store + (get_local $sum_struct_ptr) + (get_local $var$a) + ) + + ;; c// sum_struct_ptr->b = b; + (i32.store offset=4 + (get_local $sum_struct_ptr) + (get_local $var$b) + ) + ) + + (func $sum_local (result i32) + (local $var$sum_struct$a i32) + (local $var$sum_struct$b i32) + (local $local_memstack_ptr i32) + + ;; reserve memstack space + (i32.sub + (get_global $memstack_ptr) + (i32.const 8) + ) + tee_local $local_memstack_ptr ;; tee both stores and returns given value + set_global $memstack_ptr + + ;; call the function, storing the result in the memstack + (call $sum_struct_create + ((;$sum_struct_ptr=;) get_local $local_memstack_ptr) + ((;$var$a=;) i32.const 40) + ((;$var$b=;) i32.const 2) + ) + + ;; retrieve values from struct + (set_local $var$sum_struct$a + (i32.load offset=0 (get_local $local_memstack_ptr)) + ) + (set_local $var$sum_struct$b + (i32.load offset=4 (get_local $local_memstack_ptr)) + ) + + ;; unreserve memstack space + (set_global $memstack_ptr + (i32.add + (get_local $local_memstack_ptr) + (i32.const 8) + ) + ) + + (i32.add + (get_local $var$sum_struct$a) + (get_local $var$sum_struct$b) + ) + ) + (export "sum_local" (func $sum_local)) ) ``` diff --git a/zh-cn/c-cn.html.markdown b/zh-cn/c-cn.html.markdown index 8566e811..8eecc56e 100644 --- a/zh-cn/c-cn.html.markdown +++ b/zh-cn/c-cn.html.markdown @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ typedef void (*my_fnp_type)(char *); 最好找一本 [K&R, aka "The C Programming Language", “C程序设计语言”](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_C_Programming_Language)。它是关于C最重要的一本书，由C的创作者撰写。不过需要留意的是它比较古老了，因此有些不准确的地方。 -另一个比较好的资源是 [Learn C the hard way](http://c.learncodethehardway.org/book/) +另一个比较好的资源是 [Learn C the hard way](http://learncodethehardway.org/c/) 如果你有问题，请阅读[compl.lang.c Frequently Asked Questions](http://c-faq.com/)。 diff --git a/zh-cn/css-cn.html.markdown b/zh-cn/css-cn.html.markdown index dc6dcc4f..ec937dfb 100644 --- a/zh-cn/css-cn.html.markdown +++ b/zh-cn/css-cn.html.markdown @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ div.some-parent.class-name {} font-family: Arial; font-family: "Courier New"; /* 使用双引号包裹含空格的字体名称 */ font-family: "Courier New", Trebuchet, Arial; /* 如果第一个 - 字体没找到，浏览器会使用第二个字体，一次类推 */ + 字体没找到，浏览器会使用第二个字体，以此类推 */ } ``` diff --git a/zh-cn/git-cn.html.markdown b/zh-cn/git-cn.html.markdown index d471ab5d..63d740a1 100644 --- a/zh-cn/git-cn.html.markdown +++ b/zh-cn/git-cn.html.markdown @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ $ git diff HEAD # 在搜索结果中显示行号 $ git config --global grep.lineNumber true -# 是搜索结果可读性更好 +# 使得搜索结果可读性更好 $ git config --global alias.g "grep --break --heading --line-number" ``` diff --git a/zh-cn/markdown-cn.html.markdown b/zh-cn/markdown-cn.html.markdown index 9b3d96ab..707d6927 100644 --- a/zh-cn/markdown-cn.html.markdown +++ b/zh-cn/markdown-cn.html.markdown @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ GitHub 也支持 Markdown，在 GitHub 的 Markdown 解析器中，我们可以 内联代码可由反引号 ` 实现 ```md -John 甚至不知道 `go_to()` 方程是干嘛的! +John 甚至不知道 `go_to()` 函数是干嘛的! ``` 在GitHub的 Markdown（GitHub Flavored Markdown）解析器中，你可以使用特殊的语法表示代码块 diff --git a/zh-cn/powershell-cn.html.markdown b/zh-cn/powershell-cn.html.markdown new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ab34e9f --- /dev/null +++ b/zh-cn/powershell-cn.html.markdown @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +--- +category: tool +tool: powershell +contributors: + - ["Wouter Van Schandevijl", "https://github.com/laoujin"] +translators: + - ["Feng Gao", "https://github.com/gaufung"] +filename: LearnPowershell-cn.ps1 +lang: zh-cn +--- + +PowerShell 是 Windows 平台下的脚本语言同时也是配置管理框架，它是建立在微软 .Net Framework 之上，Windows 7 以及之后版本都内置 Poweshell。下面的示例中都是 PoweShell 脚本的一部分或者直接能够在 Shell 交互窗口中执行。 + +与 Bash 最大的不同是你大部分操作的东西是对象而不是普通的文本。 + +[延伸阅读](https://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb978526.aspx) + +如果你不确定你的环境，执行如下操作： + +```powershell +Get-ExecutionPolicy -List +Set-ExecutionPolicy AllSigned +# Execution Policy 包含以下： +# - Restricted: 不会运行脚本。 +# - RemoteSigned: 只会运行受信任的发行商下载的脚本。 +# - AllSigned: 运行需要被信任发行商签名的脚本。 +# - Unrestricted: 运行所有脚本 +help about_Execution_Policies # 查看更多信息 + +# 当前 PowerShell 版本 +$PSVersionTable +``` + +获取帮助 + +```powershell +# 查找命令 +Get-Command about_* # 别名: gcm +Get-Command -Verb Add +Get-Alias ps +Get-Alias -Definition Get-Process + +Get-Help ps | less # 别名: help +ps | Get-Member # 别名: gm + +Show-Command Get-EventLog # GUI 填充参数 + +Update-Help # 管理员运行 +``` + +接下来是教程 + +```powershell +# 正如你看到的，每一行开头是 # 都是注释 + +# 简单的 Hello World 实例 +echo Hello world! +# echo 是 Write-Output (cmdlet) 的别名 +# 大部分 cmdlet 和函数都遵循 "动词-名词" 命名规则。 + +# 每个命令都从新的一行开始或者是一个分号 +echo 'This is the first line'; echo 'This is the second line' + +# 声明一个变量如下： +$aString="Some string" +# 或者像这样： +$aNumber = 5 -as [double] +$aList = 1,2,3,4,5 +$anEmptyList = @() +$aString = $aList -join '--' # 也包含 join 方法 +$aHashtable = @{name1='val1'; name2='val2'} + +# 使用变量： +echo $aString +echo "Interpolation: $aString" +echo "$aString has length of $($aString.Length)" +echo '$aString' +echo @" +This is a Here-String +$aString +"@ +# 注意 ' (单引号) 不是变量的一部分 +# 在这里字符串也可以是单引号 + +# 内置变量: +# 下面是一些有用的内置变量，比如： +echo "Booleans: $TRUE and $FALSE" +echo "Empty value: $NULL" +echo "Last program's return value: $?" +echo "Exit code of last run Windows-based program: $LastExitCode" +echo "The last token in the last line received by the session: $$" +echo "The first token: $^" +echo "Script's PID: $PID" +echo "Full path of current script directory: $PSScriptRoot" +echo 'Full path of current script: ' + $MyInvocation.MyCommand.Path +echo "FUll path of current directory: $Pwd" +echo "Bound arguments in a function, script or code block: $PSBoundParameters" +echo "Unbound arguments: $($Args -join ', ')." +# 更多的内置类型: `help about_Automatic_Variables` + +# 内联其他文件 (点操作符) +. .\otherScriptName.ps1 + + +### 控制流 +# 下面是条件判断结构 +if ($Age -is [string]) { + echo 'But.. $Age cannot be a string!' +} elseif ($Age -lt 12 -and $Age -gt 0) { + echo 'Child (Less than 12. Greater than 0)' +} else { + echo 'Adult' +} + +# Switch 语句比其他语言更强大 +$val = "20" +switch($val) { + { $_ -eq 42 } { "The answer equals 42"; break } + '20' { "Exactly 20"; break } + { $_ -like 's*' } { "Case insensitive"; break } + { $_ -clike 's*'} { "clike, ceq, cne for case sensitive"; break } + { $_ -notmatch '^.*$'} { "Regex matching. cnotmatch, cnotlike, ..."; break } + { 'x' -contains 'x'} { "FALSE! -contains is for lists!"; break } + default { "Others" } +} + +# 经典的 For 循环 +for($i = 1; $i -le 10; $i++) { + "Loop number $i" +} +# 或者可以更简洁 +1..10 | % { "Loop number $_" } + +# PowerShell 还提供其他循环方式 +foreach ($var in 'val1','val2','val3') { echo $var } +# while () {} +# do {} while () +# do {} until () + +# 异常处理 +try {} catch {} finally {} +try {} catch [System.NullReferenceException] { + echo $_.Exception | Format-List -Force +} + + +### Providers +# 列出当前目录下的文件和子目录 +ls # 或者 `dir` +cd ~ # 回到主目录 + +Get-Alias ls # -> Get-ChildItem +# 这些 cmdlet 有更加通用的名称，因为它不仅仅只操作当前目录，这一点和其他脚本语言不同。 +cd HKCU: # 跳转 HKEY_CURRENT_USER 注册表中的值 + +# 获取当前会话中的提供者 +Get-PSProvider + + +### 管道 +# Cmdlets 中的参数用来控制它们的行为： +Get-ChildItem -Filter *.txt -Name # 获取所有 txt 文件名。 +# 需要输入足够多的参数来确保没有歧义。 +ls -fi *.txt -n # -f 是不可以的因为 -Force 同样存在。 +# 使用 `Get-Help Get-ChildItem -Full` 来查看全部参数。 + +# 之前 cmdlet 获取的结果输出可以作为一下个输入。 +# `$_` 指代当前管道处理的对象。 +ls | Where-Object { $_.Name -match 'c' } | Export-CSV export.txt +ls | ? { $_.Name -match 'c' } | ConvertTo-HTML | Out-File export.html + +# 如果对管道的对象感到疑惑，使用 `Get-Member` 来查看该对象的可使用的方法和属性。 +ls | Get-Member +Get-Date | gm + +# ` 是行连续标识符，或者在每一行结尾添加一个 | +Get-Process | Sort-Object ID -Descending | Select-Object -First 10 Name,ID,VM ` + | Stop-Process -WhatIf + +Get-EventLog Application -After (Get-Date).AddHours(-2) | Format-List + +# 使用 % 作为 ForEach-Object 的简称。 +(a,b,c) | ForEach-Object ` + -Begin { "Starting"; $counter = 0 } ` + -Process { "Processing $_"; $counter++ } ` + -End { "Finishing: $counter" } + +# Get-Process 返回包含三列的表 +# 第三列是使用 2 位精度数值表示 VM 属性 +# 计算出来的列也可以表示更多的信息: +# `@{name='lbl';expression={$_}` +ps | Format-Table ID,Name,@{n='VM(MB)';e={'{0:n2}' -f ($_.VM / 1MB)}} -autoSize + + +### 函数 +# [string] 注记是可选的。 +function foo([string]$name) { + echo "Hey $name, have a function" +} + +# 调用你的函数 +foo "Say my name" + +# 函数可以包含命名参数、参数的注记和可解析的文档 +<# +.SYNOPSIS +Setup a new website +.DESCRIPTION +Creates everything your new website needs for much win +.PARAMETER siteName +The name for the new website +.EXAMPLE +New-Website -Name FancySite -Po 5000 +New-Website SiteWithDefaultPort +New-Website siteName 2000 # ERROR! Port argument could not be validated +('name1','name2') | New-Website -Verbose +#> +function New-Website() { + [CmdletBinding()] + param ( + [Parameter(ValueFromPipeline=$true, Mandatory=$true)] + [Alias('name')] + [string]$siteName, + [ValidateSet(3000,5000,8000)] + [int]$port = 3000 + ) + BEGIN { Write-Verbose 'Creating new website(s)' } + PROCESS { echo "name: $siteName, port: $port" } + END { Write-Verbose 'Website(s) created' } +} + + +### 都是 .NET +# PS 中的字符串事实上就是 .NET 的 System.String 类型 +# 所有 .NET 方法和属性都可用 +'string'.ToUpper().Replace('G', 'ggg') +# 或者更加 PowerShell 一点 +'string'.ToUpper() -replace 'G', 'ggg' + +# 不确定这样的话 .NET 方法如何调用 +'string' | gm + +# 调用静态 .NET 方法的语法： +[System.Reflection.Assembly]::LoadWithPartialName('Microsoft.VisualBasic') + +# 注意 .NET 方法调用必须使用括号，然而 PS 函数调用不能使用括号； +# 如果你调用 cmdlet/PS 函数使用了括号，就相当于传递了参数列表。 +$writer = New-Object System.IO.StreamWriter($path, $true) +$writer.Write([Environment]::NewLine) +$writer.Dispose() + +### IO +# 从输入读入一个值 +$Name = Read-Host "What's your name?" +echo "Hello, $Name!" +[int]$Age = Read-Host "What's your age?" + +# Test-Path, Split-Path, Join-Path, Resolve-Path +# Get-Content filename # 返回字符串数组 string[] +# Set-Content, Add-Content, Clear-Content +Get-Command ConvertTo-*,ConvertFrom-* + + +### 有用的东西 +# 更新 PATH +$env:PATH = [System.Environment]::GetEnvironmentVariable("Path", "Machine") + + ";" + [System.Environment]::GetEnvironmentVariable("Path", "User") + +# 找到 Python 的 PATH +$env:PATH.Split(";") | Where-Object { $_ -like "*python*"} + +# 改变工作目录而不需要记住之前的路径 +Push-Location c:\temp # 改变工作目录至 c:\temp +Pop-Location # 改变到之前的工作目录 +# 别名: pushd 和 popd + +# 在下载之后解除目录阻塞 +Get-ChildItem -Recurse | Unblock-File + +# Windows 资源管理器打开当前目录 +ii . + +# 按任意键退出 +$host.UI.RawUI.ReadKey() +return + +# 创建快捷方式 +$WshShell = New-Object -comObject WScript.Shell +$Shortcut = $WshShell.CreateShortcut($link) +$Shortcut.TargetPath = $file +$Shortcut.WorkingDirectory = Split-Path $file +$Shortcut.Save() +``` + + +配置你的 PowerShell + +```powershell +# $Profile 是文件 `Microsoft.PowerShell_profile.ps1` 完整路径 +# 下面所有的代码都在 PS 会话开始的时候执行 +if (-not (Test-Path $Profile)) { + New-Item -Type file -Path $Profile -Force + notepad $Profile +} +# 更多信息: `help about_profiles` +# 更多关于 Shell 有用的信息，确保查看下面的 PSReadLine 项目。 +``` + +更多项目 + +* [Channel9](https://channel9.msdn.com/Search?term=powershell%20pipeline#ch9Search&lang-en=en) PowerShell 教程 +* [PSGet](https://github.com/psget/psget) PowerShell NuGet 包 +* [PSReadLine](https://github.com/lzybkr/PSReadLine/) 仿 bash 按行读取（ Window10 默认包含） +* [Posh-Git](https://github.com/dahlbyk/posh-git/) Git 命令提示 (推荐!) +* [PSake](https://github.com/psake/psake) 自动构建工作 +* [Pester](https://github.com/pester/Pester) BDD 测试框架 +* [Jump-Location](https://github.com/tkellogg/Jump-Location) Poweshell 中 `cd` 来跳转目录 +* [PowerShell Community Extensions](http://pscx.codeplex.com/) (废弃) + +尚未涉及 + +* WMI: Windows 管理规范 (Get-CimInstance) +* 多任务: Start-Job -scriptBlock {...}, +* 代码签名 +* 远程 (Enter-PSSession/Exit-PSSession; Invoke-Command) diff --git a/zh-cn/racket-cn.html.markdown b/zh-cn/racket-cn.html.markdown index 8ef3671f..b373e1d9 100644 --- a/zh-cn/racket-cn.html.markdown +++ b/zh-cn/racket-cn.html.markdown @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ n ; => 6 (set-box! n* (add1 (unbox n*))) (unbox n*) ; => 6 -;; 很多 Racket 诗句类型是不可变的 (对，列表，等)，有一些既是可变的 +;; 很多 Racket 数据类型是不可变的 (对，列表，等)，有一些既是可变的 ;; 又是不可变的 (字符串，向量，散列表 ;; 等...) diff --git a/zh-cn/yaml-cn.html.markdown b/zh-cn/yaml-cn.html.markdown index de933d12..e75fafba 100644 --- a/zh-cn/yaml-cn.html.markdown +++ b/zh-cn/yaml-cn.html.markdown @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ YAML 根本不容许文字制表符。 ```yaml +--- # 文档开头 + # YAML 中的注解看起来像这样。 ################ @@ -33,8 +35,13 @@ scientific_notation: 1e+12 boolean: true null_value: null key with spaces: value -# 注意到字符串不需要被括在引号中。但是，它们可以被括起来。 -"Keys can be quoted too.": "Useful if you want to put a ':' in your key." +# 注意，字符串不必被括在引号中，但也可以被括起来。 +however: 'A string, enclosed in quotes.' +'Keys can be quoted too.': "Useful if you want to put a ':' in your key." +single quotes: 'have ''one'' escape pattern' +double quotes: "have many: \", \0, \t, \u263A, \x0d\x0a == \r\n, and more." +# UTF-8/16/32 字符需要被转义(encoded) +Superscript two: \u00B2 # 多行字符串既可以写成像一个'文字块'(使用 |)， # 或像一个'折叠块'(使用 '>')。 @@ -73,8 +80,8 @@ a_nested_map: # 键也可以是复合型的，比如多行对象 # 我们用 ? 后跟一个空格来表示一个复合键的开始。 ? | - This is a key - that has multiple lines + This is a key + that has multiple lines : and this is its value # YAML 也允许使用复杂键语法表示序列间的映射关系。 @@ -85,6 +92,7 @@ a_nested_map: : [ 2001-01-01, 2002-02-02 ] # 序列 (等价于列表或数组) 看起来像这样： +# 注意 '-' 算作缩进 a_sequence: - Item 1 - Item 2 @@ -95,6 +103,8 @@ a_sequence: - - This is a sequence - inside another sequence + - - - Nested sequence indicators + - can be collapsed # 因为 YAML 是 JSON 的超集，你也可以写 JSON 风格的映射和序列： json_map: {"key": "value"} @@ -127,7 +137,7 @@ bar: &bar # foo 和 bar 将都含有 name: Everyone has same name -# YAML 还有标签，你可以用它显示地声明类型。 +# YAML 还有标签，你可以用它显式地声明类型。 explicit_string: !!str 0.5 # 一些解析器实现特定语言的标签，就像这个针对 Python 的复数类型。 python_complex_number: !!python/complex 1+2j @@ -157,15 +167,18 @@ gif_file: !!binary | # YAML 还有一个集合类型，它看起来像这样： set: - ? item1 - ? item2 - ? item3 + ? item1 + ? item2 + ? item3 +or: {item1, item2, item3} # 集合只是值为 null 的映射；上面的集合等价于： set2: - item1: null - item2: null - item3: null + item1: null + item2: null + item3: null + +... # 文档结束 ``` ### 更多资源 |